Setswana setswanawiki https://www.setswana.info/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page MediaWiki 1.35.5 first-letter Media Special Talk User User talk Setswana Setswana talk File File talk MediaWiki MediaWiki talk Template Template talk Help Help talk Category Category talk 0 1 1 2007-03-05T19:38:02Z MediaWiki default 0 wikitext text/x-wiki <big>'''MediaWiki has been successfully installed.'''</big> Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. == Getting started == * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [http://mail.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] 928e1deea259c70afc3513c66f29f3fcd740d8bf 2 1 2007-03-05T19:49:57Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki <big>'''Bua Setswana'''</big> == Learn Setswana== * [Pronunciation] * [Greetings] * [Simple phrases] == Basic Setswana== * [Course] of 10 sequential lessons * [Verbs] * [Noun classes] * [Adjectives] * [Possessives] and other grammatical bits and pieces * [Vocabulary] == Intermediate Setswana== ==External Links== * [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Setswana] WikiPedia page on Setswana * [http://tn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page] WikiPedia in Tswana ===Software=== * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1610/54/ Spell checker for OpenOffice.org and Mozilla], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/17/32/ OpenOffice.org], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1611/54/ Mozilla Firefox web-browser], and [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1612/54/ Mozilla Thunderbird email program] in Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/ Translate.org.za] Project to translate Free and Open Source Software into all the official languages of South Africa including Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/24/41/ Keyboard with extra Tswana characters] ===WikiPedia Links=== Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [http://mail.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] a32915a175a1e7d5b9fd5877e0c6a3335935feb5 3 2 2007-03-05T20:01:20Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki <big>'''Bua Setswana'''</big> ==Learn Setswana== * [[Pronunciation]] * [[Greetings]] * [[Simple phrases]] ==Basic Setswana== * [[Course]] of 10 sequential lessons * [[Verbs]] * [[Noun classes]] * [[Adjectives]] * [[Possessives]] and other grammatical bits and pieces * [[Vocabulary]] ==Intermediate Setswana== ==External Links== * [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Setswana] WikiPedia page on Setswana * [http://tn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page] WikiPedia in Tswana ===Software=== * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1610/54/ Spell checker for OpenOffice.org and Mozilla], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/17/32/ OpenOffice.org], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1611/54/ Mozilla Firefox web-browser], and [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1612/54/ Mozilla Thunderbird email program] in Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/ Translate.org.za] Project to translate Free and Open Source Software into all the official languages of South Africa including Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/24/41/ Keyboard with extra Tswana characters] ===WikiPedia Links=== Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [http://mail.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] 5afac60e51bf3d10599be2b7ee6dcb2f739ef9d7 4 3 2007-03-05T20:03:19Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki <big>'''Bua Setswana'''</big> ==Learn Setswana== * [[Pronunciation]] * [[Greetings]] * [[Simple phrases]] ==Basic Setswana== * [[Course]] of 10 sequential lessons for beginners which covers the following * [[Verbs]] * [[Noun classes]] * [[Adjectives]] * [[Possessives]] and other grammatical bits and pieces * [[Vocabulary]] ==Intermediate Setswana== * [[tbc]] ==External Links== * [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Setswana] WikiPedia page on Setswana * [http://tn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page] WikiPedia in Tswana ===Software=== * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1610/54/ Spell checker for OpenOffice.org and Mozilla], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/17/32/ OpenOffice.org], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1611/54/ Mozilla Firefox web-browser], and [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1612/54/ Mozilla Thunderbird email program] in Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/ Translate.org.za] Project to translate Free and Open Source Software into all the official languages of South Africa including Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/24/41/ Keyboard with extra Tswana characters] ===WikiPedia Links=== Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [http://mail.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] 31539b47874e445c774e61fdf495055decef6620 5 4 2007-03-07T16:42:55Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki <big>'''Bua Setswana'''</big> ==Basic Setswana== * [[Pronunciation]] * [[Greetings]] * [[Simple phrases]] ==Learn Setswana== * [[Course]] of 10 sequential lessons for beginners which covers the following * [[Verbs]] * [[Noun classes]] * [[Adjectives]] * [[Possessives]] and other grammatical bits and pieces * [[Vocabulary]] ==Intermediate Setswana== * [[tbc]] ==External Links== * [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Setswana] WikiPedia page on Setswana * [http://tn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page] WikiPedia in Tswana ===Software=== * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1610/54/ Spell checker for OpenOffice.org and Mozilla], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/17/32/ OpenOffice.org], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1611/54/ Mozilla Firefox web-browser], and [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1612/54/ Mozilla Thunderbird email program] in Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/ Translate.org.za] Project to translate Free and Open Source Software into all the official languages of South Africa including Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/24/41/ Keyboard with extra Tswana characters] ===WikiPedia Links=== Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [http://mail.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] 21f9c9c092c4cdbd2b257396495b6ff26c2777b6 26 5 2007-03-10T08:43:33Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <big>'''Bua Setswana !'''</big> This is a WikiPedia for people learning Setswana (primarily aimed at Botswana). It is hoped in the long term that as the WikiPedia grows it will also become a useful resource for Setswana speakers. Please fell free to register and add information, provided you are sure that it is correct. ==Basic Setswana== * [[Pronunciation]] * [[Greetings]] * [[Simple phrases]] ==Learn Setswana== * [[Course]] of 10 sequential lessons for beginners which covers the following * [[Verbs]] * [[Noun classes]] * [[Adjectives]] * [[Possessives]] and other grammatical bits and pieces * [[Vocabulary]] ==Intermediate Setswana== * [[tbc]] ==External Links== * [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Setswana] WikiPedia page on Setswana * [http://tn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page] WikiPedia in Tswana ===Software=== * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1610/54/ Spell checker for OpenOffice.org and Mozilla], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/17/32/ OpenOffice.org], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1611/54/ Mozilla Firefox web-browser], and [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1612/54/ Mozilla Thunderbird email program] in Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/ Translate.org.za] Project to translate Free and Open Source Software into all the official languages of South Africa including Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/24/41/ Keyboard with extra Tswana characters] ===WikiPedia Links=== Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [http://mail.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] 47494852913a1ee8532424ee896c833660cb13d7 0 2 6 2007-03-07T17:07:47Z Jacob 2 New page: ==Bua Setswana Course== This course is aimed at beginners who want to learn to speak Setswana. The course aims to help students achieve a basic mastery of Setswana to allow them to communi... wikitext text/x-wiki ==Bua Setswana Course== This course is aimed at beginners who want to learn to speak Setswana. The course aims to help students achieve a basic mastery of Setswana to allow them to communicate their basic needs and serve as a foundation on which to build their language skills. It is strongly recommended that the student learns by speaking with Batswana speakers at the earliest opportunity. ==Lessons== *[[Lesson 1]] greetings, useful phrases *[[Lesson 2]] introducing yourself, verbs – present tense, "to have" *[[Lesson 3]] location, nouns –ng *[[Lesson 4]] noun classes plus practice *[[Lesson 5]] past tense *[[Lesson 6]] verb objects, conjunctives (joining words) *[[Lesson 7]] possessives *[[Lesson 8]] verbs - future tense, past continuous *[[Lesson 9]] numbers, time, days of week *[[Lesson 10]] human body, tribes *[[Lesson 11]] adjectives, "to be" *[[Lesson 12]] comparatives, shopping *[[Lesson 13]] adverbs, relative *[[Lesson 14]] kinship terms *[[Lesson 15]] demonstratives, imperative *[[Lesson 16]] getting around *[[Lesson 17]] climate ==Reference/Revision Material== *[[Noun class summary table]] *[[Verb tenses summary]] *[[work related vocabulary]] ==External Teaching Material== *Booklet "First Steps in Spoken Setswana" published by Pula Press 1978 *CD "Learn Setswana" from [http://www.eurotalk.com Eurotalk] This is really just a lot of vocabulary much of which has little relevance to life in Botswana. However you can at least listen to Setswana speakers pronouncing the words. ==Dictionaries== *Shuters Compact Setswana Dictionary (Shuter & Shooter) ISBN 0-7960-0639-3 Includes both singular and plural forms of nouns (eg "motho" and "batho") to assist learners. For "South African" Setswana rather than "Botswana" Setswana. f31bb1512e4976f812925c2b000f85803646c788 9 6 2007-03-07T17:27:06Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Bua Setswana Course== This course is aimed at beginners who want to learn to speak Setswana. The course aims to help students achieve a basic mastery of Setswana to allow them to communicate their basic needs and serve as a foundation on which to build their language skills. The course is based on information from Nthati Phetlhu (Gaborone, Botswana) It is strongly recommended that the student learns by speaking with Batswana speakers at the earliest opportunity. ==Lessons== #[[greetings]], useful phrases #[[introducing yourself]] #[[verbs – present tense]] including verb "to have" #[[location]] including nouns ending in –ng #[[noun classes]] #[[verbs - past tense]] #[[verb objects and conjunctives]] (joining words) #[[possessives]] #[[verbs - future tense]] #[[verbs - past continuous tense]] #[[numbers]] time, days of week #[[human body]] , tribes #[[adjectives]] , "to be" #[[comparatives]] #[[shopping]] #[[adverbs]] #[[relative construct]] #[[kinship terms]] #[[demonstratives]] #[[imperatives]] #[[getting around]] #[[climate]] ==Reference/Revision Material== *[[Noun class summary table]] *[[Verb tenses summary]] *[[work related vocabulary]] ==External Teaching Material== *Booklet "First Steps in Spoken Setswana" published by Pula Press 1978 *CD "Learn Setswana" from [http://www.eurotalk.com Eurotalk] This is really just a lot of vocabulary much of which has little relevance to life in Botswana. However you can at least listen to Setswana speakers pronouncing the words. ==Dictionaries== *Shuters Compact Setswana Dictionary (Shuter & Shooter) ISBN 0-7960-0639-3 Includes both singular and plural forms of nouns (eg "motho" and "batho") to assist learners. For "South African" Setswana rather than "Botswana" Setswana. 63521a74602cd751109d07065c8a409f3d0b88ed 10 9 2007-03-07T17:31:01Z Jacob 2 /* Bua Setswana Course */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Bua Setswana Course== This course is aimed at beginners who want to learn to speak Setswana. The course aims to help students achieve a basic mastery of Setswana to allow them to communicate their basic needs and serve as a foundation on which to build their language skills. The course is based on information from Nthati Phetlhu (Gaborone, Botswana) Before starting, students should refer to the notes on [[Pronunciation]] It is strongly recommended that the student learns by speaking with Batswana speakers at the earliest opportunity. ==Lessons== #[[greetings]], useful phrases #[[introducing yourself]] #[[verbs – present tense]] including verb "to have" #[[location]] including nouns ending in –ng #[[noun classes]] #[[verbs - past tense]] #[[verb objects and conjunctives]] (joining words) #[[possessives]] #[[verbs - future tense]] #[[verbs - past continuous tense]] #[[numbers]] time, days of week #[[human body]] , tribes #[[adjectives]] , "to be" #[[comparatives]] #[[shopping]] #[[adverbs]] #[[relative construct]] #[[kinship terms]] #[[demonstratives]] #[[imperatives]] #[[getting around]] #[[climate]] ==Reference/Revision Material== *[[Noun class summary table]] *[[Verb tenses summary]] *[[work related vocabulary]] ==External Teaching Material== *Booklet "First Steps in Spoken Setswana" published by Pula Press 1978 *CD "Learn Setswana" from [http://www.eurotalk.com Eurotalk] This is really just a lot of vocabulary much of which has little relevance to life in Botswana. However you can at least listen to Setswana speakers pronouncing the words. ==Dictionaries== *Shuters Compact Setswana Dictionary (Shuter & Shooter) ISBN 0-7960-0639-3 Includes both singular and plural forms of nouns (eg "motho" and "batho") to assist learners. For "South African" Setswana rather than "Botswana" Setswana. b628e559dd8f19cd07826c45c69a43d6fe42ddf2 40 10 2007-03-26T16:23:43Z Jacob 2 /* Dictionaries */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Bua Setswana Course== This course is aimed at beginners who want to learn to speak Setswana. The course aims to help students achieve a basic mastery of Setswana to allow them to communicate their basic needs and serve as a foundation on which to build their language skills. The course is based on information from Nthati Phetlhu (Gaborone, Botswana) Before starting, students should refer to the notes on [[Pronunciation]] It is strongly recommended that the student learns by speaking with Batswana speakers at the earliest opportunity. ==Lessons== #[[greetings]], useful phrases #[[introducing yourself]] #[[verbs – present tense]] including verb "to have" #[[location]] including nouns ending in –ng #[[noun classes]] #[[verbs - past tense]] #[[verb objects and conjunctives]] (joining words) #[[possessives]] #[[verbs - future tense]] #[[verbs - past continuous tense]] #[[numbers]] time, days of week #[[human body]] , tribes #[[adjectives]] , "to be" #[[comparatives]] #[[shopping]] #[[adverbs]] #[[relative construct]] #[[kinship terms]] #[[demonstratives]] #[[imperatives]] #[[getting around]] #[[climate]] ==Reference/Revision Material== *[[Noun class summary table]] *[[Verb tenses summary]] *[[work related vocabulary]] ==External Teaching Material== *Booklet "First Steps in Spoken Setswana" published by Pula Press 1978 *CD "Learn Setswana" from [http://www.eurotalk.com Eurotalk] This is really just a lot of vocabulary much of which has little relevance to life in Botswana. However you can at least listen to Setswana speakers pronouncing the words. ==Dictionaries== *Setswana-English-Setswana Dictionary (Macmillan Botswana) ISBN 99912-77-77-3 Compiled by Z I Matumo in 1993, based on previous dictionaries by Missionaires. The dictionary is 647 pages long and recommended for serious Setswana learners. *Shuters Compact Setswana Dictionary (Shuter & Shooter) ISBN 0-7960-0639-3 Includes both singular and plural forms of nouns (eg "motho" and "batho") to assist learners. For "South African" Setswana rather than "Botswana" Setswana. b102a34aff988add1af22efa8b1801510fe35030 12 3 7 2007-03-07T17:18:08Z Jacob 2 New page: For help on editing, see [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Editing_pages MediaWiki help] wikitext text/x-wiki For help on editing, see [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Editing_pages MediaWiki help] cd005722ba7b3f84a61f06266fabf764c79e7c31 8 7 2007-03-07T17:20:26Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki *for help on editing, see [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Editing_pages MediaWiki help] *and for help on formatting see [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Formatting MediaWiki help] 49ca1bf9deb03cdb885bf740aaf15c016fccbdbe 34 8 2007-03-25T10:51:50Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki *for help on editing, see [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Editing_pages MediaWiki help] *and for help on formatting see [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Formatting MediaWiki help] === Template table 2 column=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |} === Template table 3 column=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |} ===Template table - Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |} 920318dcc86a18a215bec838ee55c88408eee51a 0 4 11 2007-03-07T19:22:29Z Jacob 2 New page: === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o ... wikitext text/x-wiki === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} 0da103b507575c3f55b610a9d33720154af5f915 12 11 2007-03-07T19:28:44Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |} 71d24031a902d355db78b4732937e6a2c14d48e1 16 12 2007-03-08T17:28:13Z 168.167.179.16 0 wikitext text/x-wiki === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | koko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |} 7d197cda6d686862b7b6ac402231ec935d35259f 17 16 2007-03-08T17:30:59Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | koko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 2c3c7757bb62c1ff31932c08289d463340dcc8ea 18 17 2007-03-08T17:31:31Z Jacob 2 /* Informal Greeting (singular) */ wikitext text/x-wiki === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Sharpu || OK |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | koko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} c412530a88e94fc7e68638209b5ef60471c00861 19 18 2007-03-08T17:32:28Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Sharpu || OK |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | koko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 149942b7366755d79190471bf15cca553155caf7 20 19 2007-03-08T17:34:39Z Jacob 2 /* Informal Goodbye */ wikitext text/x-wiki This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Sharpu || OK |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | koko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} d74af32324864aec4ea34f1b06ca73f741a30120 21 20 2007-03-08T17:36:41Z Jacob 2 /* Vocabulary */ wikitext text/x-wiki This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Sharpu || OK |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | koko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 63b8e65f9c63987302a7801ff9b195341b819e53 23 21 2007-03-09T12:20:33Z Jacob 2 /* Informal Greeting (singular) */ wikitext text/x-wiki This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | koko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 621726fe5e513e77289589faf6775e47936ed974 25 23 2007-03-09T19:19:12Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | koko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 70b3044bbf78c7fb77e650ff7a85085891273b2c 30 25 2007-03-23T12:36:17Z Jacob 2 /* Informal Greeting (singular) */ wikitext text/x-wiki This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | koko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} b1587b3e045e50dde31f4d75a000f89bf2c18dc2 32 30 2007-03-23T20:57:07Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | koko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 5005b004673f8ea4bea546deb2a63e56f747745e 0 5 13 2007-03-07T19:34:46Z Jacob 2 New page: In Setswana, the vowels are pronounced as in the following English words: *'A' as in 'car' *'E' as in 'let' *'I' as in 'meet' *'O' as in 'go' *'U' as in 'school' There are also a few com... wikitext text/x-wiki In Setswana, the vowels are pronounced as in the following English words: *'A' as in 'car' *'E' as in 'let' *'I' as in 'meet' *'O' as in 'go' *'U' as in 'school' There are also a few combinations of consonants which are pronounced very differently from English: *'G' = an 'H' sound deep in your throat *'Kg' = K + an 'H' sound deep in your thorat *'Kh' = K + some air *'Ph' = P + some air *'Th' = T + some air *'Ny' = think of isolating the 'ny' in 'canyon' *'Tl' = think of isolating the 'tl' in 'Atlanta' *'Tlh' = 'Tl' + some air *'Ts' - think of isolating the 'ts' in 'itself' *'Tsh' = 'Ts' + some air *'Nts' = N + 'Ts' sound fdf12807a8c4ca14ad45a46013aeb72f29f5dcf4 14 13 2007-03-07T19:35:59Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki In Setswana, the vowels are pronounced as in the following English words: *'A' as in 'car' *'E' as in 'let' *'I' as in 'meet' *'O' as in 'go' *'U' as in 'school' There are also a few combinations of consonants which are pronounced very differently from English: *'G' = an 'H' sound deep in your throat *'Kg' = K + an 'H' sound deep in your thorat *'Kh' = K + some air *'Ph' = P + some air *'Th' = T + some air (NOT like "th") *'Ny' = think of isolating the 'ny' in 'canyon' *'Tl' = think of isolating the 'tl' in 'Atlanta' *'Tlh' = 'Tl' + some air *'Ts' - think of isolating the 'ts' in 'itself' *'Tsh' = 'Ts' + some air *'Nts' = N + 'Ts' sound 6054df1a2c861ff3d3220aebf6416a79ba5ee4fd 15 14 2007-03-07T19:38:56Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki In Setswana, the vowels are pronounced as in the following English words: *'a' as in 'car' *'e' as in 'let' *'i' as in 'meet' *'o' as in 'go' *'u' as in 'school' There are also a few combinations of consonants which are pronounced very differently from English: *'g' = an 'h' sound deep in your throat, like the end of "loch" *'kg' = k + an 'h' sound deep in your thorat *'kh' = k + some air *'ph' = p + some air *'th' = t + some air (NOT like English "th") *'ny' = think of isolating the 'ny' in 'canyon' *'tl' = think of isolating the 'tl' in 'Atlanta' *'tlh' = 'tl' + some air *'ts' - think of isolating the 'ts' in 'itself' *'tsh' = 'ts' + some air *'nts' = n + 'ts' sound 0d9baac011c216b12617ae14dad9c98a0874462f 0 6 22 2007-03-08T17:38:42Z Jacob 2 New page: Like most Bantu languages, Setswana contains many noun classes. wikitext text/x-wiki Like most Bantu languages, Setswana contains many noun classes. d5e96b4e60705525792734a0b5227c4d5925d990 0 7 24 2007-03-09T19:18:14Z Jacob 2 New page: By the end of this lesson you will be able to introduce yourself and others. === Introduction 1=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border=... wikitext text/x-wiki By the end of this lesson you will be able to introduce yourself and others. === Introduction 1=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || O bidiwa mang ? || Who are you called ? |- | B || Ke bidiwa Peter || I am called Peter |- | A || O tswa kae ? || Where are you from ? |- | B || Ke tswa ko UK, wena o tswa kae ? || I come from the UK, where are you from? |- | A || Le nna ke tswa ko UK || and I also come from the UK |- | B || O tsile leng mo Botswana ?|| When did you come to Botswana? |- | A || Ke tsile ka September 2006 || I came in September 2006 |- | B || O tsile ka eng ? || How did you come [you came with what?] |- | A || Ke tsile ka sefofane || I came by airoplane |- | B || Mo Botswana o dira eng ? || What do you do in Botswana ? |- | A || Ke ithuta Setswana || I am learning Setswana |- | B || Jaanong o nna kae ? || Now where do you stay ? |- | A || Ke nna ko Broadhurst, wena o nna kae? || I stay in Broadhurst, where do you stay ? |- | B || Ke nna ko Block 6 || I stay in Block 6 |- | A || Go siame rra || OK sir |} ===Introduction 2=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Leina la gago ke mang? || What is your name ? |- | B || Leina la me ke Peter. Wena, leina la gago ke mang? || My name is Peter. What is your name? |- | A || Leina la me ke Robert || My name is Robert |- | B || Sefane sa gago ke mang? || What is your surname |- | A || Sefane sa me ke Jones || My surname is Jones |- | B || Mosetsana yole o bidiwa mang ? || The girl over there, what is she called ? |- | A || Leina la gagwe ke Bonolo || Her name is Bonolo |} ===Introduction 3=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" |- | A || Ke bidiwa Peter, wena o mang ? || I am called Peter, who are you ? |- | B || Ke bidiwa Bonolo || I am called Bonolo |- | A || Ke itumelela go go itse || I am happy to know you |} The identification card for Batswana is called OMANG from "o mang" e5f2d75ab20f69548a36ffd45ce892dfdfd052d9 27 24 2007-03-11T18:03:37Z Jacob 2 /* Introduction 1 */ wikitext text/x-wiki By the end of this lesson you will be able to introduce yourself and others. === Introduction 1=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || O bidiwa mang ? || Who are you called ? |- | B || Ke bidiwa Peter || I am called Peter |- | A || O tswa kae ? || Where are you from ? |- | B || Ke tswa kwa* UK, wena o tswa kae ? || I come from the UK, where are you from? |- | A || Le nna ke tswa kwa* UK || and I also come from the UK |- | B || O tsile leng mo Botswana ?|| When did you come to Botswana? |- | A || Ke tsile ka September 2006 || I came in September 2006 |- | B || O tsile ka eng ? || How did you come [you came with what?] |- | A || Ke tsile ka sefofane || I came by airoplane |- | B || Mo Botswana o dira eng ? || What do you do in Botswana ? |- | A || Ke ithuta Setswana || I am learning Setswana |- | B || Jaanong o nna kae ? || Now where do you stay ? |- | A || Ke nna ko Broadhurst, wena o nna kae? || I stay in Broadhurst, where do you stay ? |- | B || Ke nna ko Block 6 || I stay in Block 6 |- | A || Go siame rra || OK sir |} ===Introduction 2=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Leina la gago ke mang? || What is your name ? |- | B || Leina la me ke Peter. Wena, leina la gago ke mang? || My name is Peter. What is your name? |- | A || Leina la me ke Robert || My name is Robert |- | B || Sefane sa gago ke mang? || What is your surname |- | A || Sefane sa me ke Jones || My surname is Jones |- | B || Mosetsana yole o bidiwa mang ? || The girl over there, what is she called ? |- | A || Leina la gagwe ke Bonolo || Her name is Bonolo |} ===Introduction 3=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" |- | A || Ke bidiwa Peter, wena o mang ? || I am called Peter, who are you ? |- | B || Ke bidiwa Bonolo || I am called Bonolo |- | A || Ke itumelela go go itse || I am happy to know you |} The identification card for Batswana is called OMANG from "o mang" 84b7dbcf5ff1cd6566468be734e48f7954392cb2 28 27 2007-03-11T18:05:23Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki By the end of this lesson you will be able to introduce yourself and others. === Introduction 1=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || O bidiwa mang ? || Who are you called ? |- | B || Ke bidiwa Peter || I am called Peter |- | A || O tswa kae ? || Where are you from ? |- | B || Ke tswa kwa* UK, wena o tswa kae ? || I come from the UK, where are you from? |- | A || Le nna ke tswa kwa* UK || and I also come from the UK |- | B || O tsile leng mo Botswana ?|| When did you come to Botswana? |- | A || Ke tsile ka September 2006 || I came in September 2006 |- | B || O tsile ka eng ? || How did you come [you came with what?] |- | A || Ke tsile ka sefofane || I came by airoplane |- | B || Mo Botswana o dira eng ? || What do you do in Botswana ? |- | A || Ke ithuta Setswana || I am learning Setswana |- | B || Jaanong o nna kae ? || Now where do you stay ? |- | A || Ke nna ko Broadhurst, wena o nna kae? || I stay in Broadhurst, where do you stay ? |- | B || Ke nna ko Block 6 || I stay in Block 6 |- | A || Go siame rra || OK sir |} NOTE * "ko" is often used instead of "kwa" ===Introduction 2=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Leina la gago ke mang? || What is your name ? |- | B || Leina la me ke Peter. Wena, leina la gago ke mang? || My name is Peter. What is your name? |- | A || Leina la me ke Robert || My name is Robert |- | B || Sefane sa gago ke mang? || What is your surname |- | A || Sefane sa me ke Jones || My surname is Jones |- | B || Mosetsana yole o bidiwa mang ? || The girl over there, what is she called ? |- | A || Leina la gagwe ke Bonolo || Her name is Bonolo |} ===Introduction 3=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" |- | A || Ke bidiwa Peter, wena o mang ? || I am called Peter, who are you ? |- | B || Ke bidiwa Bonolo || I am called Bonolo |- | A || Ke itumelela go go itse || I am happy to know you |} The identification card for Batswana is called OMANG from "o mang" f7d397b21e739d28bef1dd627bc45735e5a77fb7 29 28 2007-03-11T18:07:15Z Jacob 2 /* Introduction 1 */ wikitext text/x-wiki By the end of this lesson you will be able to introduce yourself and others. === Introduction 1=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || O bidiwa mang ? || Who are you called ? |- | B || Ke bidiwa Peter || I am called Peter |- | A || O tswa kae ? || Where are you from ? |- | B || Ke tswa kwa* UK, wena o tswa kae ? || I come from the UK, where are you from? |- | A || Le nna ke tswa kwa* UK || and I also come from the UK |- | B || O tsile leng mo Botswana ?|| When did you come to Botswana? |- | A || Ke tsile ka September 2006 || I came in September 2006 |- | B || O tsile ka eng ? || How did you come [you came with what?] |- | A || Ke tsile ka sefofane || I came by airoplane |- | B || Mo Botswana o dira eng ? || What do you do in Botswana ? |- | A || Ke ithuta Setswana || I am learning Setswana |- | B || Jaanong o nna kae ? || Now where do you stay ? |- | A || Ke nna kwa* Broadhurst, wena o nna kae? || I stay in Broadhurst, where do you stay ? |- | B || Ke nna kwa* Block 6 || I stay in Block 6 |- | A || Go siame rra || OK sir |} NOTE * "ko" is often used instead of "kwa" ===Introduction 2=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Leina la gago ke mang? || What is your name ? |- | B || Leina la me ke Peter. Wena, leina la gago ke mang? || My name is Peter. What is your name? |- | A || Leina la me ke Robert || My name is Robert |- | B || Sefane sa gago ke mang? || What is your surname |- | A || Sefane sa me ke Jones || My surname is Jones |- | B || Mosetsana yole o bidiwa mang ? || The girl over there, what is she called ? |- | A || Leina la gagwe ke Bonolo || Her name is Bonolo |} ===Introduction 3=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" |- | A || Ke bidiwa Peter, wena o mang ? || I am called Peter, who are you ? |- | B || Ke bidiwa Bonolo || I am called Bonolo |- | A || Ke itumelela go go itse || I am happy to know you |} The identification card for Batswana is called OMANG from "o mang" 6c18827c08fbfdbf85f19f846c31914d66706500 47 29 2007-03-26T19:39:25Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki By the end of this lesson you will be able to introduce yourself and others. ===Personal Pronouns=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || me (1st person) || nna || myself |- | o || you (2nd person) || wena || yourself |- | o || he/she (3rd person) || ene || himself/herself |- | re || us || rona || ourselves |- | le || you (plural)|| lona || yourselves |- | ba || them || bone || themselves |- |} === Introduction 1=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || O bidiwa mang ? || Who are you called ? |- | B || Ke bidiwa Peter || I am called Peter |- | A || O tswa kae ? || Where are you from ? |- | B || Ke tswa kwa* UK, wena o tswa kae ? || I come from the UK, where are you from? |- | A || Le nna ke tswa kwa* UK || and I also come from the UK |- | B || O tsile leng mo Botswana ?|| When did you come to Botswana? |- | A || Ke tsile ka September 2006 || I came in September 2006 |- | B || O tsile ka eng ? || How did you come [you came with what?] |- | A || Ke tsile ka sefofane || I came by airoplane |- | B || Mo Botswana o dira eng ? || What do you do in Botswana ? |- | A || Ke ithuta Setswana || I am learning Setswana |- | B || Jaanong o nna kae ? || Now where do you stay ? |- | A || Ke nna kwa* Broadhurst, wena o nna kae? || I stay in Broadhurst, where do you stay ? |- | B || Ke nna kwa* Block 6 || I stay in Block 6 |- | A || Go siame rra || OK sir |} NOTE * "ko" is often used instead of "kwa" ===Introduction 2=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Leina la gago ke mang? || What is your name ? |- | B || Leina la me ke Peter. Wena, leina la gago ke mang? || My name is Peter. What is your name? |- | A || Leina la me ke Robert || My name is Robert |- | B || Sefane sa gago ke mang? || What is your surname |- | A || Sefane sa me ke Jones || My surname is Jones |- | B || Mosetsana yole o bidiwa mang ? || The girl over there, what is she called ? |- | A || Leina la gagwe ke Bonolo || Her name is Bonolo |} ===Introduction 3=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" |- | A || Ke bidiwa Peter, wena o mang ? || I am called Peter, who are you ? |- | B || Ke bidiwa Bonolo || I am called Bonolo |- | A || Ke itumelela go go itse || I am happy to know you |} The identification card for Batswana is called OMANG from "o mang" ed3354ed580af1a49f394ae750e76238a80279e1 48 47 2007-03-26T19:40:05Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki By the end of this lesson you will be able to introduce yourself and others. ===Subject Markers and Personal Pronouns=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || me (1st person) || nna || myself |- | o || you (2nd person) || wena || yourself |- | o || he/she (3rd person) || ene || himself/herself |- | re || us || rona || ourselves |- | le || you (plural)|| lona || yourselves |- | ba || them || bone || themselves |- |} === Introduction 1=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || O bidiwa mang ? || Who are you called ? |- | B || Ke bidiwa Peter || I am called Peter |- | A || O tswa kae ? || Where are you from ? |- | B || Ke tswa kwa* UK, wena o tswa kae ? || I come from the UK, where are you from? |- | A || Le nna ke tswa kwa* UK || and I also come from the UK |- | B || O tsile leng mo Botswana ?|| When did you come to Botswana? |- | A || Ke tsile ka September 2006 || I came in September 2006 |- | B || O tsile ka eng ? || How did you come [you came with what?] |- | A || Ke tsile ka sefofane || I came by airoplane |- | B || Mo Botswana o dira eng ? || What do you do in Botswana ? |- | A || Ke ithuta Setswana || I am learning Setswana |- | B || Jaanong o nna kae ? || Now where do you stay ? |- | A || Ke nna kwa* Broadhurst, wena o nna kae? || I stay in Broadhurst, where do you stay ? |- | B || Ke nna kwa* Block 6 || I stay in Block 6 |- | A || Go siame rra || OK sir |} NOTE * "ko" is often used instead of "kwa" ===Introduction 2=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Leina la gago ke mang? || What is your name ? |- | B || Leina la me ke Peter. Wena, leina la gago ke mang? || My name is Peter. What is your name? |- | A || Leina la me ke Robert || My name is Robert |- | B || Sefane sa gago ke mang? || What is your surname |- | A || Sefane sa me ke Jones || My surname is Jones |- | B || Mosetsana yole o bidiwa mang ? || The girl over there, what is she called ? |- | A || Leina la gagwe ke Bonolo || Her name is Bonolo |} ===Introduction 3=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" |- | A || Ke bidiwa Peter, wena o mang ? || I am called Peter, who are you ? |- | B || Ke bidiwa Bonolo || I am called Bonolo |- | A || Ke itumelela go go itse || I am happy to know you |} The identification card for Batswana is called OMANG from "o mang" 209b3bfc12afd1cbdbe4c50ae54874c97f56c9ac 12 25 81 2007-03-09T22:04:36Z 64.3.160.253 0 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} ==Upload a file== # In the [[Help:Navigation#Sidebar|sidebar]], under '''toolbox''', click "Upload file" # Next to the '''Source filename''', click '''Browse''' to locate the file on your computer. # Change the '''Destination filename''' to something descriptive, if necessary. # Fill in the '''Summary''', if necessary. # Click the '''Upload file''' button. After you've uploaded some files, [[Help:Images|use them in your articles]]. {{Languages|Help:Managing files}} [[Category:Help|Managing files]] aba50f2acfd60d61d37f113b8772c2b1e9e61689 0 8 31 2007-03-23T20:53:49Z Jacob 2 New page: Some simple phrases for short term visitors etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Ee || yes |- | Nnyaa || no |- | Bua gape ... wikitext text/x-wiki Some simple phrases for short term visitors etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Ee || yes |- | Nnyaa || no |- | Bua gape || please repeat (say again) |- | Bua ka bonya! || speak slowly! |- | O bua ka bonako || you speak fast |- | Ke bua Setswana go le gonnye || I speak a little Setswana |- | Nna fatshe/setilo ke se || Sit down/here is a seat |- | A re ye || let's go |- | Wa reng? || what's up (what do you say?) |- | Ga ke na madi || I have no money |- | O batla mang? || Who do you want? |- | Intshwarele || Forgive me |- | Tswee-tswee || Please |- | Ke kopa thuso/Nthuse || I ask for help/Help me |- | Go siame || OK |- | Ke itumetse/Ke a leboga || I am happy/thank you |- | Ga ke tlhaloganye || I don't understand |- | Ke fidetse || I am finished |- | Ga ke itse || I don't know |- | Go molelo || Its hot |- | Go tsididi || Its cold |- | Go pula || Its raining |- | Ke lebetse || I've forgotten |- | Ke tshwerwe ke mala || I am sick |- | Ke nale mathata || I have a problem |- | Ga ke na mathata || I don't have a problem |- | Ke ithuta Setswana || I am learning Setswana |- | Mang? || who? |- | Leng? || xx |- | Kae? || where? |- | Bokae? || xx |- | Mokae? || xx |- | Jang? || how? |- | Eng? || which/what? |} As an alternative c4bf5325b8ebc43330cd2172365d30f50199f880 0 9 33 2007-03-25T10:42:35Z Jacob 2 New page: Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). ===Basic Subject Markers=== {| style="color:green;b... wikitext text/x-wiki Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). ===Basic Subject Markers=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || me (1st person) |- | o || you (2nd person) |- | o* || he/she (3rd person) |- | re || us |- | le** || you (plural) |- | ba || them |} .*in the negative, this becomes "a" .**in some dialects, marker "lo" is used instead of "le" These are the subject markers for people, there are many other markers for nouns which belong to other classes - see later in [noun classes] ===Present Tense (Short Form)=== In this form, the present tense is simply made by adding the subject marker and the verb. However, this can only be used when there is a word following the verb (otherwise you use the "long form" see below) {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke bidiwa Paul || I am called Paul |- | o bidiwa Ntathi || she is called Ntathi (or you are called Ntathi) |- | monna o ja apole || the man (he) is eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || we are learning Setswana |} ===Present Tense (long form)=== If there are no words following the verb, then an extra "a" marker must be added before the verb (called the "long form marker") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | re a ithuta || we are learning |- | basadi ba a ja || the women (they) are eating |- | ke a kwala || I am writing |} ===Present Tense (negative)=== To form the negative, the negative article "ga" comes before the subject marker, and the end of the verb changes from "a" to "e". The long form marker "a" disappears. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monna o ja apole || monna ga a je apole* || the man (he) is not eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || ga re ithuthe Setswana || we are not learning Setswana |- | re a ithuta || ga re ithute || we are not learning |- | basadi ba a ja || basadi ga ba je || the women (they) are not eating |- | ke a kwala || ga ke kwale || I am not writing |} .* Note "o" subject marker changes to "a" in negative form ===Verb "to have"=== The words "na le" are used for possession, and also for association (think of it as being "to be with") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || I have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane has children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary is with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || There are people in the office (literally "the place is with people in the office") |} "Go" is the subject marker for places (see later in [[noun classes]] ===Negative of "to have"=== In the negative form as well as adding the negative article "ga", the "le" dissapears {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || ga ke na koloi || I don't have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane ga a na bana || Jane hasn't any children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary ga a na Pitso || Mary isn't with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || Ga go na batho mo ofising || There aren't any people in the office |} 1cebac17ae4890062189c0f51d6b98e5b1b22d68 35 33 2007-03-25T10:52:39Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). ===Basic Subject Markers=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || me (1st person) |- | o || you (2nd person) |- | o* || he/she (3rd person) |- | re || us |- | le** || you (plural) |- | ba || them |} .*in the negative, this becomes "a" .**in some dialects, marker "lo" is used instead of "le" These are the subject markers for people, there are many other markers for nouns which belong to other classes - see later in [noun classes] ===Present Tense (Short Form)=== In this form, the present tense is simply made by adding the subject marker and the verb. However, this can only be used when there is a word following the verb (otherwise you use the "long form" see below) {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke bidiwa Paul || I am called Paul |- | o bidiwa Ntathi || she is called Ntathi (or you are called Ntathi) |- | monna o ja apole || the man (he) is eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || we are learning Setswana |} ===Present Tense (long form)=== If there are no words following the verb, then an extra "a" marker must be added before the verb (called the "long form marker") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | re a ithuta || we are learning |- | basadi ba a ja || the women (they) are eating |- | ke a kwala || I am writing |} ===Present Tense (negative)=== To form the negative, the negative article "ga" comes before the subject marker, and the end of the verb changes from "a" to "e". The long form marker "a" disappears. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monna o ja apole || monna ga a je apole* || the man (he) is not eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || ga re ithuthe Setswana || we are not learning Setswana |- | re a ithuta || ga re ithute || we are not learning |- | basadi ba a ja || basadi ga ba je || the women (they) are not eating |- | ke a kwala || ga ke kwale || I am not writing |} .* Note "o" subject marker changes to "a" in negative form ===Verb "to have"=== The words "na le" are used for possession, and also for association (think of it as being "to be with") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || I have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane has children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary is with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || There are people in the office (literally "the place is with people in the office") |} "Go" is the subject marker for places (see later in [[noun classes]] ===Negative of "to have"=== In the negative form as well as adding the negative article "ga", the "le" dissapears {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || ga ke na koloi || I don't have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane ga a na bana || Jane hasn't any children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary ga a na Pitso || Mary isn't with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || Ga go na batho mo ofising || There aren't any people in the office |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | NOTEDITED || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- |} 3f34ff4e242ea65942a09000dacd0663fd565c1b 36 35 2007-03-25T10:53:55Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). ===Basic Subject Markers=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || me (1st person) |- | o || you (2nd person) |- | o* || he/she (3rd person) |- | re || us |- | le** || you (plural) |- | ba || them |} .*in the negative, this becomes "a" .**in some dialects, marker "lo" is used instead of "le" These are the subject markers for people, there are many other markers for nouns which belong to other classes - see later in [[noun classes]] ===Present Tense (Short Form)=== In this form, the present tense is simply made by adding the subject marker and the verb. However, this can only be used when there is a word following the verb (otherwise you use the "long form" see below) {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke bidiwa Paul || I am called Paul |- | o bidiwa Ntathi || she is called Ntathi (or you are called Ntathi) |- | monna o ja apole || the man (he) is eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || we are learning Setswana |} ===Present Tense (long form)=== If there are no words following the verb, then an extra "a" marker must be added before the verb (called the "long form marker") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | re a ithuta || we are learning |- | basadi ba a ja || the women (they) are eating |- | ke a kwala || I am writing |} ===Present Tense (negative)=== To form the negative, the negative article "ga" comes before the subject marker, and the end of the verb changes from "a" to "e". The long form marker "a" disappears. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monna o ja apole || monna ga a je apole* || the man (he) is not eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || ga re ithuthe Setswana || we are not learning Setswana |- | re a ithuta || ga re ithute || we are not learning |- | basadi ba a ja || basadi ga ba je || the women (they) are not eating |- | ke a kwala || ga ke kwale || I am not writing |} .* Note "o" subject marker changes to "a" in negative form ===Verb "to have"=== The words "na le" are used for possession, and also for association (think of it as being "to be with") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || I have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane has children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary is with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || There are people in the office (literally "the place is with people in the office") |} "Go" is the subject marker for places (see later in [[noun classes]]) ===Negative of "to have"=== In the negative form as well as adding the negative article "ga", the "le" dissapears {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || ga ke na koloi || I don't have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane ga a na bana || Jane hasn't any children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary ga a na Pitso || Mary isn't with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || Ga go na batho mo ofising || There aren't any people in the office |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | NOTEDITED || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- |} f81eb3740e04461f5b5978c59cb2d9a9c9792408 37 36 2007-03-25T11:20:34Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). ===Basic Subject Markers=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || me (1st person) |- | o || you (2nd person) |- | o* || he/she (3rd person) |- | re || us |- | le** || you (plural) |- | ba || them |} .*in the negative, this becomes "a" .**in some dialects, marker "lo" is used instead of "le" These are the subject markers for people, there are many other markers for nouns which belong to other classes - see later in [[noun classes]] ===Present Tense (Short Form)=== In this form, the present tense is simply made by adding the subject marker and the verb. However, this can only be used when there is a word following the verb (otherwise you use the "long form" see below) {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke bidiwa Paul || I am called Paul |- | o bidiwa Ntathi || she is called Ntathi (or you are called Ntathi) |- | monna o ja apole || the man (he) is eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || we are learning Setswana |} ===Present Tense (long form)=== If there are no words following the verb, then an extra "a" marker must be added before the verb (called the "long form marker") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | re a ithuta || we are learning |- | basadi ba a ja || the women (they) are eating |- | ke a kwala || I am writing |} ===Present Tense (negative)=== To form the negative, the negative article "ga" comes before the subject marker, and the end of the verb changes from "a" to "e". The long form marker "a" disappears. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monna o ja apole || monna ga a je apole* || the man (he) is not eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || ga re ithuthe Setswana || we are not learning Setswana |- | re a ithuta || ga re ithute || we are not learning |- | basadi ba a ja || basadi ga ba je || the women (they) are not eating |- | ke a kwala || ga ke kwale || I am not writing |} .* Note "o" subject marker changes to "a" in negative form ===Verb "to be"=== There is no direct equivalent of the verb "to be" in Setswana. The verb "ke" expresses identity, but in other situations, the subject marker is used. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ke moruti || Jane is a teacher |- | Jane o montle || Jane is beautiful |} This will become clearer with use ===Verb "to have"=== The words "na le" are used for possession, and also for association (think of it as being "to be with") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || I have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane has children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary is with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || There are people in the office (literally "the place is with people in the office") |} "Go" is the subject marker for places (see later in [[noun classes]]) ===Negative of "to have"=== In the negative form as well as adding the negative article "ga", the "le" dissapears {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || ga ke na koloi || I don't have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane ga a na bana || Jane hasn't any children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary ga a na Pitso || Mary isn't with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || Ga go na batho mo ofising || There aren't any people in the office |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | NOTEDITED || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- |} e513c1f382081065478d7c34050bc8c8f56de8bb 38 37 2007-03-26T11:44:10Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). ===Basic Subject Markers=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || me (1st person) |- | o || you (2nd person) |- | o* || he/she (3rd person) |- | re || us |- | le** || you (plural) |- | ba || them |} .*in the negative, this becomes "a" .**in some dialects, marker "lo" is used instead of "le" These are the subject markers for people, there are many other markers for nouns which belong to other classes - see later in [[noun classes]] ===Present Tense (Short Form)=== In this form, the present tense is simply made by adding the subject marker and the verb. However, this can only be used when there is a word following the verb (otherwise you use the "long form" see below) {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke bidiwa Paul || I am called Paul |- | o bidiwa Ntathi || she is called Ntathi (or you are called Ntathi) |- | monna o ja apole || the man (he) is eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || we are learning Setswana |} ===Present Tense (long form)=== If there are no words following the verb, then an extra "a" marker must be added before the verb (called the "long form marker") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | re a ithuta || we are learning |- | basadi ba a ja || the women (they) are eating |- | ke a kwala || I am writing |} ===Present Tense (negative)=== To form the negative, the negative article "ga" comes before the subject marker, and the end of the verb changes from "a" to "e". The long form marker "a" disappears. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monna o ja apole || monna ga a je apole* || the man (he) is not eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || ga re ithuthe Setswana || we are not learning Setswana |- | re a ithuta || ga re ithute || we are not learning |- | basadi ba a ja || basadi ga ba je || the women (they) are not eating |- | ke a kwala || ga ke kwale || I am not writing |} .* Note "o" subject marker changes to "a" in negative form ===Verb "to be"=== There is no direct equivalent of the verb "to be" in Setswana. The marker "ke" is used to express identity, but in other situations the normal subject marker is used. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ke moruti || Jane is a teacher |- | Jane o montle || Jane is beautiful |} This will become clearer with use ===Negative of verb "to be"=== The marker "se" is used as the negative of "ke" {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ga se moruti || Jane is not a teacher |- | Jane ga o montle || Jane is not beautiful |} ===Verb "to have"=== The words "na le" are used for possession, and also for association (think of it as being "to be with") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || I have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane has children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary is with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || There are people in the office (literally "the place is with people in the office") |} "Go" is the subject marker for places (see later in [[noun classes]]) ===Negative of "to have"=== In the negative form as well as adding the negative article "ga", the "le" dissapears {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || ga ke na koloi || I don't have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane ga a na bana || Jane hasn't any children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary ga a na Pitso || Mary isn't with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || Ga go na batho mo ofising || There aren't any people in the office |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | NOTEDITED || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- |} a046dbae398a545f33ae0e454ec50ce811aa0ccd 39 38 2007-03-26T11:46:33Z Jacob 2 /* Verb "to have" */ wikitext text/x-wiki Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). ===Basic Subject Markers=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || me (1st person) |- | o || you (2nd person) |- | o* || he/she (3rd person) |- | re || us |- | le** || you (plural) |- | ba || them |} .*in the negative, this becomes "a" .**in some dialects, marker "lo" is used instead of "le" These are the subject markers for people, there are many other markers for nouns which belong to other classes - see later in [[noun classes]] ===Present Tense (Short Form)=== In this form, the present tense is simply made by adding the subject marker and the verb. However, this can only be used when there is a word following the verb (otherwise you use the "long form" see below) {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke bidiwa Paul || I am called Paul |- | o bidiwa Ntathi || she is called Ntathi (or you are called Ntathi) |- | monna o ja apole || the man (he) is eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || we are learning Setswana |} ===Present Tense (long form)=== If there are no words following the verb, then an extra "a" marker must be added before the verb (called the "long form marker") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | re a ithuta || we are learning |- | basadi ba a ja || the women (they) are eating |- | ke a kwala || I am writing |} ===Present Tense (negative)=== To form the negative, the negative article "ga" comes before the subject marker, and the end of the verb changes from "a" to "e". The long form marker "a" disappears. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monna o ja apole || monna ga a je apole* || the man (he) is not eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || ga re ithuthe Setswana || we are not learning Setswana |- | re a ithuta || ga re ithute || we are not learning |- | basadi ba a ja || basadi ga ba je || the women (they) are not eating |- | ke a kwala || ga ke kwale || I am not writing |} .* Note "o" subject marker changes to "a" in negative form ===Verb "to be"=== There is no direct equivalent of the verb "to be" in Setswana. The marker "ke" is used to express identity, but in other situations the normal subject marker is used. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ke moruti || Jane is a teacher |- | Jane o montle || Jane is beautiful |} This will become clearer with use ===Negative of verb "to be"=== The marker "se" is used as the negative of "ke" {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ga se moruti || Jane is not a teacher |- | Jane ga o montle || Jane is not beautiful |} ===Verb "to have"=== The words "na le" are used for possession, and also for association (think of it as being "to be with") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || I have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane has children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary is with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || There are people in the office (literally "to be with people in the office") |} "Go" is the subject marker for infinitives (see later in [[noun classes]]) ===Negative of "to have"=== In the negative form as well as adding the negative article "ga", the "le" dissapears {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || ga ke na koloi || I don't have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane ga a na bana || Jane hasn't any children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary ga a na Pitso || Mary isn't with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || Ga go na batho mo ofising || There aren't any people in the office |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | NOTEDITED || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- |} d2e2849fcf7e4110af779c4ee598da5655ac3181 49 39 2007-03-26T19:41:51Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). ===Basic Subject Markers=== We have already seen the subject markers {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || me (1st person) |- | o || you (2nd person) |- | o* || he/she (3rd person) |- | re || us |- | le** || you (plural) |- | ba || them |} .*in the negative, this becomes "a" .**in some dialects, marker "lo" is used instead of "le" These are the subject markers for people, there are many other markers for nouns which belong to other classes - see later in [[noun classes]] ===Present Tense (Short Form)=== In this form, the present tense is simply made by adding the subject marker and the verb. However, this can only be used when there is a word following the verb (otherwise you use the "long form" see below) {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke bidiwa Paul || I am called Paul |- | o bidiwa Ntathi || she is called Ntathi (or you are called Ntathi) |- | monna o ja apole || the man (he) is eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || we are learning Setswana |} ===Present Tense (long form)=== If there are no words following the verb, then an extra "a" marker must be added before the verb (called the "long form marker") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | re a ithuta || we are learning |- | basadi ba a ja || the women (they) are eating |- | ke a kwala || I am writing |} ===Present Tense (negative)=== To form the negative, the negative article "ga" comes before the subject marker, and the end of the verb changes from "a" to "e". The long form marker "a" disappears. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monna o ja apole || monna ga a je apole* || the man (he) is not eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || ga re ithuthe Setswana || we are not learning Setswana |- | re a ithuta || ga re ithute || we are not learning |- | basadi ba a ja || basadi ga ba je || the women (they) are not eating |- | ke a kwala || ga ke kwale || I am not writing |} .* Note "o" subject marker changes to "a" in negative form ===Verb "to be"=== There is no direct equivalent of the verb "to be" in Setswana. The marker "ke" is used to express identity, but in other situations the normal subject marker is used. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ke moruti || Jane is a teacher |- | Jane o montle || Jane is beautiful |} This will become clearer with use ===Negative of verb "to be"=== The marker "se" is used as the negative of "ke" {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ga se moruti || Jane is not a teacher |- | Jane ga o montle || Jane is not beautiful |} ===Verb "to have"=== The words "na le" are used for possession, and also for association (think of it as being "to be with") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || I have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane has children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary is with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || There are people in the office (literally "to be with people in the office") |} "Go" is the subject marker for infinitives (see later in [[noun classes]]) ===Negative of "to have"=== In the negative form as well as adding the negative article "ga", the "le" dissapears {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || ga ke na koloi || I don't have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane ga a na bana || Jane hasn't any children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary ga a na Pitso || Mary isn't with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || Ga go na batho mo ofising || There aren't any people in the office |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | NOTEDITED || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- |} 8ac81c5c72a8fb6e2bd075e8407dab46a80632a9 0 10 41 2007-03-26T17:07:11Z Jacob 2 New page: In this lesson you will learn about locations and how to talk about location (in front of, nearby etc) ===Locatives=== locatives "ko/kwa", "mo" and "fa" are used to describe location. "mo... wikitext text/x-wiki In this lesson you will learn about locations and how to talk about location (in front of, nearby etc) ===Locatives=== locatives "ko/kwa", "mo" and "fa" are used to describe location. "mo" usually means "inside" or a more precise location than "ko/kwa". {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | o kae? || where are you/he/she ? |- | ke bereka mo ofising || I am working in the office |- | o nna kwa Broadhurt mo Gaborone || he stays at Broadhurst in Gaborone |- | Festus o ko Francistown || Festus is in Francistown |- | Ba kwa tirong || They are at work |- | Sarah o yo || Sarah is here |- | Sarah ga a yo || Sarah is not here |} Note the use of "ofising" and "tirong" above. In general, whenever a noun is used as a location following "ko/kwa/mo/fa" then -ng is added at the end, unless the noun ends in "a" in which case the "a" is replaced by "-eng". === Location nouns=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | banka || bankeng || in the bank |- | sepatela || sepateleng || in the hospital |- | moraka || morakeng || at the cattle post |- | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |} 2c959d45d8a556eab97aa200cc9e564900a20468 42 41 2007-03-26T19:08:36Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki In this lesson you will learn about locations and how to talk about location (in front of, nearby etc) ===Locatives=== locatives "ko/kwa", "mo" and "fa" are used to describe location. "mo" usually means "inside" or a more precise location than "ko/kwa". {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | o kae? || where are you/he/she ? |- | ke bereka mo ofising || I am working in the office |- | o nna kwa Broadhurt mo Gaborone || he stays at Broadhurst in Gaborone |- | Festus o ko Francistown || Festus is in Francistown |- | Ba kwa tirong || They are at work |- | Sarah o yo || Sarah is here |- | Sarah ga a yo || Sarah is not here |} Note the use of "ofising" and "tirong" above. In general, whenever a noun is used as a location following "ko/kwa/mo/fa" then -ng is added at the end, unless the noun ends in "a" in which case the "a" is replaced by "-eng". === Location nouns=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | banka || bankeng || in the bank |- | sepatela || sepateleng || in the hospital |- | moraka || morakeng || at the cattle post |- | kereke|| kerekeng || in the church |- | motse || motseng || in the village |- | tafole|| tafoleng || on the table |- | kopi || koping || in the cup |- | ofisi || ofising || in the office |- | lefifi || lefifing || in the dark/darkness |- | sephiri || sephiring || in secret/privacy |- | shopo || shopong || in the shop |- | toropo || toropong || in the town |- | tiro || tirong || in the workplace |- | sekolo || sekolong || in the school |- | maru || marung || in the clouds |} 5a0d13b9f32c8c96df512c6504a7786af65a8c65 43 42 2007-03-26T19:10:49Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki In this lesson you will learn about locations and how to talk about location (in front of, nearby etc) ===Locatives=== locatives "ko/kwa", "mo" and "fa" are used to describe location. "mo" usually means "inside" or a more precise location than "ko/kwa". {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | o kae? || where are you/he/she ? |- | ke bereka mo ofising || I am working in the office |- | o nna kwa Broadhurt mo Gaborone || he stays at Broadhurst in Gaborone |- | Festus o ko Francistown || Festus is in Francistown |- | Ba kwa tirong || They are at work |- | Sarah o yo || Sarah is here |- | Sarah ga a yo || Sarah is not here |} Note the use of "ofising" and "tirong" above. In general, whenever a noun is used as a location following "ko/kwa/mo/fa" then -ng is added at the end, unless the noun ends in "a" in which case the "a" is replaced by "-eng". === Location nouns=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | banka || bankeng || in the bank |- | sepatela || sepateleng || in the hospital |- | moraka || morakeng || at the cattle post |- | kereke|| kerekeng || in the church |- | motse || motseng || in the village |- | tafole|| tafoleng || on the table |- | kopi || koping || in the cup |- | ofisi || ofising || in the office |- | lefifi || lefifing || in the dark/darkness |- | sephiri || sephiring || in secret/privacy |- | shopo || shopong || in the shop |- | toropo || toropong || in the town |- | tiro || tirong || in the workplace |- | sekolo || sekolong || in the school |- | maru || marung || in the clouds |} see later lesson [[getting around]] for how to say "on top of", "underneath" etc 0271167895287f18d38bfd8806b13028fcefeeea 45 43 2007-03-26T19:27:07Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki In this lesson you will learn about locations and how to talk about location (in front of, nearby etc) ===Locatives=== locatives "ko/kwa", "mo" and "fa" are used to describe location. "mo" usually means "inside" or a more precise location than "ko/kwa". {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | o kae? || where are you/he/she ? |- | ke bereka mo ofising || I am working in the office |- | o nna kwa Broadhurt mo Gaborone || he stays at Broadhurst in Gaborone |- | Festus o ko Francistown || Festus is in Francistown |- | Ba kwa tirong || They are at work |- | Sarah o yo || Sarah is here |- | Sarah ga a yo || Sarah is not here |} Note the use of "ofising" and "tirong" above. In general, whenever a noun is used as a location following "ko/kwa/mo/fa" then -ng is added at the end, unless the noun ends in "a" in which case the "a" is replaced by "-eng". === Location nouns=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | banka || bankeng || in the bank |- | sepatela || sepateleng || in the hospital |- | moraka || morakeng || at the cattle post |- | kereke|| kerekeng || in the church |- | motse || motseng || in the village |- | tafole|| tafoleng || on the table |- | kopi || koping || in the cup |- | ofisi || ofising || in the office |- | lefifi || lefifing || in the dark/darkness |- | sephiri || sephiring || in secret/privacy |- | shopo || shopong || in the shop |- | toropo || toropong || in the town |- | tiro || tirong || in the workplace |- | sekolo || sekolong || in the school |- | maru || marung || in the clouds |} see later lesson [[getting around]] for how to say "on top of", "underneath" etc ===Conversation=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela tsala ya me || Hello my friend |- | B || Dumela Dineo, o tlhotse jang? || Hello Dineo , how have you spent your day ? |- | A || Ke tlhotse, wena o kae? || Good, how are you ? |- | B || Le nna ke teng. O ya kae o itlhaganetse jaana ? || I'm fine as well. Where are you going in such a hurry? |- | A || Ke ya kwa bankeng, ke batla madi go ya kwa dikopelong ka moso || I'm going to the bank, I need money to go to the music competitions tomorrow |- | B || Ao! Dikopelo di kae ? || Oh! where are the competitions ? |- | A || Di kwa Mochudi kwa sekolong sa Molefi || They are in Mochudi at Molefi School |- | B || Ehe! O tlaa boa leng ? || Right! when will you come back ? |- | A || Ke akanya gore ke tlaa boa ka moso morago ga dikopelo || I think that I will come back tomorrow after the competitions |- | B || Mme o tsamaya ka eng ? || How are you getting there |- | A || Ke tlaa tsamaya ka dibese ka gore ke tshaba dilifiti || I will go by buses because I am afraid of lifts |- | B || Ruri tsala ya me, le nna ke tshaba dilifti. O tsamaye sentle || Certainly my friend, I am also afraid of lifts |- | A || Ee, rra tlaa bonana fa ke boa || Yes, we will see each other when I come back |} This example uses the [[future tense]] and subject marker "di" for noun "dikopelo" which we will see in the next lesson. 5fe635f344366f7a124749846b0e041aa720067e 46 45 2007-03-26T19:28:14Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki In this lesson you will learn about locations and how to talk about location (in front of, nearby etc) ===Locatives=== locatives "ko/kwa", "mo" and "fa" are used to describe location. "mo" usually means "inside" or a more precise location than "ko/kwa". {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | o kae? || where are you/he/she ? |- | ke bereka mo ofising || I am working in the office |- | o nna kwa Broadhurt mo Gaborone || he stays at Broadhurst in Gaborone |- | Festus o ko Francistown || Festus is in Francistown |- | Ba kwa tirong || They are at work |- | Sarah o yo || Sarah is here |- | Sarah ga a yo || Sarah is not here |} Note the use of "ofising" and "tirong" above. In general, whenever a noun is used as a location following "ko/kwa/mo/fa" then -ng is added at the end, unless the noun ends in "a" in which case the "a" is replaced by "-eng". === Location nouns=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | banka || bankeng || in the bank |- | sepatela || sepateleng || in the hospital |- | moraka || morakeng || at the cattle post |- | kereke|| kerekeng || in the church |- | motse || motseng || in the village |- | tafole|| tafoleng || on the table |- | kopi || koping || in the cup |- | ofisi || ofising || in the office |- | lefifi || lefifing || in the dark/darkness |- | sephiri || sephiring || in secret/privacy |- | shopo || shopong || in the shop |- | toropo || toropong || in the town |- | tiro || tirong || in the workplace |- | sekolo || sekolong || in the school |- | maru || marung || in the clouds |} see later lesson [[getting around]] for how to say "on top of", "underneath" etc ===Conversation=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela tsala ya me || Hello my friend |- | B || Dumela Dineo, o tlhotse jang? || Hello Dineo , how have you spent your day ? |- | A || Ke tlhotse, wena o kae? || Good, how are you ? |- | B || Le nna ke teng. O ya kae o itlhaganetse jaana ? || I'm fine as well. Where are you going in such a hurry? |- | A || Ke ya kwa bankeng, ke batla madi go ya kwa dikopelong ka moso || I'm going to the bank, I need money to go to the music competitions tomorrow |- | B || Ao! Dikopelo di kae ? || Oh! where are the competitions ? |- | A || Di kwa Mochudi kwa sekolong sa Molefi || They are in Mochudi at Molefi School |- | B || Ehe! O tlaa boa leng ? || Right! when will you come back ? |- | A || Ke akanya gore ke tlaa boa ka moso morago ga dikopelo || I think that I will come back tomorrow after the competitions |- | B || Mme o tsamaya ka eng ? || How are you getting there |- | A || Ke tlaa tsamaya ka dibese ka gore ke tshaba dilifiti || I will go by buses because I am afraid of lifts |- | B || Ruri tsala ya me, le nna ke tshaba dilifti. O tsamaye sentle || Certainly my friend, I am also afraid of lifts |- | A || Ee, rra tlaa bonana fa ke boa || Yes, we will see each other when I come back |} This example uses the [[verbs - future tense]] and subject marker "di" for noun "dikopelo" which we will see in the next lesson. d541e60ddf9279b345c54c6b972c9cafc80a7420 0 11 44 2007-03-26T19:11:35Z Jacob 2 New page: NOTE include fa godimo ga etc page 16 wikitext text/x-wiki NOTE include fa godimo ga etc page 16 4848b68c30bc23b0b3d552da8557dc5792f5e3e1 0 2 50 40 2007-04-01T07:39:19Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Bua Setswana Course== This course is aimed at beginners who want to learn to speak Setswana. The course aims to help students achieve a basic mastery of Setswana to allow them to communicate their basic needs and serve as a foundation on which to build their language skills. The course is based on information from Nthati Phetlhu (Gaborone, Botswana) Before starting, students should refer to the notes on [[Pronunciation]] It is strongly recommended that the student learns by speaking with Batswana speakers at the earliest opportunity. ==Lessons== #[[greetings]], useful phrases #[[introducing yourself]] #[[verbs – present tense]] including verb "to have" #[[location]] including nouns ending in –ng #[[simple sentences and linking words]] #[[noun classes]] #[[verbs - past tense]] #[[verb objects and conjunctives]] (joining words) #[[possessives]] #[[verbs - future tense]] #[[verbs - past continuous tense]] #[[numbers]] time, days of week #[[human body]] , tribes #[[adjectives]] , "to be" #[[comparatives]] #[[shopping]] #[[adverbs]] #[[relative construct]] #[[kinship terms]] #[[demonstratives]] #[[imperatives]] #[[getting around]] #[[climate]] ==Reference/Revision Material== *[[Noun class summary table]] *[[Verb tenses summary]] *[[work related vocabulary]] ==External Teaching Material== *Booklet "First Steps in Spoken Setswana" published by Pula Press 1978 *CD "Learn Setswana" from [http://www.eurotalk.com Eurotalk] This is really just a lot of vocabulary much of which has little relevance to life in Botswana. However you can at least listen to Setswana speakers pronouncing the words. ==Dictionaries== *Setswana-English-Setswana Dictionary (Macmillan Botswana) ISBN 99912-77-77-3 Compiled by Z I Matumo in 1993, based on previous dictionaries by Missionaires. The dictionary is 647 pages long and recommended for serious Setswana learners. *Shuters Compact Setswana Dictionary (Shuter & Shooter) ISBN 0-7960-0639-3 Includes both singular and plural forms of nouns (eg "motho" and "batho") to assist learners. For "South African" Setswana rather than "Botswana" Setswana. f8f908bfc3408d6007a9577dbd32f814654bec6b 0 10 51 46 2007-04-01T07:46:51Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki In this lesson you will learn about locations and how to talk about location (in front of, nearby etc) ===Locatives=== locatives "ko/kwa", "mo" and "fa" are used to describe location. "mo" usually means "inside" or a more precise location than "ko/kwa". {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | o kae? || where are you/he/she ? |- | ke bereka mo ofising || I am working in the office |- | o nna kwa Broadhurt mo Gaborone || he stays at Broadhurst in Gaborone |- | Festus o ko Francistown || Festus is in Francistown |- | Ba kwa tirong || They are at work |- | Sarah o yo || Sarah is here |- | Sarah ga a yo || Sarah is not here |} Note the use of "ofising" and "tirong" above. In general, whenever a noun is used as a location following "ko/kwa/mo/fa" then -ng is added at the end, unless the noun ends in "a" in which case the "a" is replaced by "-eng". === Location nouns=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | banka || bankeng || in the bank |- | sepatela || sepateleng || in the hospital |- | moraka || morakeng || at the cattle post |- | kereke|| kerekeng || in the church |- | motse || motseng || in the village |- | tafole|| tafoleng || on the table |- | kopi || koping || in the cup |- | ofisi || ofising || in the office |- | lefifi || lefifing || in the dark/darkness |- | sephiri || sephiring || in secret/privacy |- | shopo || shopong || in the shop |- | toropo || toropong || in the town |- | tiro || tirong || in the workplace |- | sekolo || sekolong || in the school |- | maru || marung || in the clouds |} see later lesson [[getting around]] for how to say "on top of", "underneath" etc ===Where is?=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || John o kae ?|| Where is John ? |- | B || O teng || He is here/roundabouts |- | A || Bese e* kae ? || Where is the bus ? |- | B || Bese e teng || The bus is here/there |} * "e" is the subject marker for the noun "bese" see [[noun classes]] later ===Conversation=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela tsala ya me || Hello my friend |- | B || Dumela Dineo, o tlhotse jang? || Hello Dineo , how have you spent your day ? |- | A || Ke tlhotse, wena o kae? || Good, how are you ? |- | B || Le nna ke teng. O ya kae o itlhaganetse jaana ? || I'm fine as well. Where are you going in such a hurry? |- | A || Ke ya kwa bankeng, ke batla madi go ya kwa dikopelong ka moso || I'm going to the bank, I need money to go to the music competitions tomorrow |- | B || Ao! Dikopelo di kae ? || Oh! where are the competitions ? |- | A || Di kwa Mochudi kwa sekolong sa Molefi || They are in Mochudi at Molefi School |- | B || Ehe! O tlaa boa leng ? || Right! when will you come back ? |- | A || Ke akanya gore ke tlaa boa ka moso morago ga dikopelo || I think that I will come back tomorrow after the competitions |- | B || Mme o tsamaya ka eng ? || How are you getting there |- | A || Ke tlaa tsamaya ka dibese ka gore ke tshaba dilifiti || I will go by buses because I am afraid of lifts |- | B || Ruri tsala ya me, le nna ke tshaba dilifti. O tsamaye sentle || Certainly my friend, I am also afraid of lifts |- | A || Ee, rra tlaa bonana fa ke boa || Yes, we will see each other when I come back |} This example uses the [[verbs - future tense]] and subject marker "di" for noun "dikopelo" which we will see in the next lesson. 30e08b2d319ca5ce015f70b45b0b8df7cda6bb6a 52 51 2007-04-01T07:49:37Z Jacob 2 /* Locatives */ wikitext text/x-wiki In this lesson you will learn about locations and how to talk about location (in front of, nearby etc) ===Locatives=== locatives "ko/kwa", "mo" and "fa" are used to describe location. "mo" usually means "in, on, inside" while "ko/kwa" usually means "to, from, at". {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | o kae? || where are you/he/she ? |- | ke bereka mo ofising || I am working in the office |- | o nna kwa Broadhurt mo Gaborone || he stays at Broadhurst in Gaborone |- | Festus o ko Francistown || Festus is in Francistown |- | Ba kwa tirong || They are at work |- | Sarah o yo || Sarah is here |- | Sarah ga a yo || Sarah is not here |} Note the use of "ofising" and "tirong" above. In general, whenever a noun is used as a location following "ko/kwa/mo/fa" then -ng is added at the end, unless the noun ends in "a" in which case the "a" is replaced by "-eng". === Location nouns=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | banka || bankeng || in the bank |- | sepatela || sepateleng || in the hospital |- | moraka || morakeng || at the cattle post |- | kereke|| kerekeng || in the church |- | motse || motseng || in the village |- | tafole|| tafoleng || on the table |- | kopi || koping || in the cup |- | ofisi || ofising || in the office |- | lefifi || lefifing || in the dark/darkness |- | sephiri || sephiring || in secret/privacy |- | shopo || shopong || in the shop |- | toropo || toropong || in the town |- | tiro || tirong || in the workplace |- | sekolo || sekolong || in the school |- | maru || marung || in the clouds |} see later lesson [[getting around]] for how to say "on top of", "underneath" etc ===Where is?=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || John o kae ?|| Where is John ? |- | B || O teng || He is here/roundabouts |- | A || Bese e* kae ? || Where is the bus ? |- | B || Bese e teng || The bus is here/there |} * "e" is the subject marker for the noun "bese" see [[noun classes]] later ===Conversation=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela tsala ya me || Hello my friend |- | B || Dumela Dineo, o tlhotse jang? || Hello Dineo , how have you spent your day ? |- | A || Ke tlhotse, wena o kae? || Good, how are you ? |- | B || Le nna ke teng. O ya kae o itlhaganetse jaana ? || I'm fine as well. Where are you going in such a hurry? |- | A || Ke ya kwa bankeng, ke batla madi go ya kwa dikopelong ka moso || I'm going to the bank, I need money to go to the music competitions tomorrow |- | B || Ao! Dikopelo di kae ? || Oh! where are the competitions ? |- | A || Di kwa Mochudi kwa sekolong sa Molefi || They are in Mochudi at Molefi School |- | B || Ehe! O tlaa boa leng ? || Right! when will you come back ? |- | A || Ke akanya gore ke tlaa boa ka moso morago ga dikopelo || I think that I will come back tomorrow after the competitions |- | B || Mme o tsamaya ka eng ? || How are you getting there |- | A || Ke tlaa tsamaya ka dibese ka gore ke tshaba dilifiti || I will go by buses because I am afraid of lifts |- | B || Ruri tsala ya me, le nna ke tshaba dilifti. O tsamaye sentle || Certainly my friend, I am also afraid of lifts |- | A || Ee, rra tlaa bonana fa ke boa || Yes, we will see each other when I come back |} This example uses the [[verbs - future tense]] and subject marker "di" for noun "dikopelo" which we will see in the next lesson. bea3553b956cf394f29af10f18044915d5dca2fb 0 12 53 2007-04-01T08:18:09Z Jacob 2 New page: ===And=== Use "le" for "and" only in a list of nouns: {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | John le Sarah ba tswa ko UK || John and ... wikitext text/x-wiki ===And=== Use "le" for "and" only in a list of nouns: {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | John le Sarah ba tswa ko UK || John and Sarah come from the UK |- | Ke ja koko, phaletshe le merogo || I am eating chicken, mealie meal and vegetables |} When linking phrases "gape" (again) or "mme" (but/however) or similar should be used. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | John le Sarah ba tswa ko UK gape ba nna ko Block 6 || John and Sarah come from the UK and/also they stay in Block 6 |- | Ke ja koko mme ga ke je nama ya kolobe || I eat chicken, but I don't eat pork (meat of pig) |} ===ka=== fa, ka gore, ... LESSON 5b notes ===infinitive=== When using two verbs in a sentence, as in English the second will be in the infinitive form. In Setswana this is "go -" {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke batla go ya kwa Gaborone || I want to go to Gaborone |- | ke rata go ithutha Setswana || I like learning (to learn) Setswana |} cc1eccaf9ce1bfe2af892b291d5e965ba2675d62 0 6 54 22 2007-04-02T19:34:36Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Like most Bantu languages, Setswana contains many noun classes. While English doesn't really have noun classes, French could be said to contain four noun classes (masculine singular, masculine plural, feminine singular, feminine plural) which each have their own agreements for adjectives etc. Setswana has around 16 noun classes. The following is based on the noun classification system for Bantu languages developed by [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carl_Meinhof Carl Meinhof]. ===Class 1 and 2 (mo- ba-)=== *These are all for people (though not all people words are in these classes). Class 1 is for singular (motho = person, moruti = teacher) while Class 2 is plural (batho = people, baruti = teachers). *Also in class 1 are Proper nouns (eg names Nthati, Sarah etc) and kinship terms eg ngwana=child, mme = mother, rre mogolo = grandfather etc. *Also in class 2 is BoSarah = Sarah & company/friends, and plural kinship terms eg bana=children *These nouns take the subject markers which we have seen already (ke,o,o,re,le,ba) ===Class 3 and 4 (mo- me-)=== *These classes are non personal nouns, in particular trees and some parts of the body *These nouns take subject marker o and e ===Class 5 and 6 (le- ma-)=== *These classes contain words for professions, many of which have undesirable associations *These nouns take subject marker le and a ===Class 7 and 8 (se- di-)=== *Includes nouns for disability, languages and culture *These nouns take subject marker se and di ===Class 9 and 10 (- di-)=== *This is the "junk class" in which most imported words from other languages fall. *It also includes many of the animal nouns *These nouns take subject marker e and di ===Class 11 and 12 (lo- di-)=== *This class includes natural phenomena and also long objects @@ *These nouns take subject marker lo and di *Class 12 takes all the same agreements as Class 10, and is therefore omitted from some guides ===Class 14 (bo-)=== *These are called collective nouns, such as: @@@@@@ *These nouns take subject marker bo ===Class 15 (go -)=== *These are nouns formed from infinitive verbs (gerunds), such as go ya=to eat, go ithuta=to learn etc. For example in the sentence "to learn is good" "to learn" is a noun which would be in this class *These nouns take subject marker go ===Class 16-18 (fa-, ko- mo-)=== *The final classes are called the locative classes and are to do with location *They are beyond the scope of the beginner's course ! *These nouns take subject marker f12e8469df4eac8f95447511312d98fc9327c32d 55 54 2007-04-02T19:36:43Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Like most Bantu languages, Setswana contains many noun classes. While English doesn't really have noun classes, French could be said to contain four noun classes (masculine singular, masculine plural, feminine singular, feminine plural) which each have their own agreements for adjectives etc. It is possible to be understood in Setswana without getting all the noun class agreements correct, and some people may find it easier to pick up the different subject markers by ear over time. However, the following brief description is given to assist the learner who wants to understand the grammar behind the language. Setswana has around 16 noun classes. The following is based on the noun classification system for Bantu languages developed by [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carl_Meinhof Carl Meinhof]. ===Class 1 and 2 (mo- ba-)=== *These are all for people (though not all people words are in these classes). Class 1 is for singular (motho = person, moruti = teacher) while Class 2 is plural (batho = people, baruti = teachers). *Also in class 1 are Proper nouns (eg names Nthati, Sarah etc) and kinship terms eg ngwana=child, mme = mother, rre mogolo = grandfather etc. *Also in class 2 is BoSarah = Sarah & company/friends, and plural kinship terms eg bana=children *These nouns take the subject markers which we have seen already (ke,o,o,re,le,ba) ===Class 3 and 4 (mo- me-)=== *These classes are non personal nouns, in particular trees and some parts of the body *These nouns take subject marker o and e ===Class 5 and 6 (le- ma-)=== *These classes contain words for professions, many of which have undesirable associations *These nouns take subject marker le and a ===Class 7 and 8 (se- di-)=== *Includes nouns for disability, languages and culture *These nouns take subject marker se and di ===Class 9 and 10 (- di-)=== *This is the "junk class" in which most imported words from other languages fall. *It also includes many of the animal nouns *These nouns take subject marker e and di ===Class 11 and 12 (lo- di-)=== *This class includes natural phenomena and also long objects @@ *These nouns take subject marker lo and di *Class 12 takes all the same agreements as Class 10, and is therefore omitted from some guides ===Class 14 (bo-)=== *These are called collective nouns, such as: @@@@@@ *These nouns take subject marker bo ===Class 15 (go -)=== *These are nouns formed from infinitive verbs (gerunds), such as go ya=to eat, go ithuta=to learn etc. For example in the sentence "to learn is good" "to learn" is a noun which would be in this class *These nouns take subject marker go ===Class 16-18 (fa-, ko- mo-)=== *The final classes are called the locative classes and are to do with location *They are beyond the scope of the beginner's course ! *These nouns take subject marker cb23e24fb781104366acbf1a5974a02a349c641d 56 55 2007-04-02T19:39:22Z Jacob 2 /* Class 16-18 (fa-, ko- mo-) */ wikitext text/x-wiki Like most Bantu languages, Setswana contains many noun classes. While English doesn't really have noun classes, French could be said to contain four noun classes (masculine singular, masculine plural, feminine singular, feminine plural) which each have their own agreements for adjectives etc. It is possible to be understood in Setswana without getting all the noun class agreements correct, and some people may find it easier to pick up the different subject markers by ear over time. However, the following brief description is given to assist the learner who wants to understand the grammar behind the language. Setswana has around 16 noun classes. The following is based on the noun classification system for Bantu languages developed by [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carl_Meinhof Carl Meinhof]. ===Class 1 and 2 (mo- ba-)=== *These are all for people (though not all people words are in these classes). Class 1 is for singular (motho = person, moruti = teacher) while Class 2 is plural (batho = people, baruti = teachers). *Also in class 1 are Proper nouns (eg names Nthati, Sarah etc) and kinship terms eg ngwana=child, mme = mother, rre mogolo = grandfather etc. *Also in class 2 is BoSarah = Sarah & company/friends, and plural kinship terms eg bana=children *These nouns take the subject markers which we have seen already (ke,o,o,re,le,ba) ===Class 3 and 4 (mo- me-)=== *These classes are non personal nouns, in particular trees and some parts of the body *These nouns take subject marker o and e ===Class 5 and 6 (le- ma-)=== *These classes contain words for professions, many of which have undesirable associations *These nouns take subject marker le and a ===Class 7 and 8 (se- di-)=== *Includes nouns for disability, languages and culture *These nouns take subject marker se and di ===Class 9 and 10 (- di-)=== *This is the "junk class" in which most imported words from other languages fall. *It also includes many of the animal nouns *These nouns take subject marker e and di ===Class 11 and 12 (lo- di-)=== *This class includes natural phenomena and also long objects @@ *These nouns take subject marker lo and di *Class 12 takes all the same agreements as Class 10, and is therefore omitted from some guides ===Class 14 (bo-)=== *These are called collective nouns, such as: @@@@@@ *These nouns take subject marker bo ===Class 15 (go -)=== *These are nouns formed from infinitive verbs (gerunds), such as go ya=to eat, go ithuta=to learn etc. For example in the sentence "to learn is good" "to learn" is a noun which would be in this class *These nouns take subject marker go ===Class 16,17,18 (fa-, ko- mo-)=== *The final classes are called the locative classes and are to do with location *They are beyond the scope of the beginner's course ! 62310bc2038cb709804e132e460ec76006e7cc47 57 56 2007-04-16T19:11:36Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Like most Bantu languages, Setswana contains many noun classes. While English doesn't really have noun classes (other than singluar and plural), French could be said to contain four noun classes (masculine singular, masculine plural, feminine singular, feminine plural) which each have their own agreements for adjectives etc. It is possible to be understood in Setswana without getting all the noun class agreements correct, and some people may find it easier to pick up the different subject markers by ear over time. However, the following brief description is given to assist the learner who wants to understand the grammar behind the language. Setswana has around 16 noun classes. The following is based on the noun classification system for Bantu languages developed by [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carl_Meinhof Carl Meinhof]. ===Class 1 and 2 (mo- ba-)=== *These are all for people (though not all people words are in these classes). Class 1 is for singular (motho = person, moruti = teacher) while Class 2 is plural (batho = people, baruti = teachers). *Also in class 1 are Proper nouns (eg names Nthati, Sarah etc) and kinship terms eg ngwana=child, mme = mother, rre mogolo = grandfather etc. *Also in class 2 is BoSarah = Sarah & company/friends, and plural kinship terms eg bana=children *These nouns take the subject markers which we have seen already (ke,o,o,re,le,ba) ===Class 3 and 4 (mo- me-)=== *These classes are non personal nouns, in particular trees and some parts of the body *These nouns take subject marker o and e ===Class 5 and 6 (le- ma-)=== *These classes contain words for professions, many of which have undesirable associations *These nouns take subject marker le and a ===Class 7 and 8 (se- di-)=== *Includes nouns for disability, languages and culture *These nouns take subject marker se and di ===Class 9 and 10 (- di-)=== *This is the "junk class" in which most imported words from other languages fall. *It also includes many of the animal nouns *These nouns take subject marker e and di ===Class 11 and 12 (lo- di-)=== *This class includes natural phenomena and also long objects @@ *These nouns take subject marker lo and di *Class 12 takes all the same agreements as Class 10, and is therefore omitted from some guides ===Class 14 (bo-)=== *These are called collective nouns, such as: @@@@@@ *These nouns take subject marker bo ===Class 15 (go -)=== *These are nouns formed from infinitive verbs (gerunds), such as go ya=to eat, go ithuta=to learn etc. For example in the sentence "to learn is good" "to learn" is a noun which would be in this class *These nouns take subject marker go ===Class 16,17,18 (fa-, ko- mo-)=== *The final classes are called the locative classes and are to do with location *They are beyond the scope of the beginner's course ! 5e47197e1d5951348b8577f3e904874b75fe7663 12 38 107 2007-04-07T04:53:39Z 24.176.166.4 0 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Clicking on the [[special:preferences|my preferences]] link in the upper right while logged in allows you to change your preferences. ==Date format== The following is normally rendered depending on preferences: <pre> [[2001-01-05]] (or [[2001]]-[[01-05]]) (with leading zeros) [[2001]] [[January 5]] ([[2001]] [[January 05]]) [[January 5]], [[2001]] ([[January 05]], [[2001]]) [[5 January]] [[2001]] ([[05 January]] [[2001]]) [[January 5]] ([[January 05]]) [[5 January]] ([[05 January]]) </pre> With your current preference setting on this project the seven are rendered as follows: #[[2001-01-05]] ([[2001]]-[[01-05]]) #[[2001]] [[January 5]] ([[2001]] [[January 05]]} #[[January 5]], [[2001]] ([[January 05]], [[2001]]) #[[5 January]] [[2001]] ([[05 January]] [[2001]]) #[[January 5]] ([[January 05]]) #[[5 January]] ([[05 January]]) The user-specified date format does not seem to work on the [[mw:]] wiki for links! It works in Recent Changes etc. == See also == * [[Help:Skins]] ==External Links== {{meta|Help:Preferences}} [[Category:Help|Preferences]] 1a6201b3b28935efba924c4ce85d866426cf33d9 108 107 2007-04-29T20:13:38Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Clicking on the [[special:preferences|my preferences]] link in the upper right while logged in allows you to change your preferences. ==Date format== The following is normally rendered depending on preferences: <pre> [[2001-01-05]] (or [[2001]]-[[01-05]]) (with leading zeros) [[2001]] [[January 5]] ([[2001]] [[January 05]]) [[January 5]], [[2001]] ([[January 05]], [[2001]]) [[5 January]] [[2001]] ([[05 January]] [[2001]]) [[January 5]] ([[January 05]]) [[5 January]] ([[05 January]]) </pre> With your current preference setting on this project the seven are rendered as follows: #[[2001-01-05]] ([[2001]]-[[01-05]]) #[[2001]] [[January 5]] ([[2001]] [[January 05]]} #[[January 5]], [[2001]] ([[January 05]], [[2001]]) #[[5 January]] [[2001]] ([[05 January]] [[2001]]) #[[January 5]] ([[January 05]]) #[[5 January]] ([[05 January]]) The user-specified date format does not seem to work on the [[mw:]] wiki for links! It works in Recent Changes etc. == See also == * [[Help:Skins]] ==External Links== {{meta|Help:Preferences}} [[Category:Help|Preferences]] 1a6201b3b28935efba924c4ce85d866426cf33d9 12 3 109 34 2007-04-10T04:29:16Z 24.20.69.240 0 +cat wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} ;Editing :[[Help:Editing pages|Editing pages]] :[[Help:Formatting|Formatting]] :[[Help:Links|Links]] :[[Help:Categories|Categories]] :[[Help:Managing files|Managing files]] ;Advanced Editing :[[Help:Images|Images]] :[[Help:Tables|Tables]] :[[Help:Templates|Templates]] :[[Help:Variables|Variables]] :[[Help:Managing files|Managing files]] [[Category:Help|Editing]] 431788914d13eda349b3a85d8748d8d92a9e7b8d 110 109 2007-04-29T20:13:39Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} ;Editing :[[Help:Editing pages|Editing pages]] :[[Help:Formatting|Formatting]] :[[Help:Links|Links]] :[[Help:Categories|Categories]] :[[Help:Managing files|Managing files]] ;Advanced Editing :[[Help:Images|Images]] :[[Help:Tables|Tables]] :[[Help:Templates|Templates]] :[[Help:Variables|Variables]] :[[Help:Managing files|Managing files]] [[Category:Help|Editing]] 431788914d13eda349b3a85d8748d8d92a9e7b8d 12 18 67 2007-04-10T21:26:15Z 125.236.199.99 0 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} [[Image:M-en-recentchanges.png|thumb|370px|'''Recent changes''' shows the latest changes to articles, file uploads, deletions and page moves]] MediaWiki offers a collection of special pages and tools to keep track of what is going on in the wiki. So you can watch for example: * recent changes to all pages * newly created pages * the contributions of one specific user * the revision history: all changes made to one page The most interesting special page is '''[[Special:Recentchanges]]'''. It displays all edits, file uploads, page moves, deletions and other actions done in the wiki. In the menu on top it offers a collection of links to customize your display: limit the number of changes shown, the number of days or restrict it to edits to a certain namespace. You can also hide edits marked as minor (don't forget that major changes can be flagged by a user as minor anyway). One line in recentchanges consists of several links: * ''diff'' displays the difference to the previous revision of the page, * ''hist'' links to the revision history of the page, * the link with the full title of the page brings you to the current version. If the title is in bold, it indicates that it is on your watchlist. Next is a flag describing the article modification type: *''N'' signalizes a new page, *''m'' a minor edit, *''b'' an edit made by a bot. Following the timestamp the user is mentioned with a link to his user and talk page and to his contributions. In italic follows a comment if the user has submitted one. === See also === * [[Special:Newpages]] * Related changes: [[Special:Recentchangeslinked/Pagename]] * User contributions: [[Special:Contributions/User]] * History * [[Special:Watchlist]] {{Admin tip|tip=You may want to add important pages in your wiki to [[MediaWiki:Recentchangestext]], the intro shown at [[Special:Recentchanges]]}} {{Languages|Help:Tracking changes}} [[Category:Help|Tracking changes]] a50a7f36cc3ae9fae2c7c5eae5d4fa71fbd2c368 68 67 2007-04-29T20:13:12Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} [[Image:M-en-recentchanges.png|thumb|370px|'''Recent changes''' shows the latest changes to articles, file uploads, deletions and page moves]] MediaWiki offers a collection of special pages and tools to keep track of what is going on in the wiki. So you can watch for example: * recent changes to all pages * newly created pages * the contributions of one specific user * the revision history: all changes made to one page The most interesting special page is '''[[Special:Recentchanges]]'''. It displays all edits, file uploads, page moves, deletions and other actions done in the wiki. In the menu on top it offers a collection of links to customize your display: limit the number of changes shown, the number of days or restrict it to edits to a certain namespace. You can also hide edits marked as minor (don't forget that major changes can be flagged by a user as minor anyway). One line in recentchanges consists of several links: * ''diff'' displays the difference to the previous revision of the page, * ''hist'' links to the revision history of the page, * the link with the full title of the page brings you to the current version. If the title is in bold, it indicates that it is on your watchlist. Next is a flag describing the article modification type: *''N'' signalizes a new page, *''m'' a minor edit, *''b'' an edit made by a bot. Following the timestamp the user is mentioned with a link to his user and talk page and to his contributions. In italic follows a comment if the user has submitted one. === See also === * [[Special:Newpages]] * Related changes: [[Special:Recentchangeslinked/Pagename]] * User contributions: [[Special:Contributions/User]] * History * [[Special:Watchlist]] {{Admin tip|tip=You may want to add important pages in your wiki to [[MediaWiki:Recentchangestext]], the intro shown at [[Special:Recentchanges]]}} {{Languages|Help:Tracking changes}} [[Category:Help|Tracking changes]] a50a7f36cc3ae9fae2c7c5eae5d4fa71fbd2c368 12 24 79 2007-04-11T22:17:26Z 200.159.74.36 0 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} The quickest way to find information in MediaWiki is to look it up directly. On the left-hand side of your screen there is a '''Search''' box with two buttons under it labeled "Go" and "Search". <div style="border:1px solid #ababff; background: #fdfdff; padding: 1em; margin: 1.1em 1em 1em 0em; font-size:105%"> Put your keyword in the searchbox. * <font face="MS Sans Serif,Arial">'''Go'''</font> - (or ''Enter'' on keyboard) will take you automatically to the article, if it exists. * <font face="MS Sans Serif,Arial">'''Search'''</font> - will search the text of all pages on the wiki (with some restrictions, see below). </div> If you clicked 'search', or you clicked 'go' and the page you were looking for did not exist, you will be presented with a list of articles that matched your search criteria (or a message that no matches were found). == How it works == Here's how the search works: * Only the article content is searched - the page title is ignored. * The article content is searched in its raw (wikitext) form - i.e. it searches the text that appears in the edit box when you click 'edit', not the rendered page. This means that content coming from an included template will not be picked up, but the target of piped links will be. * Even if you enclose a phrase in quotes, the search looks for each word individually. e.g. if you enter "world war 2" it will return pages that contain "world" and "war" and "2". * The search is not case-sensitive, so "MediaWiki", "mediawiki" and "MEDIAWIKI" all give the same result. == Restricting the search == By default only the [[Help:namespaces|namespaces]] specified in your [[Help:preferences|preferences]] will be searched. Logged-in users can change their preferences to specify the namespaces they want to search by default, or if you just want to specify different namespaces for a single search then you can do so on the search results page. __NOTOC__ {{Languages|Help:Searching}} [[Category:Help|Searching]] 0cce9c59a4a7e8ad92f2e85448e0cd15d95a0577 80 79 2007-04-29T20:13:27Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} The quickest way to find information in MediaWiki is to look it up directly. On the left-hand side of your screen there is a '''Search''' box with two buttons under it labeled "Go" and "Search". <div style="border:1px solid #ababff; background: #fdfdff; padding: 1em; margin: 1.1em 1em 1em 0em; font-size:105%"> Put your keyword in the searchbox. * <font face="MS Sans Serif,Arial">'''Go'''</font> - (or ''Enter'' on keyboard) will take you automatically to the article, if it exists. * <font face="MS Sans Serif,Arial">'''Search'''</font> - will search the text of all pages on the wiki (with some restrictions, see below). </div> If you clicked 'search', or you clicked 'go' and the page you were looking for did not exist, you will be presented with a list of articles that matched your search criteria (or a message that no matches were found). == How it works == Here's how the search works: * Only the article content is searched - the page title is ignored. * The article content is searched in its raw (wikitext) form - i.e. it searches the text that appears in the edit box when you click 'edit', not the rendered page. This means that content coming from an included template will not be picked up, but the target of piped links will be. * Even if you enclose a phrase in quotes, the search looks for each word individually. e.g. if you enter "world war 2" it will return pages that contain "world" and "war" and "2". * The search is not case-sensitive, so "MediaWiki", "mediawiki" and "MEDIAWIKI" all give the same result. == Restricting the search == By default only the [[Help:namespaces|namespaces]] specified in your [[Help:preferences|preferences]] will be searched. Logged-in users can change their preferences to specify the namespaces they want to search by default, or if you just want to specify different namespaces for a single search then you can do so on the search results page. __NOTOC__ {{Languages|Help:Searching}} [[Category:Help|Searching]] 0cce9c59a4a7e8ad92f2e85448e0cd15d95a0577 12 28 87 2007-04-13T15:28:04Z 193.110.102.2 0 /* Right justify */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Tables may be authored in wiki pages using either HTML table elements directly, or using wikicode formatting to define the table. HTML table elements and their use are well described on various web pages and will not be discussed here. The benefit of wikicode is that the table is constructed of character symbols which tend to make it easier to perceive the table structure in the article editing view compared to HTML table elements. A good general rule of thumb is to avoid using a table unless you need to. Table markup often complicates page editing. == Wiki table markup summary == {|cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" width="600" |<nowiki>{|</nowiki> || start '''table''' |- |<nowiki>|+</nowiki> || table '''caption,''' ''optional;'' only one per table and between table start and first row |- |<nowiki>|-</nowiki> || '''table row,''' ''optional on first row'' -- wiki engine assumes the first row |- |<nowiki>!</nowiki> || '''table header''' cell, ''optional.'' Consecutive table headers may be added on same line separated by double marks (!!) or start on new lines, each with its own single mark (!). |- |<nowiki>|</nowiki> || '''table data''' cell, ''required!'' Consecutive table data cells may be added on same line separated by double marks (<nowiki>||</nowiki>) or start on new lines, each with its own single mark (<nowiki>|</nowiki>). |- |<nowiki>|}</nowiki> || end '''table''' |} *The above marks must '''start on a new line''' except the double || and !! for optionally adding consecutive cells to a line. *'''XHTML attributes.''' Each mark, except table end, optionally accepts one or more XHTML attributes. Attributes must be on the same line as the mark. Separate attributes from each other with a single space. **Cells and caption (<nowiki>| or ||, ! or !!, and |+</nowiki>) hold content. So separate any attributes from content with a single pipe (|). Cell content may follow on same line or on following lines. **Table and row marks (<nowiki>{| and |-</nowiki>) do not directly hold content. Do ''not'' add pipe (|) after their optional attributes. If you erroneously add a pipe after attributes for the table mark or row mark the parser will delete it ''and'' your final attribute if it was touching the erroneous pipe! *'''Content''' may (a) follow its cell mark on the same line after any optional XHTML attributes or (b) on lines below the cell mark. Content that uses wiki markup that itself needs to start on a new line, such as lists, headers, or nested tables, must of course be on its own new line. ==Simple table== ===Plain=== The following table lacks borders and good spacing but shows the simplest wiki markup table structure {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ===Alternative=== For more table-ish looking wiki markup cells can be listed on one line separated by ||. This does not scale well for longer cell content such as paragraphs. It works well for short bits of content however, such as our example table. Extra spaces within cells in the wiki markup can be added, as I have done in the wiki markup below, to make the wiki markup itself look better but they do not effect the actual table rendering. HTML attributes can be added to this table following the examples in other tables on this page but have been left out of the following example for simplicity. {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| | Orange || Apple || more |- | Bread || Pie || more |- | Butter || Ice cream || and more |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| | Orange || Apple || more |- | Bread || Pie || more |- | Butter || Ice cream || and more |} </pre> |} ===With HTML attributes=== You can add HTML attributes to make your table look better ====border="1"==== {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ====align="center" border="1"==== {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| align="center" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| align="center" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ====align="right" border="1"==== You can put attributes on individual '''cells.''' Numbers for example may look better aligned right {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |align="right"|12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |align="right"|500.00 |- |Butter |Ice cream |align="right"|1.00 |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |align="right"|12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |align="right"|500.00 |- |Butter |Ice cream |align="right"|1.00 |} </pre> |} You can put attributes on individual '''rows,''' too. {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |align="right"|12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |align="right"|500.00 |- style="font-style:italic;color:green;" |Butter |Ice cream |align="right"|1.00 |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |align="right"|12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |align="right"|500.00 |- style="font-style:italic;color:green;" |Butter |Ice cream |align="right"|1.00 |} </pre> |} ====cellspacing="0" border="1"==== {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| cellspacing="0" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| cellspacing="0" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ====cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" border="1"==== {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ===With HTML attributes and CSS styles=== CSS style attributes can be added with or without other HTML attributes ====style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" border="1"==== {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ==Table with TH headings== TH (HTML table headings) can be created by using ! instead of |. Headings usually show up bold and centered by default. ===Top headings=== ====Each column==== {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" !Yummy !Yummier |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" !Yummy !Yummier |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ====Colspan="2"==== {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" !colspan="2"|Yummies |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" ! colspan="2"|Yummies |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ===Side headings=== ====Default==== {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" !Fruit |Orange |Apple |- !Dish |Bread |Pie |- !Complement |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" !Fruit |Orange |Apple |- !Dish |Bread |Pie |- !Complement |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ====Right justify==== Right justified side headings can be done as follows {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" !align="right" |Fruit |Orange |Apple |- !align="right" |Dish |Bread |Pie |- !align="right" |Complement |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" !align="right" |Fruit |Orange |Apple |- !align="right" |Dish |Bread |Pie |- !align="right" |Complement |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ==Caption== A '''table caption''' can be added to the top of any table as follows {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" |+Food complements |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" |+Food complements |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} '''Attributes''' can be added to the caption as follows {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" |+align="bottom" style="color:#e76700;"|''Food complements'' |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" |+align="bottom" style="color:#e76700;"|''Food complements'' |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ==Table with H1, H2, H3 etc. headings== HTML H1, H2, H3, H4 etc. headings can be created the standard wiki markup way with ==equal== signs and '''must be on a line all by themselves''' to work. '''Preview the whole table.''' If you click on an edit tab for a heading ''within'' a table, edit, and preview, the parent table will display erroneously broken because part of it will be missing. Keep the heading hierarchy consistent with the rest of the page so that the table of contents at page top works correctly. {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" |colspan="2"| ===Yummiest=== |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" |colspan="2"| ===Yummiest=== |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} {{Languages|Help:Tables}} [[Category:Help|Tables]] facdcfd54e96c001ecd5d82b67abd9c903f611c2 88 87 2007-04-29T20:13:29Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Tables may be authored in wiki pages using either HTML table elements directly, or using wikicode formatting to define the table. HTML table elements and their use are well described on various web pages and will not be discussed here. The benefit of wikicode is that the table is constructed of character symbols which tend to make it easier to perceive the table structure in the article editing view compared to HTML table elements. A good general rule of thumb is to avoid using a table unless you need to. Table markup often complicates page editing. == Wiki table markup summary == {|cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" width="600" |<nowiki>{|</nowiki> || start '''table''' |- |<nowiki>|+</nowiki> || table '''caption,''' ''optional;'' only one per table and between table start and first row |- |<nowiki>|-</nowiki> || '''table row,''' ''optional on first row'' -- wiki engine assumes the first row |- |<nowiki>!</nowiki> || '''table header''' cell, ''optional.'' Consecutive table headers may be added on same line separated by double marks (!!) or start on new lines, each with its own single mark (!). |- |<nowiki>|</nowiki> || '''table data''' cell, ''required!'' Consecutive table data cells may be added on same line separated by double marks (<nowiki>||</nowiki>) or start on new lines, each with its own single mark (<nowiki>|</nowiki>). |- |<nowiki>|}</nowiki> || end '''table''' |} *The above marks must '''start on a new line''' except the double || and !! for optionally adding consecutive cells to a line. *'''XHTML attributes.''' Each mark, except table end, optionally accepts one or more XHTML attributes. Attributes must be on the same line as the mark. Separate attributes from each other with a single space. **Cells and caption (<nowiki>| or ||, ! or !!, and |+</nowiki>) hold content. So separate any attributes from content with a single pipe (|). Cell content may follow on same line or on following lines. **Table and row marks (<nowiki>{| and |-</nowiki>) do not directly hold content. Do ''not'' add pipe (|) after their optional attributes. If you erroneously add a pipe after attributes for the table mark or row mark the parser will delete it ''and'' your final attribute if it was touching the erroneous pipe! *'''Content''' may (a) follow its cell mark on the same line after any optional XHTML attributes or (b) on lines below the cell mark. Content that uses wiki markup that itself needs to start on a new line, such as lists, headers, or nested tables, must of course be on its own new line. ==Simple table== ===Plain=== The following table lacks borders and good spacing but shows the simplest wiki markup table structure {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ===Alternative=== For more table-ish looking wiki markup cells can be listed on one line separated by ||. This does not scale well for longer cell content such as paragraphs. It works well for short bits of content however, such as our example table. Extra spaces within cells in the wiki markup can be added, as I have done in the wiki markup below, to make the wiki markup itself look better but they do not effect the actual table rendering. HTML attributes can be added to this table following the examples in other tables on this page but have been left out of the following example for simplicity. {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| | Orange || Apple || more |- | Bread || Pie || more |- | Butter || Ice cream || and more |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| | Orange || Apple || more |- | Bread || Pie || more |- | Butter || Ice cream || and more |} </pre> |} ===With HTML attributes=== You can add HTML attributes to make your table look better ====border="1"==== {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ====align="center" border="1"==== {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| align="center" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| align="center" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ====align="right" border="1"==== You can put attributes on individual '''cells.''' Numbers for example may look better aligned right {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |align="right"|12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |align="right"|500.00 |- |Butter |Ice cream |align="right"|1.00 |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |align="right"|12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |align="right"|500.00 |- |Butter |Ice cream |align="right"|1.00 |} </pre> |} You can put attributes on individual '''rows,''' too. {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |align="right"|12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |align="right"|500.00 |- style="font-style:italic;color:green;" |Butter |Ice cream |align="right"|1.00 |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |align="right"|12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |align="right"|500.00 |- style="font-style:italic;color:green;" |Butter |Ice cream |align="right"|1.00 |} </pre> |} ====cellspacing="0" border="1"==== {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| cellspacing="0" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| cellspacing="0" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ====cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" border="1"==== {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ===With HTML attributes and CSS styles=== CSS style attributes can be added with or without other HTML attributes ====style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" border="1"==== {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ==Table with TH headings== TH (HTML table headings) can be created by using ! instead of |. Headings usually show up bold and centered by default. ===Top headings=== ====Each column==== {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" !Yummy !Yummier |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" !Yummy !Yummier |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ====Colspan="2"==== {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" !colspan="2"|Yummies |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" ! colspan="2"|Yummies |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ===Side headings=== ====Default==== {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" !Fruit |Orange |Apple |- !Dish |Bread |Pie |- !Complement |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" !Fruit |Orange |Apple |- !Dish |Bread |Pie |- !Complement |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ====Right justify==== Right justified side headings can be done as follows {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" !align="right" |Fruit |Orange |Apple |- !align="right" |Dish |Bread |Pie |- !align="right" |Complement |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" !align="right" |Fruit |Orange |Apple |- !align="right" |Dish |Bread |Pie |- !align="right" |Complement |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ==Caption== A '''table caption''' can be added to the top of any table as follows {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" |+Food complements |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" |+Food complements |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} '''Attributes''' can be added to the caption as follows {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" |+align="bottom" style="color:#e76700;"|''Food complements'' |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" |+align="bottom" style="color:#e76700;"|''Food complements'' |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} ==Table with H1, H2, H3 etc. headings== HTML H1, H2, H3, H4 etc. headings can be created the standard wiki markup way with ==equal== signs and '''must be on a line all by themselves''' to work. '''Preview the whole table.''' If you click on an edit tab for a heading ''within'' a table, edit, and preview, the parent table will display erroneously broken because part of it will be missing. Keep the heading hierarchy consistent with the rest of the page so that the table of contents at page top works correctly. {| width="100%" |width="50%"| {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" |colspan="2"| ===Yummiest=== |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |width="50%"| <pre> {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" |colspan="2"| ===Yummiest=== |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> |} {{Languages|Help:Tables}} [[Category:Help|Tables]] facdcfd54e96c001ecd5d82b67abd9c903f611c2 0 9 58 49 2007-04-16T19:26:16Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). ===Basic Subject Markers=== We have already seen the subject markers {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || me (1st person) |- | o || you (2nd person) |- | o* || he/she (3rd person) |- | re || us |- | le** || you (plural) |- | ba || them |} .*in the negative, this becomes "a" .**in some dialects, marker "lo" is used instead of "le" These are the subject markers for people, there are many other markers for nouns which belong to other classes - see later in [[noun classes]] ===Present Tense (Short Form)=== In this form, the present tense is simply made by adding the subject marker and the verb. However, this can only be used when there is a word following the verb (otherwise you use the "long form" see below) {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke bidiwa Paul || I am called Paul |- | o bidiwa Ntathi || she is called Ntathi (or you are called Ntathi) |- | monna o ja apole || the man (he) is eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || we are learning Setswana |- | ke bao ko lelapeng || I am returning home |} ===Present Tense (long form)=== If there are no words following the verb, then an extra "a" marker must be added before the verb (called the "long form marker") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | re a ithuta || we are learning |- | basadi ba a ja || the women (they) are eating |- | ke a kwala || I am writing |- | ke a bao jaanong || I am returning now * |} .* the verb still takes the long form even though followed by "jaanong". More strictly the long form applies if the verb is "questionable" (eg "I am returning now" is questionable - where are you returning? but "I am returning home" is not) ===Present Tense (negative)=== To form the negative, the negative article "ga" comes before the subject marker, and the end of the verb changes from "a" to "e". The long form marker "a" disappears. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monna o ja apole || monna ga a je apole* || the man (he) is not eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || ga re ithuthe Setswana || we are not learning Setswana |- | re a ithuta || ga re ithute || we are not learning |- | basadi ba a ja || basadi ga ba je || the women (they) are not eating |- | ke a kwala || ga ke kwale || I am not writing |} .* Note "o" subject marker changes to "a" in negative form ===Verb "to be"=== There is no direct equivalent of the verb "to be" in Setswana. The marker "ke" is used to express identity, but in other situations the normal subject marker is used. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ke moruti || Jane is a teacher |- | Jane o montle || Jane is beautiful |} This will become clearer with use ===Negative of verb "to be"=== The marker "se" is used as the negative of "ke" {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ga se moruti || Jane is not a teacher |- | Jane ga o montle || Jane is not beautiful |} ===Verb "to have"=== The words "na le" are used for possession, and also for association (think of it as being "to be with") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || I have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane has children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary is with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || There are people in the office (literally "to be with people in the office") |} "Go" is the subject marker for infinitives (see later in [[noun classes]]) ===Negative of "to have"=== In the negative form as well as adding the negative article "ga", the "le" dissapears {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || ga ke na koloi || I don't have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane ga a na bana || Jane hasn't any children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary ga a na Pitso || Mary isn't with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || Ga go na batho mo ofising || There aren't any people in the office |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | NOTEDITED || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- |} 472575aa50d86213cfb89d4046325b2e6266601c 0 13 59 2007-04-16T20:02:15Z Jacob 2 New page: Aim - to talk about the past. The perfect tense is most commonly used for events in the past, including events which may not have yet finished happening. Verbs in the perfect tense chan... wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - to talk about the past. The perfect tense is most commonly used for events in the past, including events which may not have yet finished happening. Verbs in the perfect tense change their ending. *The commonest past tense ending is -ile *Another common endings is -tse, but some verbs are irregular and must be learnt ===Examples=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke feditse || I have finished / I finished |- | ke itumetse || I am happy (I have become happy) |- | re ile ko Gauteng || We went to Jo'burg |- | o jele eng? || what did you eat ? |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ''present'' || ''perfect'' || ''meaning'' |- | ja || jele || eat/eaten |- | nwa || nole || drink/drunk |- | itse || itsile || know/knew |- | ya || ile || go/went |- | tlhapa || tlhapile || wash (clothes) |- | apaya || apeile || cook |- | kwala || kwadile || write |- | bua || buile || speak |- | ithuta || ithutile || learn |- | bala || badile || read |- | tsamaya || tsamaile || leave |- | tsisa || tsisitse || bring |- | isa || isitse || take (eg someone to school) |- | reka || rekile || buy |- | betsa || beditse || beat |- | kopa || kopile || ask for |- | batla || batlile || want/look for |- | akanya || akantse || think |- | tla || tlile/tsile || come |} ca32f03e9b3a9a120506d7ceac8fbd25d3fb32f1 12 35 101 2007-04-19T15:05:22Z 87.234.156.166 0 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} You can format your text using wiki markup. This consists of normal characters like asterisks, single quotes or equation marks which have a special function in the wiki, sometimes depending on their position. For example, to format a word in ''italic'', you include it in two single quotes like <tt><nowiki>''this''</nowiki></tt> == Text formatting markup == {| align="center" {{Prettytable}} |- |{{Hl2}} |'''Description''' |{{Hl2}} |'''You type''' |{{Hl2}} |'''You get''' |- | colspan="3" align="center" | ''applies anywhere'' |- |Italic text |<tt><nowiki>''italic''</nowiki></tt> |''italic'' |- | Bold text |<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> |'''bold''' |- | Bold and italic |<tt><nowiki>'''''bold & italic'''''</nowiki></tt> |'''''bold & italic''''' |- |Escape wiki markup |<tt><nowiki><nowiki>no ''markup''</nowiki></nowiki></tt> |<nowiki>no ''markup''</nowiki> |- | colspan="3" align="center" | ''only at the beginning of the line'' |- |Headings of<br /> different sizes | <tt><nowiki>==level 1==</nowiki></tt><br /> <tt><nowiki>===level 2===</nowiki></tt><br /> <tt><nowiki>====level 3====</nowiki></tt><br /> <tt><nowiki>=====level 4=====</nowiki></tt> | ==Level 1== ===Level 2=== ====Level 3==== =====Level 4===== |- |Horizontal rule | <tt><nowiki>----</nowiki></tt> | ---- |- |Bullet list | &#42; one<br> &#42; two<br> &#42; three<br> &#42;&#42; three and one-third<br> &#42;&#42; three and two-thirds<br> | * one * two * three ** three and one-third ** three and two-thirds |- |Numbered list | &#35; one<br /> &#35; two<nowiki><br></nowiki>spanning several lines<nowiki><br></nowiki>without breaking the numbering<br /> &#35; three<br /> &#35;&#35; three point one<br /> &#35;&#35; three point two<br /> | # one # two<br>spanning several lines<br>without breaking the numbering # three ## three point one ## three point two |- | Mixture of bulleted<br /> and numbered lists | &#35; one<br /> &#35; two<br /> &#35;&#42; two point one<br /> &#35;&#42; two point two<br /> | # one # two #* two point one #* two point two |- |Definition list | &#59;Definition<br /> &#58;item 1<br /> &#58;item 2<br /> | ;Definition :item 1 :item 2 |- |Preformatted text | &nbsp;&nbsp;preformatted text is done with<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp;a space at the<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp;beginning of the line<br /> | preformatted text is done with a space at the beginning of the line |} == Paragraphs == Mediawiki ignores normal line breaks. To start a new paragraph, leave an empty line. You can also start a newline with the HTML tag <tt><nowiki><br&nbsp;/></nowiki></tt>. == HTML == Some HTML-Tags are allowed in MediaWiki, for example <tt><nowiki><code></nowiki></tt>, <tt><nowiki><div></nowiki></tt>, <tt><nowiki><span></nowiki></tt> and <tt><nowiki><font></nowiki></tt>. {{Admin tip|tip=If you trust your users you can allow full HTML by setting <code>$wgRawHtml = true;</code> in LocalSettings.php. Switch off HTML completely with <code>$wgUserHtml = false;</code>}} == More advanced formatting == Beyond the basic text formatting markup shown above, there are some more advanced formatting tricks: *[[Help:Links|Links]] *[[Help:Images|Images]] *[[Help:Tables|Tables]] == External Links == {{meta|Help:Editing}} {{Languages|Help:Formatting}} __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Help|Formatting]] 9958812dcf848409767301917a0d88ac9ba9f43a 102 101 2007-04-29T20:13:35Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} You can format your text using wiki markup. This consists of normal characters like asterisks, single quotes or equation marks which have a special function in the wiki, sometimes depending on their position. For example, to format a word in ''italic'', you include it in two single quotes like <tt><nowiki>''this''</nowiki></tt> == Text formatting markup == {| align="center" {{Prettytable}} |- |{{Hl2}} |'''Description''' |{{Hl2}} |'''You type''' |{{Hl2}} |'''You get''' |- | colspan="3" align="center" | ''applies anywhere'' |- |Italic text |<tt><nowiki>''italic''</nowiki></tt> |''italic'' |- | Bold text |<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> |'''bold''' |- | Bold and italic |<tt><nowiki>'''''bold & italic'''''</nowiki></tt> |'''''bold & italic''''' |- |Escape wiki markup |<tt><nowiki><nowiki>no ''markup''</nowiki></nowiki></tt> |<nowiki>no ''markup''</nowiki> |- | colspan="3" align="center" | ''only at the beginning of the line'' |- |Headings of<br /> different sizes | <tt><nowiki>==level 1==</nowiki></tt><br /> <tt><nowiki>===level 2===</nowiki></tt><br /> <tt><nowiki>====level 3====</nowiki></tt><br /> <tt><nowiki>=====level 4=====</nowiki></tt> | ==Level 1== ===Level 2=== ====Level 3==== =====Level 4===== |- |Horizontal rule | <tt><nowiki>----</nowiki></tt> | ---- |- |Bullet list | &#42; one<br> &#42; two<br> &#42; three<br> &#42;&#42; three and one-third<br> &#42;&#42; three and two-thirds<br> | * one * two * three ** three and one-third ** three and two-thirds |- |Numbered list | &#35; one<br /> &#35; two<nowiki><br></nowiki>spanning several lines<nowiki><br></nowiki>without breaking the numbering<br /> &#35; three<br /> &#35;&#35; three point one<br /> &#35;&#35; three point two<br /> | # one # two<br>spanning several lines<br>without breaking the numbering # three ## three point one ## three point two |- | Mixture of bulleted<br /> and numbered lists | &#35; one<br /> &#35; two<br /> &#35;&#42; two point one<br /> &#35;&#42; two point two<br /> | # one # two #* two point one #* two point two |- |Definition list | &#59;Definition<br /> &#58;item 1<br /> &#58;item 2<br /> | ;Definition :item 1 :item 2 |- |Preformatted text | &nbsp;&nbsp;preformatted text is done with<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp;a space at the<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp;beginning of the line<br /> | preformatted text is done with a space at the beginning of the line |} == Paragraphs == Mediawiki ignores normal line breaks. To start a new paragraph, leave an empty line. You can also start a newline with the HTML tag <tt><nowiki><br&nbsp;/></nowiki></tt>. == HTML == Some HTML-Tags are allowed in MediaWiki, for example <tt><nowiki><code></nowiki></tt>, <tt><nowiki><div></nowiki></tt>, <tt><nowiki><span></nowiki></tt> and <tt><nowiki><font></nowiki></tt>. {{Admin tip|tip=If you trust your users you can allow full HTML by setting <code>$wgRawHtml = true;</code> in LocalSettings.php. Switch off HTML completely with <code>$wgUserHtml = false;</code>}} == More advanced formatting == Beyond the basic text formatting markup shown above, there are some more advanced formatting tricks: *[[Help:Links|Links]] *[[Help:Images|Images]] *[[Help:Tables|Tables]] == External Links == {{meta|Help:Editing}} {{Languages|Help:Formatting}} __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Help|Formatting]] 9958812dcf848409767301917a0d88ac9ba9f43a 12 37 105 2007-04-20T13:29:26Z 64.111.122.11 0 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} There are four sorts of links in MediaWiki: # internal links to other pages in the wiki # external links to websites # [[Help:Interwiki linking|inter-wiki links]] (links to other wikis) # inter-language links to other language versions of the same wiki To add an internal link, enclose the name of the page you want to link to in double square brackets. When you save the page, you'll see the new link pointing to your page. If the page exists already, it is displayed in blue, empty pages are displayed in red. Selflinks to the current page are not transformed in URLs but displayed in bold. The first letter of the target page is automatically capitalized and spaces are represented as underscores (typing an underscore in the link will have a similar effect as typing a space, but is not recommended, since the underscore will also be shown in the text). == How to link == {| {{Prettytable}} |- |{{Hl3}}|'''Description''' |{{Hl3}}|'''You type''' |{{Hl3}}|'''You get''' |- |Internal link |<tt><nowiki>[[Main Page]]</nowiki></tt> |[[Main Page]] |- |Category link |<tt><nowiki>[[:Category:Help]]</nowiki></tt> |[[:Category:Help]] |- |Piped link |<tt><nowiki>[[Main Page|different text]]</nowiki></tt> |[[Main Page|different text]] |- |Anchor link |<tt><nowiki>[[#External links|Anchor link]]</nowiki></tt> |[[#External links|Anchor link]] |- |External link |<tt><nowiki>http://mediawiki.org</nowiki></tt> |http://mediawiki.org |- |External link,<br /> different title |<tt><nowiki>[http://mediawiki.org MediaWiki]</nowiki></tt> |[http://mediawiki.org MediaWiki] |- |External link,<br /> unnamed |<tt><nowiki>[http://mediawiki.org]</nowiki></tt> |[http://mediawiki.org] |- |External link,<br /> same host unnamed |<tt><nowiki>[http://{{SERVERNAME}}/pagename]</nowiki></tt> |[http://{{SERVERNAME}}/pagename] |- |Interwiki link |<tt><nowiki>[[Wikipedia:MediaWiki]]</nowiki></tt> |[[Wikipedia:MediaWiki]] |- |mailto |<tt><nowiki>mailto:info@example.org</nowiki></tt> |mailto:info@example.org |- |mailto unnamed |<tt><nowiki>[mailto:info@example.org]</nowiki></tt> |[mailto:info@example.org] |- |mailto named |<tt><nowiki>[mailto:info@example.org info]</nowiki></tt> |[mailto:info@example.org info] |- |redirect |<tt><nowiki>#REDIRECT [[Main Page]]</nowiki></tt> | &rarr; [[Main Page]] |} == External links == {{meta|Help:Link}} {{Languages|Help:Links}} [[Category:Help|Links]] 7435be06355b9e0532b84304e25f1ff16276e332 106 105 2007-04-29T20:13:38Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} There are four sorts of links in MediaWiki: # internal links to other pages in the wiki # external links to websites # [[Help:Interwiki linking|inter-wiki links]] (links to other wikis) # inter-language links to other language versions of the same wiki To add an internal link, enclose the name of the page you want to link to in double square brackets. When you save the page, you'll see the new link pointing to your page. If the page exists already, it is displayed in blue, empty pages are displayed in red. Selflinks to the current page are not transformed in URLs but displayed in bold. The first letter of the target page is automatically capitalized and spaces are represented as underscores (typing an underscore in the link will have a similar effect as typing a space, but is not recommended, since the underscore will also be shown in the text). == How to link == {| {{Prettytable}} |- |{{Hl3}}|'''Description''' |{{Hl3}}|'''You type''' |{{Hl3}}|'''You get''' |- |Internal link |<tt><nowiki>[[Main Page]]</nowiki></tt> |[[Main Page]] |- |Category link |<tt><nowiki>[[:Category:Help]]</nowiki></tt> |[[:Category:Help]] |- |Piped link |<tt><nowiki>[[Main Page|different text]]</nowiki></tt> |[[Main Page|different text]] |- |Anchor link |<tt><nowiki>[[#External links|Anchor link]]</nowiki></tt> |[[#External links|Anchor link]] |- |External link |<tt><nowiki>http://mediawiki.org</nowiki></tt> |http://mediawiki.org |- |External link,<br /> different title |<tt><nowiki>[http://mediawiki.org MediaWiki]</nowiki></tt> |[http://mediawiki.org MediaWiki] |- |External link,<br /> unnamed |<tt><nowiki>[http://mediawiki.org]</nowiki></tt> |[http://mediawiki.org] |- |External link,<br /> same host unnamed |<tt><nowiki>[http://{{SERVERNAME}}/pagename]</nowiki></tt> |[http://{{SERVERNAME}}/pagename] |- |Interwiki link |<tt><nowiki>[[Wikipedia:MediaWiki]]</nowiki></tt> |[[Wikipedia:MediaWiki]] |- |mailto |<tt><nowiki>mailto:info@example.org</nowiki></tt> |mailto:info@example.org |- |mailto unnamed |<tt><nowiki>[mailto:info@example.org]</nowiki></tt> |[mailto:info@example.org] |- |mailto named |<tt><nowiki>[mailto:info@example.org info]</nowiki></tt> |[mailto:info@example.org info] |- |redirect |<tt><nowiki>#REDIRECT [[Main Page]]</nowiki></tt> | &rarr; [[Main Page]] |} == External links == {{meta|Help:Link}} {{Languages|Help:Links}} [[Category:Help|Links]] 7435be06355b9e0532b84304e25f1ff16276e332 12 39 111 2007-04-23T11:09:22Z 172.142.114.229 0 custom css -- hope this is the right place & not too technical wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Clicking on the [[special:preferences|my preferences]] link in the upper right while logged in then click on the '''Skin''' button to change your skin. You can also preview the skin by click the '''(preview)''' links next to each skin. You can make changes to the current skin's stylesheet file (CSS) by creating a subpage of your userpage, "User:You/monobook.css" for example. This requires your site admin to have enabled this feature -- if it is, you will see advice text at the top of your custom CSS page about clearing your browser's cache. == See also == * [[Help:Preferences]] == External Links == {{meta|Skins}} [[Category:Help]] [[Category:Special Pages]] c4b977623003116d814f94bd2d341825b3c19cdc 112 111 2007-04-29T20:13:39Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Clicking on the [[special:preferences|my preferences]] link in the upper right while logged in then click on the '''Skin''' button to change your skin. You can also preview the skin by click the '''(preview)''' links next to each skin. You can make changes to the current skin's stylesheet file (CSS) by creating a subpage of your userpage, "User:You/monobook.css" for example. This requires your site admin to have enabled this feature -- if it is, you will see advice text at the top of your custom CSS page about clearing your browser's cache. == See also == * [[Help:Preferences]] == External Links == {{meta|Skins}} [[Category:Help]] [[Category:Special Pages]] c4b977623003116d814f94bd2d341825b3c19cdc 12 42 117 2007-04-27T18:17:45Z 201.52.180.145 0 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} ;Reading :[[Help:Navigation|Navigation]] :[[Help:Searching|Searching]] :[[Help:Tracking changes|Tracking changes]] ;Editing :[[Help:Editing pages|Editing pages]] :[[Help:Starting a new page|Starting a new page]] :[[Help:Formatting|Formatting]] :[[Help:Links|Links]] :[[Help:Categories|Categories]] ;Advanced Editing :[[Help:Images|Images]] :[[Help:Tables|Tables]] :[[Help:Templates|Templates]] :[[Help:Variables|Variables]] :[[Help:Managing files|Managing files]] ;Customizing :[[Help:Preferences|Preferences]] :[[Help:Skins|Skins]] ;Administration :[[Help:Interwiki linking|Interwiki linking]] :[[Help:Cleanup|Cleanup]] :[[Help:Managing user rights|Managing user rights]] :[[Help:Managing pages|Managing pages]] :[[Help:Namespaces|Namespaces]] :[[Help:Copying|Copying 'Help']] {{Languages|Help:Contents}} [[Category:Help| ]] 5ade57531e2204831ae85c79ffa30c17a0f63e52 118 117 2007-04-29T20:13:41Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} ;Reading :[[Help:Navigation|Navigation]] :[[Help:Searching|Searching]] :[[Help:Tracking changes|Tracking changes]] ;Editing :[[Help:Editing pages|Editing pages]] :[[Help:Starting a new page|Starting a new page]] :[[Help:Formatting|Formatting]] :[[Help:Links|Links]] :[[Help:Categories|Categories]] ;Advanced Editing :[[Help:Images|Images]] :[[Help:Tables|Tables]] :[[Help:Templates|Templates]] :[[Help:Variables|Variables]] :[[Help:Managing files|Managing files]] ;Customizing :[[Help:Preferences|Preferences]] :[[Help:Skins|Skins]] ;Administration :[[Help:Interwiki linking|Interwiki linking]] :[[Help:Cleanup|Cleanup]] :[[Help:Managing user rights|Managing user rights]] :[[Help:Managing pages|Managing pages]] :[[Help:Namespaces|Namespaces]] :[[Help:Copying|Copying 'Help']] {{Languages|Help:Contents}} [[Category:Help| ]] 5ade57531e2204831ae85c79ffa30c17a0f63e52 4 14 60 2007-04-28T16:23:44Z Jacob 2 New page: Please help the project by registering and adding to the information in the wikipedia. Otherwise, please feel free to leave feedback, suggestions or comments here to help us develop the p... wikitext text/x-wiki Please help the project by registering and adding to the information in the wikipedia. Otherwise, please feel free to leave feedback, suggestions or comments here to help us develop the project. a6e3e14bb39eae066650fa7b9c67f3a516d5b664 8 15 61 2007-04-29T19:54:27Z Admin 1 New page: * navigation ** mainpage|mainpage ** course|course ** portal-url|portal ** currentevents-url|currentevents ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help ... wikitext text/x-wiki * navigation ** mainpage|mainpage ** course|course ** portal-url|portal ** currentevents-url|currentevents ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help ** sitesupport-url|sitesupport 11074820996d9d455bcc119ec27fabeba892f996 62 61 2007-04-29T19:56:03Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki * navigation ** mainpage|mainpage ** Course|Setswana Course ** portal-url|portal ** currentevents-url|currentevents ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help ** sitesupport-url|sitesupport bdb44222734bb3d4a6ac3e34fb16aa9b4caeed04 12 16 64 63 2007-04-29T20:13:11Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} <div style="float:right;">__TOC__</div> In MediaWiki 1.4 and above, a feature exists allowing specific users to mark items in recent changes as having been "patrolled" or "approved". This is useful when reviewing recent changes for undesirable edits, link spam and vandalism. == Marking edits as patrolled == ; To mark an edit as patrolled #Access [[Special:Recentchanges]] #:Changes which are not patrolled will be indicated with a red exclamation mark #Click the ([[Help:Difference engine|diff]]) link next to an edit #To mark the edit as patrolled, click the ''mark as patrolled'' link == Customisation == === Enabling/disabling === Patrolled edits are enabled by default in MediaWiki 1.4. In MediaWiki 1.5 and later, set '''$wgUseRCPatrol''' in [[Manual:Configuration settings|LocalSettings.php]]. <code>$wgUseRCPatrol = true;</code> === Permissions === ==== 1.4 ==== In MediaWiki 1.4, patrolled edits are enabled for all users. To restrict this to sysops, set '''$wgOnlySysopsCanPatrol''' in [[Manual:Configuration settings|LocalSettings.php]]. <code>$wgOnlySysopsCanPatrol = true;</code> ==== 1.5+ ==== In MediaWiki 1.5 and later, patrolled edits are enabled for sysops. Use the '''[[Manual:$wgGroupPermissions|$wgGroupPermissions]]''' configuration variable for this. For instance, to create a ''patrollers'' group: <code>$wgGroupPermissions['patrollers']['patrol'] = true;</code> === Automatic patrolling === In MediaWiki 1.6 and later, there is a [[Help:preferences|user preference]] available to users who are able to mark edits as patrolled. When set, this causes their edits to be patrolled automatically. This option is not available if patrolled edits are switched off. In MediaWiki 1.9 this user preference has been removed and replaced by a new "autopatrol" right, assigned only to sysops by default. Also, users cannot mark their own edits as patrolled. === Marker === The formatting of the unpatrolled edit marker can be altered using CSS. {{Languages|Help:Patrolled edits}} [[Category:Help|Patrolled edits]] 2104da396eeba33bbf7ef03636f94972c2ce8ca3 12 17 66 65 2007-04-29T20:13:11Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} '''Special pages''' are pages that are created by the software on demand. They are located in their own [[Help:Namespaces|namespace]] ''Special:'' and are not editable directly as other pages. Some special pages depend on the [[Help:Preferences|preferences]] that have been set by a user, e.g. the number of titles which is displayed on a user's [[Help:Watchlist|watchlist]]. ==List of special pages== Clicking the link ''[[Special:Specialpages]]'' will take you to a list of all special pages on a wiki. * [[Help:Allmessages]] * [[Help:Random page]] * [[Help:Recent changes]] * ... ==External links== {{meta|Help:Special page}} {{Languages|Help:Special pages}} [[Category:Help|Special pages]] [[Category:Special Pages| ]] 78a20fb791019ac21bc3aa43136611c9dc941115 12 19 70 69 2007-04-29T20:13:17Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} __TOC__ {| {{Prettytable}} |- |{{Hl3}}|'''Description''' |{{Hl3}}|'''You type''' |{{Hl3}}|'''You get''' |- |Embed image<br /> (with alt text) | <code><nowiki>[[Image:Example.jpg|Sunflowers]]</nowiki></code> | [[Image:Example.jpg|Sunflowers]] |- |Link to description page | <code><nowiki>[[:Image:Example.jpg]]</nowiki></code><br /> <code><nowiki>[[:Image:Example.jpg|Sunflowers]]</nowiki></code> | [[:Image:Example.jpg]]<br /> [[:Image:Example.jpg|Sunflowers]] |- |Link directly to file | <code><nowiki>[[Media:Example.jpg]]</nowiki></code><br /> <code><nowiki>[[Media:Example.jpg|Sunflowers]]</nowiki></code> | [[Media:Example.jpg]]<br /> [[Media:Example.jpg|Sunflowers]] |- |Thumbnail<br /> (centered, 100 pixels<br /> wide, with caption) | <code><nowiki>[[Image:Example.jpg|center|thumb|100px|Sunflowers]]</nowiki></code> | [[Image:Example.jpg|center|thumb|100px|Sunflowers]] |} ==Uploaded files== To use an image or other file which has been [[Help:Managing files|uploaded to the wiki]], use: *<code><nowiki>[[Image:Example.jpg]]</nowiki></code> If you add a pipe (|) and some text after the filename, the text will be used as alternative text for text-only browsers: *<code><nowiki>[[Image:Example.jpg|alternative text]]</nowiki></code> If you don't want to display the image, you can link to the file's description page, by adding a colon: *<code><nowiki>[[:Image:Example.jpg]]</nowiki></code> To bypass the description page and link directly to a file , use the "Media" pseudo-namespace: *<code><nowiki>[[Media:Example.jpg]]</nowiki></code> You can also make piped links if you want some other text to be used: *<code><nowiki>[[:Image:Example.jpg|link text]]</nowiki></code> *<code><nowiki>[[Media:Example.jpg|link text]]</nowiki></code> ===Advanced options=== The full syntax for displaying an image is: <code><nowiki>[[Image:{name}|{options}]]</nowiki></code> Where options can be zero or more of the following, separated by pipes: *<code>thumb</code>, <code>thumbnail</code>, or <code>frame</code>: Controls how the image is formatted *<code>left</code>, <code>right</code>, <code>center</code>, <code>none</code>: Controls the alignment of the image on the page *<code>{width}px</code>: Resizes the image to the given width in pixels *<code>{caption text}</code> The options can be given in any order. If a given option does not match any of the other possibilities, it is assumed to be the caption text. Caption text can contain wiki links or other formatting. ===Gallery of images=== It's easy to make a gallery of thumbnails with the <code><nowiki><gallery></nowiki></code> tag. The syntax is: <pre> <gallery> Image:{filename}|{caption} Image:{filename}|{caption} {...} </gallery> </pre> Captions are optional, and may contain wiki links or other formatting. for example: <pre> <gallery> Image:Example.jpg|Item 1 Image:Example.jpg|a link to [[Help:Contents]] Image:Example.jpg Image:Example.jpg Image:Example.jpg|''italic caption'' </gallery> </pre> is formatted as: <gallery> Image:Example.jpg|Item 1 Image:Example.jpg|a link to [[Help:Contents]] Image:Example.jpg Image:Example.jpg Image:Example.jpg|''italic caption'' </gallery> ==Other files== You can link to an external file using the same syntax used for [[Help:Links#External links|linking to an external web page]]. *<code><nowiki>[http://url.for/some/image.png]</nowiki></code> Or with different text: *<code><nowiki>[http://url.for/some/image.png link text here]</nowiki></code> If it is enabled on your wiki (see [[Manual:$wgAllowExternalImages]]), you can also embed external images. To do that, simply insert the image's url: *<code><nowiki>http://url.for/some/image.png</nowiki></code> == Administration of images/files == See here: [[Manual:Image Administration]] ==External Links== {{meta|Help:Images and other uploaded files}} {{Languages|Help:Images}} [[Category:Help|Images]] 64441e4fed22b1eb67ec0bda3d733a8efacebed6 12 20 72 71 2007-04-29T20:13:22Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} To add an article to a category put the following at the end of the page you are editing... <nowiki>[[Category:{Name}]]</nowiki> where {Name} is the name of the category you want to add it to. Any number of category tags may be added to the page - the page will be listed in all of them. You can also specify an additional {Sort} parameter that dictates where the page will appear, alphabetically, within the category. This is achieved by using the following markup: <nowiki>[[Category:{Name}|{Sort}]]</nowiki> So for example, to add this page to the 'Help' category, you would use: <nowiki>[[Category:Help|Categories]]</nowiki> Note that we used 'Categories' as the sort parameter. Without this the page would be listed under 'H' for 'Help:Categories', instead of under 'C', which is more useful. Other situations where you might want to use the sort parameter is when you have articles about people that are titled as <code>FirstName LastName</code> but within the category you want them listed as <code>LastName, FirstName</code>. Another way to sort the article in the correct letter without the namespace is <nowiki>[[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]]</nowiki> This is extremely helpful when using templates which include a category tag. ''Note: the {sort} parameter does '''not''' affect how the page title is displayed within the category listing, just how it is ordered. In the above example, the link to this page will still be 'Help:Categories', and not 'Categories' as you might expect!'' == Linking to Category Pages == To create a link to a category page: <nowiki>[[:Category:{name}]]</nowiki> If you were linking to the Category Page for Help on MediaWiki, the link would look like this: [[:Category:Help]] If you want to display alternate text for the link: <nowiki>[[:Category:{name}|{alternate text}]]</nowiki> Here is an example of the same link to the Category Page for Help on MediaWiki as above, but with alternative text: [[:Category:Help|MediaWiki Help Index]] == Categorize Categories== Categories themselves and other uploaded files like Pictures can be categorized exactly like normal pages. It is useful to connect the article-categories with categories already in place to establish connections and hierarchies. To this end, after saving the article, follow the category links at the end of the page to see, if the category is already in place and if not, categorize them until you connect them with an existing category. {{Languages|Help:Categories}} [[Category:Help|Categories]] 7b3890371face398e37d1d9999c5d9c2d6cb6a46 14 21 74 73 2007-04-29T20:13:26Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{meta|Help:Special page}} [[Category:Help]] fa1a160a2ed08687da104be27ca651bad312c1be 12 22 76 75 2007-04-29T20:13:26Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} '''Interwiki links''' are links to pages of other projects, using a prefixed internal link style. Interwiki links make it possible, to link to pages of (e.g.) Wikipedia, Wikibooks, Wikinews etc. or to your wiki-project in different languages (see [[Manual:Wiki family]]). A link like <code><nowiki>[[Wikipedia:Main Page]]</nowiki></code> will appear like this: [[Wikipedia:Main Page]] and redirect you to Wikipedia's Main Page. For setting up interwiki links, you might need to edit the Database. ==Interwiki links to other projects== ===Default=== Several Wikimedia-Projects (and others) are ready for interwiki linking by default, so you can use them without editing your database. However, the mother of all Wikimedia-projects &mdash; the Wikipedia itself &mdash; is for some reason missing. {| {{prettytable}} |{{Hl3}} align="center"|'''prefix''' |{{Hl3}} align="center"|'''direction''' |{{Hl3}} align="center"|'''usage example''' |- |commons |<nowiki>http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/</nowiki> |<code><nowiki>[[commons:MediaWiki]]</nowiki></code> |- |mediazilla |<nowiki>http://bugzilla.wikipedia.org/</nowiki> |<code><nowiki>[[mediazilla:1209]]</nowiki></code> |- |meta |<nowiki>http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/</nowiki> |<code><nowiki>[[meta:Main Page]]</nowiki></code> |- |mw |<nowiki>http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/</nowiki> |<code><nowiki>[[mw:Help:Contents]]</nowiki></code> |- |wikibooks |<nowiki>http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/</nowiki> |<code><nowiki>[[wikibooks:Main Page]]</nowiki></code> |- |wikimedia |<nowiki>http://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/</nowiki> |<code><nowiki>[[wikimedia:Main Page]]</nowiki></code> |- |wikinews |<nowiki>http://en.wikinews.org/wiki/</nowiki> |<code><nowiki>[[wikinews:Main Page]]</nowiki></code> |- |wikiquote |<nowiki>http://en.wikiquote.org/wiki/</nowiki> |<code><nowiki>[[wikiquote:Main Page]]</nowiki></code> |- |wikisource |<nowiki>http://sources.wikipedia.org/wiki/</nowiki> |<code><nowiki>[[wikisource:Main Page]]</nowiki></code> |- |wikispecies |<nowiki>http://species.wikipedia.org/wiki/</nowiki> |<code><nowiki>[[wikispecies:Main Page]]</nowiki></code> |- |wiktionary |<nowiki>http://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/</nowiki> |<code> <nowiki>[[wiktionary:Main Page]]</nowiki></code> |- |} Note: In some installations none of these are pre-installed. Try <code><nowiki>[[metawikipedia:Main Page]]</nowiki></code> in this case. ===Adding more=== As the Wikipedia isn't set up by default, you might want to add it (and other projects of your need). You have to edit your own database. Go to table <code>interwiki</code> and add a new line (usually done with phpMyAdmin): *'''<code>iw_prefix</code>''': choose a prefix, which is used for interwiki linking, e.g. "Wikipedia" or "wp" for linking to Wikipedia *'''<code>iw_url</code>''': enter the project's URL, e.g. <code><nowiki>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1</nowiki></code> for Wikipedia. Don't forget the <code>$1</code> as it is replaced with the article's name you are linking to (<code><nowiki>[[Wikipedia:Main Page]]</nowiki></code> links to <code><nowiki>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/</nowiki>'''Main_Page'''</code>). *'''<code>iw_local</code>''': if 1, your wiki will redirect even external links of the form iw_prefix:title, not only those from its own pages. you need this if you want to use the redirect functionality from outside your wiki or other wikis use your transwiki functions for nested transwiki links (like http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/fr:Accueil) *'''<code>iw_trans</code>''': "transwiki transclusion" - set to 1 if you want to use pages from the other wiki as templates. You will also need to set [[Manual:$wgEnableScaryTranscluding|$wgEnableScaryTranscluding = true]] in your ''LocalSettings.php'' {{admin tip|tip= Several help pages link to MediaWiki.org's ''Manual'' namespace. To make these links work on your local wiki, add an interwiki link with ''iw_prefix=manual'' and ''iw_url=<nowiki>http:</nowiki>//www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$1'' }} ==Interwiki links to other languages== [[Image:M-en-interwiki lang.png|thumb|Interwiki links to other languages]] If you have installed a [[Manual:Wiki family|Wiki family]], you can link from an article in English to an article in German (if you have a German project, too). You can set up MediaWiki, to show those links in the sidebar, just below the toolbox. In your filesystem, there is a subfolder of your MediaWiki installation, called "languages". Go there and have a look at "<code>Names.php</code>" as it contains a list of known languages and their prefixes. E.g. you want to add your German project, search "<code>Names.php</code>" for "Deutsch" and note the prefix "de". If you know the "right" prefix, edit your database by adding a new line to table <code>interwiki</code>: *'''<code>iw_prefix</code>''': language-prefix (e.g. "de" for German), which is listed in "<code>Names.php</code>" *'''<code>iw_url</code>''': URL to your wiki-project (e.g. <code><nowiki>http://de.your-wiki.org/index.php/$1</nowiki></code>) *'''<code>iw_local</code>''': ''same as above "Adding More"'' *'''<code>iw_trans</code>''': ''same as above "Adding More"'' Now, you can link an article to the same in other languages. Adding <code><nowiki>[[de:Hauptseite]]</nowiki></code> on your english Main_Page will create a link "Deutsch" below the toolbox, which leads to the Main_Page of the German wiki (Hauptseite). Note, that this link is shown in Sidebar's section, '''only''', and not inside of the article. If you want to create a link inside of the text, you have to add a colon previous to the prefix: <code><nowiki>[[:de:Hauptseite]]</nowiki></code>. {{Languages|Help:Interwiki linking}} [[Category:Help|Interwiki linking]] b106913615dbdaf3891a1f16cec709a2776aa4a3 12 23 78 77 2007-04-29T20:13:27Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Easy editing of pages is what wikis are made for. It only takes a few clicks. == Editing new pages == If the page you wish to edit does not exist yet, see [[Help:Starting a new page]] == Editing existing pages == * Click the '''edit''' [[Help:Navigation#Page Tabs|page tab]] * Make changes to the text in the edit box. Make sure you write clearly and concisely, and make sure your edit does something to improve the page. If you're making normal changes to the text like fixing spelling mistakes or grammar, inserting new sentences, etc, then you don't have to worry too much about formatting. When you do need to use some type of formatting, you do it using wiki syntax, see [[Help:Formatting]] for some of the common types of formatting used. * Optionally, enter a short note in the '''Summary''' box describing your changes. * Optionally preview your changes with the '''Preview''' button. * Click the '''Save page''' button. * One can rename pages as well See [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Moving_a_page Help:Moving_a_page] === Discussion === Every article has its own discussion page where you can ask questions, make suggestions, or discuss corrections. Click the '''discussion''' [[Help:Navigation#Page Tabs|page tab]] to reach it. You can sign your message by writing 4 tildes (<nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>). The wiki software turns them into the current time and your username or your current IP address if you are not logged in. == External Links == {{meta|Help:Editing}} {{Languages|Help:Editing pages}} [[Category:Help|Editing pages]] 5e3145a024131e6a693edb5d52987db40ee1b609 12 25 82 81 2007-04-29T20:13:27Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} ==Upload a file== # In the [[Help:Navigation#Sidebar|sidebar]], under '''toolbox''', click "Upload file" # Next to the '''Source filename''', click '''Browse''' to locate the file on your computer. # Change the '''Destination filename''' to something descriptive, if necessary. # Fill in the '''Summary''', if necessary. # Click the '''Upload file''' button. After you've uploaded some files, [[Help:Images|use them in your articles]]. {{Languages|Help:Managing files}} [[Category:Help|Managing files]] aba50f2acfd60d61d37f113b8772c2b1e9e61689 12 26 84 83 2007-04-29T20:13:27Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} If you look at a page in MediaWiki, you'll find three main navigation elements: The sidebar on the left gives you access to important pages in the Wiki like recent changes or file upload. At the top of the page are the links which belong to the page currently displayed: its associated discussion page, the version history, and - most notably - the edit link. In the top right corner you'll find, as an anonymous user, the link to create an account and login (they are on the same page). As a logged-in user you have a collection of personal links, like the one to your user page or your preferences. == Sidebar == [[Image:M-en-sidebar.png|framed|right|Example sidebar, shown on the left of the page]] The sidebar is displayed on the left edge of the page below the site logo (if using the default MonoBook skin). This sidebar gives you access to important pages in the Wiki like recent changes or file upload. === Navigation === A click on the logo brings you back to the start page of the wiki. The links take you to important pages in the wiki, they can be configured by site administrators of the individual wikis {{Admin tip|tip=You can customize the links in the navigation section via [[Special:Allmessages]]. For example edit [[MediaWiki:Sitesupport]] (displayed name) and [[MediaWiki:Sitesupport-url]] (target page). Or create a menu on your own in [[MediaWiki:Sidebar]].}} === Toolbox === The toolbox contains a selection of links which change depending on what type of page you are viewing. On all pages (except special pages): * ''What links here'' takes you to a special page that lists the pages on this wiki which contain a link to the current page. This is helpful when you are looking for pages of related information. The ''What links here'' information can also be useful when you are refactoring wiki pages and need to check whether links to this page are still relevant after changes in the current page. * The ''Related changes'' tool lists all recent changes in the pages linked to from the current page. Recent changes to all relevant template pages are included in the resulting page list. The "Hide minor edits" option that can be set in the user [[Help:Preferences|preferences]] applies, among other things, to ''Related Changes''. On all pages (including special pages): * ''Upload file'' displays a special page that allows logged-in users to upload images and other files to the wiki. Uploaded files can be linked-from or embedded-in wiki pages. Uploading files, viewing files on the server, including them in wiki pages and managing the uploaded files is discussed in the [[Help:Managing files|managing files]] section of this manual. This is not displayed if file uploading has been disabled or not enabled in the first place. {{Admin tip|tip=To enable file uploading someone with access to the MediaWiki installation files needs to edit the <code>LocalSettings.php</code> file and uncomment or add the option <code>$wgEnableUploads = true;</code>. Uploaded files will be stored in the images folder specified by the <code>$wgUploadPath</code> variable in the <code>LocalSettings.php</code>. This directory must be writable if file uploads is enabled. The [[Manual:LocalSettings.php#Upload location|upload location]] and [[Manual:LocalSettings.php#Image uploads|image uploads]] settings are described in more detail on the MetaWiki [[Manual:LocalSettings.php|LocalSettings.php]] page.}} * The ''Special pages'' tool lists the MediaWiki special pages. In MediaWiki terminology, a special page is one that presents information about the Wiki and/or allows access to administration activities for the wiki. For example, a list of users registered with the wiki, statistics about the wiki such as the number of pages and number of page edits, system logs, a list of orphaned pages, and so on. These special pages are commonly generated when the special page is loaded rather than being stored in the wiki database. :''The function and use of the default special pages can be found in the [[Help:Special pages|special pages]] section of this manual.'' == Page Tabs == [[Image:M-en-pagetabs.png|framed|right|Default page tabs at the top of the page]] The page tabs are displayed at the top of the article to the right of the site logo (if using the default MonoBook skin). These tabs allow you to perform actions or view pages that are related to the current article. The available default actions include: viewing, editing, and discussing the current article. The specific tabs displayed on your pages depend on whether or not you are logged into the wiki and whether you have sysop (administrator) privileges on the wiki. On special pages only the namespace tab is displayed. ;Default for all users : ''[[Help:Namespaces|namespace]]'' (article, help, special page, template, user page etc.) : ''discussion'' : ''edit'' (may be view source if anonymous editing is enabled, the page is in the MediaWiki namespace or the page is protected) : ''history'' ;Extra tabs for logged in users: : ''move'' : ''watch'' ;Extra tabs for sysops: : ''protect'' : ''delete'' Extra tabs may be added, or some taken away, by wiki administrators using JavaScript or adding extensions so these may be different depending on which wiki you are using. == User Links == [[Image:M-en-userlinks.png|framed|right|Default user links at the top right of the page]] The user links are displayed at the top far right of the article (if using the default MonoBook skin). These tabs allow the logged-in user to view and edit their user page and wiki preferences. Additionally, the user links allow the user to quickly access their contributions to the wiki and logout. For anonymous users the user links is replaced by a link to the wiki login page or, if enabled, a link to your ip address and your ip address's talk page. * ''<username>'' *: This links to your user page which is where you can put information about yourself, store bits of information you want to remember or whatever else you fancy. * ''my talk'' *: This links to your discussion page, where people can leave messages for you. * ''preferences'' *: Allows you to change your personal site preferences. * ''my watchlist'' *: A list of all pages that you are watching. Pages can be added to this list by clicking 'watch' at the top of the page. * ''my contributions'' *: A list of all contributions you have made to the wiki. * ''log out'' *: Click this link to log out of the wiki. {{Languages|Help:Navigation}} [[Category:Help|Navigation]] 2713e17f69eedbcdccda7a018abc82193bc1d8a0 12 27 86 85 2007-04-29T20:13:28Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Articles without a ':' in their name are in the main namespace. This namespace is for articles; documents that aren't directly related to this may go in other namespaces. When articles are in another namespace, they are specified as ''namespace'':''article''; i.e. this page is ''{{NAMESPACE}}'':''{{PAGENAME}}''. ;Help: Documentation about working with the wiki software. This could be mirrored from outside sites, or locally written. ;Image: For descriptions of uploaded files. You shouldn't create these directly; they are created when you click the [[special:upload|Upload file]] link in the toolbox. ;Media: Use this namespace to link to uploaded files directly, rather than through the description pages. ;MediaWiki: Use this namespace to change the default system messages, [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:MediaWiki_namespace See Help:MediaWiki_namespace on meta]. ;Project: Information about this wiki; i.e. policies that apply here. This namespace also has an alias, which is the name of the wiki installation. ;Talk: Each page has a corresponding ''discussion'' page. This can be used for feedback/comments about that page, or other local notes that another group may want to associate with the page, without modifying the document directly, or for any other additional information to associate with the document. ;Template: This is used for meta-information that is to be transcluded into multiple documents, such as tags to mark the status of a document. ;User: For personal notes. Each User has a corresponding user page for their own information. Users can also create subpages, by using a / after their name. ;User_talk: The discussion page on a user's page can be used for leaving messages. If this page is edited, the next time that user logs in they will see a box notifying them that they have new messages == See also == * [[Manual:$wgExtraNamespaces]] {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Namespaces]] 2877d3ed8e79d55647f04c069e0fce7b775b0f9c 12 29 90 89 2007-04-29T20:13:29Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} It is possible to create an external searches of a topic using key words using a template. For example, this is something that would work for Google: <pre><nowiki> <span style="border: 1px solid #CCD5DB;">[[Image:GoogleIcon.PNG]] [http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&safe=off&q={{{1|Wiki}}}&btnG=Search&meta= {{{1|Google}}}]</span> ==Usage== Allows to establish a link to a search query at the Google search engine: <div style="display:table; width:auto;"><pre> {{Google|Term1+Term2+Term3}} &lt;/pre></div> [[Category:Template|Google]] </noinclude></nowiki></pre> The usage is very simple and easy to use. <nowiki>{{Google|firstTerm+Second+etc}}</nowiki> It is also possible to do phrases by using %22Term1+Term2+etc%22 *External searches are useful where an article requires certain keywords to make an effective search. *For the editor it allows making searches of web more quickly and painlessly. Other applications of the template include searching Forums, for bug reports of the same type for software development wiki's where the wiki and forum work together. Note: Wikipedia has an [[help:interwiki linking|interwiki prefix]] with a similar affect, so you can link to google results with <nowiki>[[Google:firstTerm+Second+etc]]</nowiki>, although templates are still useful for linking other search engines. [http://www.clickwiki.info/index.php/Template:Google External reference to template example in use at ClickWiki.info] [[Category:Help|External Searches]] d62ccf6d26aeb7c39197eeca5ede3fe63b385c5b 12 30 92 91 2007-04-29T20:13:29Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} [[Image:M-en-sidebar.png|framed|right|The default sidebar on the left, see the fifth link from top]] The '''random page''' feature allows users to view a wiki page at random. The default, and most convenient use is to show a random page in the main namespace, and is accessed through the [[Special:Random]] page. Users will be redirected to the selection. [[Special:Randompage]] is an alias for the feature and works in the same manner. == Namespace selection == Users can also opt to view a random page in a namespace of their choice. This is achieved by specifying a namespace as a parameter to the page, i.e. [[Special:Random/Help]] will select a random page in the Help namespace; [[Special:Random/Category]] will show the contents of a random category, etc. [[Category:Help]] [[Category:Special Pages|{{PAGENAME}}]] c1cbeb8ee9bcb6a675951752eb349bf0e8105647 12 31 94 93 2007-04-29T20:13:30Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} There are several ways to start a new page. == Using Wikilinks == MediaWiki makes it very easy to link wiki pages using a standard syntax (see [[Help:Links|Links]]). If you (or anyone else) creates a link to an article that doesn't exist yet, the link will be coloured red, <span style="color: #ba0000">like this</span>. Clicking a red link, will take you to the edit page for the new article. Simply type your text, click save and the new page will be created. Once the page has been created, the link will change from <span style="color: #ba0000">red</span> to <span style="color: #002bb8;">blue</span> (<span style="color: #5a3696;">purple</span> for pages you've visited) indicating that the article now exists. == Using the URL == You can use the wiki's URL for creating a new page. The URL to an article of the wiki is usually something like this: *<code><nowiki>http://www.my-wiki.org/index.php/</nowiki>'''ARTICLE'''</code> &nbsp;&nbsp; or *<code><nowiki>http://www.my-wiki.org/wiki/</nowiki>'''ARTICLE'''</code> If you replace <code>'''ARTICLE'''</code> with the name of the page you wish to create, you will be taken to a blank page which indicates that no article of that name exists yet. Clicking the "''edit''" [[Help:Navigation#Page Tabs|page tab]] at the top of the page will take you to the edit page for that article, where you can create the new page by typing your text, and clicking submit. == From the search page == If you search for a page that doesn't exist (using the search box and 'go' button on the left of the page) then you will be provided with a link to create the new page. (Note that this technique doesn't work if you use the 'search' button). == Using the Inputbox extension == {{Admin tip|tip=You need to download and install the [[meta:Inputbox|"inputbox extension"]] for this method to work.}} If the Inputbox extension is available on the wiki you can start a new page by typing in your article's name and clicking the "create article" button, as in the example below. {| align="center" style="border:1px solid black" width="60%" | <inputbox> type=create width=45 </inputbox> |} == Create redirects to your new page == Don't forget to setup redirects when you create a page. If you think another person may search for the page you've created by using a different name or spelling, please create the proper redirect(s). To create a redirect, the '''first line''' of the page should read <nowiki>#REDIRECT [[Destination]]</nowiki> where Destination is the page to which people should be redirected. This must appear as the very first line of the page. == Protect your new page == If desired, once you create your new page, you should protect the page and allow only the type of users you would like to edit the page. {{Languages|Help:Starting a new page}} [[Category:Help|Starting a new page]] 5a48b5fcf74194dde9562a5b78c1aca98c58800d 12 32 96 95 2007-04-29T20:13:30Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} You can obtain a copy of the help system in this wiki for local use in your own wiki following these steps: * Step one: In a separate browser window, navigate to [[Special:Export]]. * Step two: You will see an open textbox asking you for a list of pages to export. * Step three: Copy the list below and paste it into that textbox. This is a generally useful set, making the resulting help structure in your wiki look almost identical to the one here. [[Help:Contents]] [[Help:Navigation]] [[Help:Searching]] [[Help:Tracking_changes]] [[Help:Editing_pages]] [[Help:Starting_a_new_page]] [[Help:Formatting]] [[Help:Links]] [[Help:Categories]] [[Help:Images]] [[Help:Templates]] [[Help:Tables]] [[Help:Variables]] [[Help:Managing_files]] [[Help:Preferences]] [[Help:Skins]] [[Help:Namespaces]] [[Help:Interwiki_linking]] [[Help:Special pages]] [[Template:PD_Help_Page]] [[Category:Help]] [[Template:Meta]] [[Template:Admin_tip]] [[Template:Prettytable]] [[Template:Hl2]] [[Template:Hl3]] [[Template:Thankyou]] [[:Image:Example.jpg]] [[:Image:Geographylogo.png]] Sysops only: [[Template:Click]] [[Template:Languages]] * Step four: Make sure the box "Include only the current revision, not the full history" is CHECKED. * Step five: Click the 'Export' button. * Step six: Save the file to your desktop or other convenient location you'll remember. * Step seven: Navigate to Special:Import on YOUR wiki. (You must be logged in as Admin/Sysop level to do this.) * Step eight: Browse for the file you saved, and click 'Upload'. For the images this only copies the image descriptions. You need also to upload them on your wiki. Although not complete, at least this gets you started on a decent help system. ==Automated copying== If you use pywikipedia, there is a script to automate the copying at http://mediawiki-tools.cvs.sourceforge.net/mediawiki-tools/pywikipedia/mirrorhelp.py, which copies all pages in the help namespace along with templates and images directly referenced by those. 88f99e43088652e65626352847b01dccff0d1414 0 33 98 97 2007-04-29T20:13:32Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{FAQ header}} == Installation And Configuration == === Where do I download MediaWiki? === The latest stable release of MediaWiki can be downloaded from [http://download.wikimedia.org/mediawiki/ download.wikimedia.org] or [http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=34373 sourceforge.net]. Files are supplied in a [[:en:Tar (file format)|.tar]][[:en:gzip|.gz]] archive. MediaWiki can also be [[download from SVN|obtained direct from our Subversion]] repository. See also ''[[Download]]'' === How do I install MediaWiki? === Installing MediaWiki takes between 10 and 30 minutes, and involves uploading/copying files, and running the installer script to configure the software. Full instructions can be found in the <tt>'''INSTALL'''</tt> file supplied in the distribution archive. === How do I install MediaWiki using a package? === Many Linux distributions provide MediaWiki in a packaged format for that distribution. The MediaWiki development team refers you to your Linux distribution for assistance with installing, configuring or using them. The individual communities & companies who maintain such packages should provide installation instructions. <!-- add links here for the distributions? For example: Debian: apt-get install mediawiki Redhat: yum install mediawiki --> === Can I install more than one wiki on a server using MediaWiki? === It is possible to install more than one wiki on a server provided that: *You use a different database for each wiki OR *You use a different database prefix for each wiki (for Postgres, you can achieve a similar effect by using different schemas) For information on these options, see '''[[Manual:$wgDBname|$wgDBname]]''' and '''[[Manual:$wgDBprefix|$wgDBprefix]]''' respectively. For information on setting up a wiki family, see [[Manual:Wiki family]]. For information on an alternative way of setting up more than one wiki using the same server, database and source, see [http://www.steverumberg.com/wiki/index.php/WikiHelp Steve Rumberg's] excellent expose and additional comments from users. === How do I add extra namespaces? === To add a namespace, modify your '''[[Manual:LocalSettings.php|LocalSettings.php]]''' file, and add namespaces via '''[[Manual:$wgExtraNamespaces|$wgExtraNamespaces]]'''. You can add the following code to add a "Portal" namespace, and it's corresponding discussion namespace: :<tt>$wgExtraNamespaces = array(100 => "Portal", 101 => "Portal_talk");</tt> {{note}} Be sure to add underscores instead of spaces, such as in <tt>Portal_talk</tt>. Otherwise, the namespace will not be declared properly! === How do I enable uploading? === File uploads are an often-used feature of MediaWiki, but are disabled by default in all current release versions. To enable them, first make the upload directory (default <tt>images</tt>) writable by the web server (CHMOD 777 or allow the Apache user to write to it, etc.) then set '''[[Manual:$wgEnableUploads|$wgEnableUploads]]''' to <tt>true</tt> in LocalSettings.php ''(i.e. "$wgEnableUploads = true;")''. See '''[[Manual:Configuring file uploads]]''' for more information. === How do I purge a cached page? === To purge a cached page, such as when making changes to the navigation bar, add &action=purge to the end of the page url. e.g. http://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&action=purge === How do I allow uploading of additional formats? === MediaWiki requires that allowed file upload formats are specified using the '''[[Manual:$wgFileExtensions|$wgFileExtensions]]''' configuration directive. Usually this directive is situated in LocalSettings.php in the root of your MediaWiki installation. For example, to allow uploading of PDF files, add the following to LocalSettings.php: $wgFileExtensions[] = 'pdf'; {{note}} The syntax is different to allow uploading of more than one type of file. To do so, use an array as in the example below which will allow uploading of png, gif, jpg, jpeg, pdf, and txt files. $wgFileExtensions = array( 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'pdf', 'txt' ); See '''[[Manual:Configuring file uploads]]''' for more information. === "File is corrupt or has an invalid extension" === Some users have reported that after adding a file format to the allowed extensions list, an error is encountered. The text of the error is similar to the following: :''The file is corrupt or has an incorrect extension. Please check the file and upload again.'' '''Possible solutions:''' * Set the value of '''[[Manual:$wgMimeDetectorCommand|$wgMimeDetectorCommand]]''', e.g. under Unix or Linux, this would be *: <tt>$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file --brief --mime";</tt> * Compile/install the '''[http://pecl.php.net/package/fileinfo fileinfo]''' PHP extension ** Fedora - yum install php-pecl-Fileinfo See '''[[Manual:Mime type detection]]''' for more information. === Initial user was not created by installer === Sometimes, the installer fails to create the default user, or the user table is lost for some reason. There are a couple of options for solving this: ==== maintenance/createAndPromote.php ==== * Make sure <tt>AdminSettings.php</tt> is set up (see <tt>AdminSettings.sample</tt>) * Execute <tt>maintenance/createAndPromote.php</tt> from the shell This will create a new user and promote them to an administrator. For help, run the script with the parameter <tt>--help</tt>. ==== Alter the database ==== * Register a new account using the regular method ([[Special:Userlogin]]) * Check the user ID in [[Special:Preferences]] * Execute the following SQL statement against the database *: <code>INSERT INTO user_groups ( ug_user, ug_group ) VALUES ( <id>, 'bureaucrat' ), ( <id>, 'sysop' );</code> <tt><id></tt> above should be replaced with the appropriate user ID. === How can I create Interwiki Links in my Wiki? === ====DB Expert Answer==== If the external wiki is Wikipedia, and you wish to use the prefix "wp" to link to it, run this SQL statement to modify the [[Interwiki table]] in your database: <nowiki>INSERT INTO `interwiki` (`iw_prefix`, `iw_url`, `iw_local`, `iw_trans`) VALUES ('wp', 'http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1', '0', '0');</nowiki> The $1 indicates the article name on the external wiki. ===='''Typical-User Answer'''==== In an SQL Server editing program (ie: PhpMyAdmin), go to the [[interwiki table]]. Choose the option to insert (a row). In the [[Interwiki table#iw_prefix|iw_prefix]] field, enter your desired interwiki prefix. In the [[Interwiki table#iw_url|iw_url]] field, enter the Base URL of the '''''external''''' wiki plus the text "$1" as mentioned in the DB Expert Answer above. [[Interwiki table#iw_local|iw_local]] and [[Interwiki table#iw_trans|iw_trans]] have default values of zero (0). You may leave them as zero. For '''''more''''' '''information''', see [[Help:Interwiki_linking]] ===How do I make my base URLs shorter? (i.e. /wiki/Article_Name as opposed to /w/index.php?title=Article_Name) === See [[Manual:Short URL]]. ===Is downloading and using all of MediaWiki.org free?=== Yes, it is free in the sense of [[:en:Free software|Free software]]. See [[Project:Copyrights]] for licensing issues regarding the written content of this site. ==Upgrading== Generic instructions on the upgrade process can be found in the '''<tt>UPGRADE</tt>''' file supplied with the software. See also ''[[Manual:Upgrading]]''. == Changing the Interface == === How do I change the logo? === The logo that appears in the top left of each page is determined by the [[Manual:$wgLogo|$wgLogo]] configuration setting in the ''LocalSettings.php'' file. To change this you simply need to change the value of $wgLogo to point to the URL of your own logo image. You can upload a file via the wiki and use that address (which allows it to be replaced easily, so you may want to protect the page if you use this method) or use an image uploaded to your server via other means. {{caution}} It is possible to simply overwrite the default logo installed with MediaWiki, but this is strongly advised against, as an upgrade may end up overwriting it or change the default location of this file. ''Tip: The logo image should be 135 pixels square.'' === How do I customize the logo in the top left corner? Can I? === The logo is a portlet block without a pBody section. It is identified by the p-logo id. The background image is specified by the '''wgLogo''' variable, which is defined in /includes/DefaultSettings.php. This location is relative to the web server root and not the system root. Redefine this in /[[LocalSettings.php]] to change the image. If set wrong there will be no image on the page; check your web server error log and adjust accordingly. However the size of the p-logo will need to be big enough for the logo if it is not to be clipped. This is set in the stylesheet (Main.css in monobook), under the p-logo style, the default setting is: <pre> #p-logo { z-index: 3; position:absolute; /*needed to use z-index */ top: 0; left: 0; height: 155px; width: 12em; overflow: visible; } </pre> === How do I customize the URL of the logo in the top left corner when you click it? === By default, clicking the logo takes you to the main page. If you want to change which page is the main page, edit [[MediaWiki:Mainpage]]. Or to make the link go to any arbitrary URL, for Monobook skin, edit Monobook.php and find and replace <code><?php echo htmlspecialchars($this->data['nav_urls']['mainpage']['href'])?></code> with the URL of your choice and replace <code><?php $this->msg('mainpage') ?></code> with the desired link title. ===Reducing the size of the logo=== Note that a tag is on top of the logo so if you are trying to reduce the size of the logo's portlet you will also need to change the #p-logo a and #p-logo a:hover rules. The default setting for these is: <pre> #p-logo a, #p-logo a:hover { display: block; height: 200px; width: 12.2em; background-repeat: no-repeat; background-position: 35% 50% !important; text-decoration: none; } </pre> This simple customization will re-define the size of all of them at once... <pre> #p-logo, #p-logo a, #p-logo a:hover { height: 75px; } </pre> There is one more rule controlling the amount of space between the logo and first portlet in the side column - the padding on the top of #column-one. By default this is: <pre> #column-one { padding-top: 160px; } </pre> If you want to remove the logo completely, comment out the '''wgLogo''' variable. Then set the column-one padding to a small value, such as 21: <pre> #column-one { padding-top: 21px; } </pre> You don't have to go edit the css file directly. You can go to <Your Wiki URL>?title=MediaWiki:Monobook.css. Hit edit and make your changes there. This has preference over the monobook main css. === How do I change the icon in the browser's address line (favicon)? === * Simply replace the favicon.ico image file at the root of your wiki with the .ico image file you want. * Alternatively edit the [[Manual:$wgFavicon |$wgFavicon]] setting in ''LocalSettings.php'' and add $wgFavicon = "$wgScriptPath/path/to/your/favicon.ico"; ==== Rewrite Rule ==== If you are using a rewrite rule in .htaccess to remove "index.php" from the URL, you will also need to add an exception for .ico files. Simply add the following rule to your .htaccess: :RewriteRule .*\.ico$ - [L] This rule must appear ''before'' the index.php rule. lllll ==== Case Sensitivity ==== When uploading the favicon file, be sure the filename is in lowercase. (That is, "favicon.ico", not "Favicon.ico".) A lot of servers (e.g., those on UNIX-like operating systems) will not be able to find the file unless its name is in lowercase. === How do I customize the navigation bar? === The contents of the navigation bar which appears to the left of each page using the Monobook skin are determined by the '''[[MediaWiki:Sidebar]]''' page. For information on customising these, please see [[Manual:Navigation bar]]. === How do I put a text message (sitenotice) on every page? === Put a text in the '''[[MediaWiki:Sitenotice]]''' page. It will be displayed on top of every article page. === How do I change the main page? === By default, MediaWiki looks for a page with the title ''Main Page'' and serves this as the default page. This can be changed by altering the contents of '''[[MediaWiki:Mainpage]]''' to point to a different title. This will not affect any of the links of the main navigation bar, including the 'Main Page' link included there at install time; to change these links, edit '''[[MediaWiki:Sidebar]]'''. === How can I hide the table of contents? === ; For one page Place the magic word <tt>'''<nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki>'''</tt> into the page markup. ; For all pages Edit the [[:en:CSS|CSS]] files; locate the style for the table of contents and add <tt>'''display: none;'''</tt> to the definition. ; Per user Users can also opt to have the table of contents hidden. This is a user preference, set in '''[[Special:Preferences]]'''. === How do I change the interface text? === Interface text is altered using the MediaWiki namespace. For each deviation from the default in the site language there is a page MediaWiki:''Englishmessagename'', and for each deviation from the default in each other language a page MediaWiki:''Englishmessagename''/''languagecode''. (Since release 1.9 there are no pages for messages equal to the default.). On creation of a page the edit box autofills with the default. When creating a page to override the default it is useful to first save the default version, to allow diffs with it. See also [[:meta:Help:System messages]]. * For a list of system messages, see '''[[Special:Allmessages]]''' * To switch ''off'' the MediaWiki namespace, see the '''[[Manual:$wgUseDatabaseMessages|$wgUseDatabaseMessages]]''' configuration setting * To remove the ''Privacy policy'' or ''Disclaimers'' links at the bottom of each page, set the content of pages '''[[MediaWiki:Privacy]]''' or '''[[MediaWiki:Disclaimers]]''' respectively to a single minus sign. === How do I change the interface language? === # Change the value of '''[[Manual:$wgLanguageCode|$wgLanguageCode]]''' in LocalSettings.php # Run the '''<tt>rebuildMessages.php</tt>''' maintenance script to rebuild the MediaWiki namespace for example under unix, run this: "php -f rebuildMessages.php rebuild" in your maintenance directory. === How do I remove the article/edit etc tabs for users who are not logged in? === You can achieve this by modifying the skin. For the default MonoBook skin, in the ''MonoBook.php'' file, search for this line: foreach($this->data['content_actions'] as $key => $tab) { and insert after ''$tab)'' this if($this->data['loggedin']==1) had to place inside the <?php). So it looks like this: foreach($this->data['content_actions'] as $key => $tab) if($this->data['loggedin']==1) { To conditionally hide individual tabs, modify the code to check the value of each $key inside the foreach loop. Or you can write a 'hook' extension (around SkinTemplateXYZ) to modify the tab list. ===How do I add/remove tabs in general?=== To (for example) remove the talk tab and then add one that always goes to the main page you would save this code in (for example) extensions/AR-Tabs.php: $wgHooks['SkinTemplateContentActions'][] = 'ReplaceTabs'; function ReplaceTabs ($content_actions) { unset( $content_actions['talk'] ); //only this to remove an action $maintitle = Title::newFromText(wfMsg('mainpage') ); $main_action['main'] = array( 'class' => false or 'selected', //if the tab should be highlighted 'text' => wfMsg('sitetitle'), //what the tab says 'href' => $maintitle->getFullURL(), //where it links to ); $content_actions = array_merge( $main_action, $content_actions); //add a new action } and then add require_once("extensions/AR-Tabs.php"); to the bottom of LocalSettings.php ===How do I remove the "Talk for this IP" link at the top right when $wgDisableAnonTalk is true=== In SkinTemplate.php line 489 (in version 1.9.2 and 1.9.3) change <pre> global $wgTitle, $wgShowIPinHeader; </pre> to <pre> global $wgTitle, $wgShowIPinHeader, $wgDisableAnonTalk; </pre> and lines 547 - 554 from <pre> $usertalkUrlDetails = $this->makeTalkUrlDetails($this->userpage); $href = &$usertalkUrlDetails['href']; $personal_urls['anontalk'] = array( 'text' => wfMsg('anontalk'), 'href' => $href, 'class' => $usertalkUrlDetails['exists']?false:'new', 'active' => ( $pageurl == $href ) ); </pre> to (adding the if statement and indenting existing lines) <pre> if( !$wgDisableAnonTalk ) { $usertalkUrlDetails = $this->makeTalkUrlDetails($this->userpage); $href = &$usertalkUrlDetails['href']; $personal_urls['anontalk'] = array( 'text' => wfMsg('anontalk'), 'href' => $href, 'class' => $usertalkUrlDetails['exists']?false:'new', 'active' => ( $pageurl == $href ) ); }; </pre> ===How do I remove the "Create an Account or Login" link at the top right of the screen?=== In Monobook.php change this statement: foreach($this->data['personal_urls'] as $key => $item) { to: foreach($this->data['personal_urls'] as $key => $item) if($this->data['loggedin']==1) { === How do I hide the section edit links for users who are not logged in? === Edit your skin, eg MonoBook.php, and add this before </head>: <pre> <?php if(!$this->data['loggedin']) { ?> <style> .editsection { display: none; } </style> <?php } ?> </pre> If you want to hide the links for all users including logged in users, instead edit monobook/main.css and add <code>.editsection { display: none; }</code> A far better way to do this is by editing your [[LocalSettings.php]] file and changing the default setting for the display of these section edits. Then it will apply to all skins, not just the default one you have selected for your wiki. What is required is to add the following line of code to the [[LocalSettings.php]] file: <pre>$wgDefaultUserOptions ['editsection'] = 0;</pre> ===How do I change the footer?=== To add or remove items from the footer on your MediaWiki page, you must edit the skin. For example: if you go in to MonoBook.php (located by default in the "Skins" folder) you will find the following code: <pre> $footerlinks = array( 'lastmod', 'viewcount', 'numberofwatchingusers', 'credits', 'copyright', 'privacy', 'about', 'disclaimer', 'tagline', ); </pre> In the above you can simply add and remove items from the footer that you wish to appear in your footer. Remember the changes may not appear immediatly because of [[File cache|MediaWiki caches]]. You can also customize the individual items by modifying certain pages or parameters: * lastmod - edit [[MediaWiki:Lastmodified]] * viewcount - edit [[MediaWiki:Viewcount]] * numberofwatchingusers - edit [[MediaWiki:Number of watching users pageview]]. This only appears if you also add <code>$wgPageShowWatchingUsers = true;</code> to LocalSettings.php. * copyright - edit [[MediaWiki:Copyright]]. The parameter $1 on that page is replaced with a link to the details of copyright for your wiki. In LocalSettings.php $wgRightsText for the link text and set either $wgRightsPage or $wgRightsUrl with the location of a wiki page or external URL. * privacy - this is a link only. Edit [[MediaWiki:Privacy]] for the link text and [[MediaWiki:Privacypage]] for the wiki page to which to link. * about - this is a link only. Edit [[MediaWiki:Aboutsite]] for the link text and [[MediaWiki:Aboutpage]] for the wiki page to which to link. * disclaimer - this is a link only. Edit [[MediaWiki:Disclaimers]] for the link text and [[MediaWiki:Disclaimerpage]] for the wiki page to which to link. * tagline - not currently used in the footer === How can I change what the <title> of each page is? Where do I make changes?=== Most of the text that you want to change, can be found in the namespace of MediaWiki. In order to change titles, texts, announcements and the such, go to Special:Allmessages, where you will see the text associated with the pages you wish to change. (As far as I can tell, you need to log in as an administrator (like the one you made when you installed) to edit the protected entries in the MediaWiki namespace.) If you want to change the title in your browser, you need to edit [[MediaWiki:pagetitle]]. Go there and edit it just like you would any other page in your Wiki. In recent versions of MediaWiki, [[MediaWiki:pagetitle]] is <nowiki>$1 - {{SITENAME}}</nowiki> by default. If <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> is producing the wrong text for you, you need to set $wgSitename in your LocalSettings.php. If $wgSitename is correct in LocalSettings.php but <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> is still wrong, it may be that you're using a user-contributed language file which incorrectly sets $wgSitename to a transliteration of "Wikipedia". Edit the language file to correct this. For example, the hebrew language file is at <tt>languages/LanguageHe.php</tt> in your wiki directory. Don't forget to clear your browser cache after you fix it. ===How do I make external links open in a new window?=== See http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Opening_external_links_in_a_new_window. ===How can I suppress MediaWiki to format urls, tags, etc?=== <nowiki>svn co <nowiki>http://somwhere.in.the.net/myproject/</nowiki></nowiki> svn co <nowiki>http://somewhere.in.the.net/myproject/</nowiki> ===How can I force users to preview before they save?=== To curb cursory negligence it may be desirable to disable the save button on the edit page, so users ''must'' preview first. Here's how to reach that goal by only showing the save button on the preview page: In /includes/EditPage.php, find (line number 1238 in mediawiki-1.9.0, 1158 in mediawiki-1.8.2): "&lt;div class='editButtons'&gt; {$buttons['save']} {$buttons['preview']} and replace these three lines with the following seven "&lt;div class='editButtons'&gt;"); if ( $this-&gt;formtype == 'preview') { $wgOut-&gt;addHTML( "{$buttons['save']}"); } $wgOut-&gt;addHTML( "{$buttons['preview']} ==Basic Usage== ===How do I edit a page?=== To edit a page, simply click the '''edit''' link that appears on each page. Using the default MonoBook skin, this is in the form of a tab at the top of the page. A form will appear, containing the existing markup. When you have finished making modifications, click the '''Save''' button to commit your changes. ''See also:'' {{meta|Help:Editing}} ===How do I create a new page?=== There are several paths to creating a new page: *Create a link to the page on another page, then click on the red link which appears *Browse to the intended location of the page, e.g. <nowiki>http://www.foowiki.org/index.php?title=New_page</nowiki> and click on the '''edit''' link. On some wikis, a failed search for a page will contain a link which allows you to edit that page. see [[Help:Starting a new page]] === How do I delete an old version of a page? === Old versions of page data are retained in the database and can be accessed via the page history features. This is useful for reviewing changes and correcting or reverting undesirable ones, but in some cases, administrators might want to make this information unavailable, for legal reasons, or to reduce the size of the database. * Administrators can delete an old revision of a page by deleting the page, and then selectively undeleting revisions to be kept * The [[Extension:Oversight|Oversight]] extension (also known as ''HideRevision'') can be used to move harmful revisions out of page histories * The <tt>maintenance/deleteOldRevisions.php</tt> maintenance script can mass-delete all old revisions of pages and their associated text records ;regarding deleteOldRevisions.php :I included it in LocalSettings.php, but it says I need to use it on commandline. So, I tried it on Putty's SSH commandline, but it is not recognized as a command. I would appreciate it very much if you would be so kind to give me a step-by-step instruction to get to the commandline in question and how to place deleteOldRevisions.php so that it works. I find many useful looking tools in the maintenance folder but I have not been able to use any of them due to the lack of this basic knowledge. Thank you in advance. --[[User:Kohyin|Kohyin]] 17:09, 23 February 2007 (UTC) ===Are there any editing tutorials available?=== There are several editing tutorials available, mostly on Wikimedia sister projects, such as Wikipedia. There are also markup references, etc. available on ''Meta''. *[[m:Help:Editing|Editing]] help content on ''Meta'' *The ''[[:en:Wikipedia:How to edit a page|How to edit a page]]'' guide on the English Wikipedia ===How do I view the printable form of a page?=== MediaWiki includes stylesheets which automatically style a page appropriately when it is printed; using the print or print preview function within your browser ought to render the page in a printable form. You can also view this printable form using the ''printable version'' link in the toolbox. === How do I reset a password? === You can use the <tt>maintenance/changePassword.php</tt> maintenance script to reset a user's password. '''You have to run the script from the command line.''' In other words, log into the server where your wiki is installed, then open a command prompt. Go to the installation directory, then go to the maintenance subdirectory. Run the following command: php changePassword.php --user=someuser --password=somepass Where obviously "somepass" is changed to the password you want to set and "someuser" is changed to the user name as it is listed in the table "user". You can also use the old way, by modifying the database directly. Assuming that <var>$wgPasswordSalt</var> is set to true (the default), you can use the following SQL query: UPDATE user SET user_password = MD5(CONCAT(user_id, '-', MD5('somepass'))) WHERE user_name = 'someuser'; Where obviously "somepass" is changed to the password you want to set and "someuser" is changed to the user name as it is listed in the table "user". {{note}} The <tt>user_id</tt> in the CONCAT string is a column name and is not meant to be replaced with 'someuser' {{note}} If you obtain a 'dbname.user table does not exist' error, please check the [[Manual:LocalSettings.php|LocalSettings.php]] file, and double-check the value for the [[Manual:$wgDBprefix|$wgDBprefix]] variable. If that variable is not empty, try repeating the command, replacing <tt>$wgDBPreix_user</tt> instead of <tt>user</tt> in the <tt>UPDATE</tt> clause of the SQL statement. ==Customising Further== ===How can I prevent editing by anonymous users?=== As of MediaWiki 1.5 onwards, there have been significant improvements to user permissions settings which make restricting access to certain functions easier and more flexible. These are controlled by the '''[[Manual:$wgGroupPermissions|$wgGroupPermissions]]''' configuration option. For information on using this option, see the ''[[Preventing Access|Preventing access]]'' page. ===How can I allow uploading of HTML files?=== Full info here: [[Manual:Allowing_HTML_Uploads | Allowing HTML Uploads]] ==Why...?== ===...is the Help namespace empty?=== We don't currently have a clean, internationalised set of help pages under a free license. A few developers are hoping to make this possible; however, the Help namespace currently ships in a blank state. You are free to add your own help pages, copy the [[Help:Contents|Public Domain help pages]] or copy certain of the items from ''Meta'', e.g. the user guide or [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents MediaWiki Handbook], these two collections being free to use under the [[:en:GNU Free Documentation License|GNU Free Documentation License]]. ===...are some of my images not showing up after an upgrade?=== Several users have reported that, following an upgrade or a moving of their wiki, several images fail to be shown inline. The files exist, and the image description pages show a MIME type of <tt>unknown / unknown</tt> and, in some cases, a warning about potentially dangerous files. To fix this, run the <tt>maintenance/rebuildImages.php</tt> script from the command line. This will set MIME information for each file in the database. ===...are all PNG files not being turned into thumbnails?=== After upgrading to a more recent version of PHP, it is possible a different MimeMagic.php function is being used to detect file MIME types, particularly the built-in PHP function mime_content_type, which fails to detect PNG files. Search the web for <i>mime_content_type png</i> for information on fixing this bug at the PHP level, possibly by editing your magic.mime file. '''See [[Help:FAQ#Corrupt_or_Incorrect_Extension|here]] for more info.''' === ...is a search for a short keyword giving no hits? === By default, MediaWiki uses MyISAM's fulltext matching functionality to allow searching page content. The default settings for this mean that words of less than four characters won't be indexed, so results won't be returned for those queries. To alter this behaviour, MySQL needs to be reconfigured to index shorter terms, and MediaWiki's search index table needs to be repaired, to rebuild the indices. * For help on reconfiguring MySQL, see http://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/4.1/en/fulltext-fine-tuning.html * To repair the search index table, run the query <code>REPAIR TABLE searchindex;</code> against your database ===...can't I download MediaWiki 1.10?=== MediaWiki 1.10 is in a development state at present, and has not been packaged into a general release. The code can be [[download from SVN|downloaded from Subversion]] if desired. ===...doesn't this work? It works on Wikipedia!=== Wikipedia and other Wikimedia web sites use the current version of the code in development; at present, this is MediaWiki 1.10alpha. Coupled with the use of several extensions, this means that functionality between these wikis and your particular setup may differ. * To obtain the current development code, read [[Important_Release_Notes#MediaWiki_1.10]] * To check what version a Wikimedia wiki is running, as well as what extensions are installed, visit the [[Special:Version]] page for that wiki ===...do I get a '''403 Forbidden''' error after setting permissions on my Fedora system?=== Fedora Core enables [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SELinux SELinux] by default. Instructions for setting SELinux permissions for MediaWiki [[SELinux|are available]]. ===...do I get logged out constantly? === This is probably related to cookies or session data, for example a problem with PHP's session.save_path setting. See [[meta:Help:Logging_in#Log_in_problems]]. == Anti-spam == === Where do I get the spam blacklist from and how do I install it? === The [[m:spam blacklist|spam blacklist]] extension can be found in [[Download from SVN|Subversion]]. For installation and configuration instructions, consult the [http://svn.wikimedia.org/viewvc/mediawiki/trunk/extensions/SpamBlacklist/README?view=markup README] file. === How do I use $wgSpamRegex to block more than one string? === '''$wgSpamRegex''' is a powerful filter for page content. Adding multiple items to the regex, however, can be awkward. Consider this snippet: $wgSpamRegexLines[] = 'display\s*:\s*none'; $wgSpamRegexLines[] = 'overflow:\s*\s*auto'; [...] $wgSpamRegex = '/(' . implode( '|', $wgSpamRegexLines ) . ')/i'; This example code allows convenient addition of additional items to the regex without fiddling about each time. It also demonstrates two popular filters, which block some of the most common spam attacks. ==Where Now?== ===I've found a bug or have a feature request. Where do I post it?=== Bugs and feature requests should be posted on [[MediaZilla:|MediaZilla]], our implementation of [[:en:Bugzilla|Bugzilla]]. Please search the database prior to posting, to avoid creating duplicate entries. ===I have a question not answered here. Where do I go next?=== If you've exhausted the FAQ above, please try the following: *Check the [[Project:Help|other sources of help]] on this site *[[Special:Search|Search]] the rest of this site *Search our documentation archived on [[m:Main Page|Meta]] * '''Much''' useful developer documentation remains on Meta.wikimedia.org in the category [[m:Category:Pages to be exported to MediaWiki.org|Pages to be exported to MediaWiki.org]] until the [[m:Meta:MetaProject to transfer content to MediaWiki.org]] completes, including ** [[m:How to become a MediaWiki hacker]] ** [[m:How to debug MediaWiki]] *Search the web *Post a message at [[Project:Support desk]] *Email the [http://mail.wikipedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-l mediawiki-l mailing list] *Ask the developers in our IRC channel ([[:en:Freenode|Freenode]] network, channel '''[irc://irc.freenode.net/mediawiki #mediawiki]'''). ===Recommended reading=== *[http://www.catb.org/~esr/faqs/smart-questions.html Asking smart questions] *[http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/bugs.html Effective bug reporting] *[http://www.packtpub.com/Mediawiki/book MediaWiki Book: MediaWiki Administrators' Tutorial Guide.] [[Category:Help|FAQ]] {{Languages|Manual:FAQ}} 5f6835d570544b4a938b7fa67ef7f27acf38a9ae 12 34 100 99 2007-04-29T20:13:34Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} If you have standard texts you want to include on several pages, the MediaWiki template feature comes into play (like the tag above which is included in the pages of the Help namespace). ==Creating a template== Template names are prefixed with <code>Template:</code>, you create them like any other wiki page. ==Using a template== Templates are wiki pages which can be used in other pages in three ways: :<code><nowiki>{{Name}}</nowiki></code> includes the content of the template at the moment the page containing it is fetched <nowiki>"[[Template:Name]]"</nowiki>. :<code><nowiki>{{subst:Name}}</nowiki></code> inserts the content of the template into the code of the page in a form that is editable normally <nowiki>"[[Template:Name]]"</nowiki> after you have saved your text. :<code><nowiki>{{msgnw:Name}}</nowiki></code> when the page containing it is fetched, includes the template in a form that displays it as raw wiki syntax, like <code><nowiki>&lt;nowiki&gt;</nowiki></code> does ==Using parameters in templates== <div style="float:right"> {| {{Prettytable}} |- |{{Hl2}} colspan="2" align="center" |'''Template with numbered parameters''' |- | colspan="2" | <pre><nowiki> '''A little thank you...'''<br> <small>for {{{1}}}.<br> hugs, {{{2}}}</small> </nowiki></pre> |- |{{Hl2}}|'''You type''' |{{Hl2}}|'''You get''' |- |<code><nowiki>{{Thankyou|all|Joe}}</nowiki></code> | {{Thankyou|all|Joe}} |- |{{Hl2}} colspan="2" align="center" |'''with named parameters''' |- | colspan="2" | <pre><nowiki> '''A little thank you...'''<br> <small>for {{{reason}}}.<br> hugs, {{{signature}}}</small> </nowiki></pre> |- |{{Hl2}}|'''You type''' |{{Hl2}}|'''You get''' |- |<pre><nowiki>{{Thankyou |reason=all |signature=Joe}}</nowiki></pre> | {{Thankyou|all|Joe}} |} </div> You can define parameters in templates either numbered as <code><nowiki>{{{1}}}</nowiki></code> or named <code><nowiki>{{{param}}}</nowiki></code>. '''Example:''' You want a little thank you note you can put on the talk page of other users. It will contain a reason and your signature. You could create [[Template:Thankyou]] to enter your text, as in the example in the table. When using the template on a page, you fill in the parameter values, separated by a pipe char (|): <code><nowiki>{{Thankyou|all|Joe}}</nowiki></code>. For named parameters use "name=value" pairs separated by a pipe char: <code><nowiki>{{Thankyou|reason=all|signature=Joe}}</nowiki></code>. The advantage of using named parameters in your template is that they are flexible in order. It also makes the template easier to understand if you have many parameters. If you want to change the order of numbered parameters, you have to mention them explicitly: <code><nowiki>{{Thankyou|2=Joe|1=all}}</nowiki></code>. ==Control template inclusion== You can control template inclusion by the use of <code><nowiki><noinclude></nowiki></code> and <code><nowiki><includeonly></nowiki></code> tags. Anything between <code><nowiki><noinclude></nowiki></code> and <code><nowiki></noinclude></nowiki></code> will be processed and displayed only when the page is being viewed directly, not included. Possible applications are: * Categorising templates * Interlanguage links to similar templates in other languages * Explanatory text about how to use the template The converse is <code><nowiki><includeonly></nowiki></code>. Text between <code><nowiki><includeonly></nowiki></code> and <code><nowiki></includeonly></nowiki></code> will be processed and displayed only when the page is being included. The obvious application is to add all pages containing a given template to a category. Note that the usual update problems apply -- if you change the categories inside a template, the categories of the referring pages won't be updated until those pages are edited. ==Organizing templates== For templates to be effective users need to find them and be able to use them. A simple technique is to include an example on the template page. For example: <div style="display:table; width:auto;"><pre> <noinclude> ==Usage== Allows to establish a link to a subject: {{NameOfTemplate|Term1+Term2+Term3}} </noinclude> </pre></div> An editor can simply copy and paste the example to create a similar page. This example is trivial, however a working example that demonstrates how templates can be used in complex situations to save time, on specialty topics more easily. see working example at http://www.clickwiki.info/index.php/Template:Object Also creating a Category:Template on your wiki to put your templates together may also be useful for editors along with links to this page will greatly improve productivity. [http://www.clickwiki.info/index.php/Category:Template example wiki category page] ==See Also== ;Template uses *[[Help:External searches]] ==External links== {{meta|Help:Template}} [[Category:Help|Templates]] {{Languages|Help:Templates}} dd4ea69d939000229eac7289d950fbc0b79ea81a 12 36 104 103 2007-04-29T20:13:38Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page/hu}} == Új lap létrehozása == Ha új lapot szeretne létrehozni, nézze át az ehhez kapcsolódó [[Help:Starting a new page|segédletet]]. == Meglévő lapok szerkesztése == * Kattintson a '''szerkeszt''' [[Help:Navigation#Page Tabs|lapfülre]] * Ekkor a szöveg változtatható a szerkesztőterületen. Ha csak apróbb javításról van szó, például elírások, vagy nyelvi hibák javításáról, akkor nem kell aggódni a formázás miatt. A formázásbeli változtatásokat a wiki jelölőnyelvét használva lehet megtenni. Erről a nyelvről a [[Help:Formatting|Help:Formázás]] lapon olvashat. * Érdemes az '''Összefoglaló''' dobozba egy rövid leírást írni a változtatásokról. * Érdemes továbbá az '''Előnézet megtekintése''' gombra kattintva ellenőrizni, hogy minden úgy néz-e ki, ahogy szerette volna. * Kattintson a '''Lap mentése''' gombra. * Lapok átnevezéséhez nézze át a [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Moving_a_page Help:Moving_a_page] lapot (angol) === Vitalap === Minden cikk rendelkezik egy önálló vitalappal, ahol feltehet kérdéseket, javaslatokat, vagy megvitathat javításokat. Ennek megnyitásához Kattintson a '''vitalap''' [[Help:Navigation#Page Tabs|lapfülre]]. Az üzeneteit aláírhatja úgy, hogy beír 4 hullámvonalat (<nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>). A wiki ezt átírja a felhasználónevére, vagy ha nincs bejelentkezve, az IP címére. == Külső linkek == {{meta|Help:Editing}} {{Languages|Help:Editing pages}} [[Category:Help|Editing pages]] ddeea962a3340668fbcf54b15e3c658d69f088d9 12 40 114 113 2007-04-29T20:13:39Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} MediaWiki knows some defined variables which can be used in texts. They are rendered differently depending on the time, the site and the page. Their syntax is similar to templates. If you want a page to show always the current time, you use <code><nowiki>{{CURRENTTIME}}</nowiki></code>. To distinguish variables from templates, most variables are capitalized. <center> {| {{Prettytable}} |- !{{Hl3}}|'''Description''' !{{Hl3}}|'''You type''' !{{Hl3}}|'''You get''' |- ! {{Hl2}} colspan="3" | '''Date & Wiki variables''' |- | Current month |<nowiki>{{CURRENTMONTH}}</nowiki> |{{CURRENTMONTH}} |- | Current month |<nowiki>{{CURRENTMONTHNAME}}</nowiki> |{{CURRENTMONTHNAME}} |- | Genitive form<br>of current month name |<nowiki>{{CURRENTMONTHNAMEGEN}}</nowiki> |{{CURRENTMONTHNAMEGEN}} |- | Abbreviated month name |<nowiki>{{CURRENTMONTHABBREV}}</nowiki> |{{CURRENTMONTHABBREV}} |- |Day of the month |<nowiki>{{CURRENTDAY}}</nowiki> |{{CURRENTDAY}} |- |Day of the week |<nowiki>{{CURRENTDOW}}</nowiki> |{{CURRENTDOW}} |- |Day of the week |<nowiki>{{CURRENTDAYNAME}}</nowiki> |{{CURRENTDAYNAME}} |- | Week |<nowiki>{{CURRENTWEEK}}</nowiki> |{{CURRENTWEEK}} |- | Year |<nowiki>{{CURRENTYEAR}}</nowiki> |{{CURRENTYEAR}} |- | current time |<nowiki>{{CURRENTTIME}}</nowiki> |{{CURRENTTIME}} |- | numbers of articles in this Wiki |<nowiki>{{NUMBEROFARTICLES}}</nowiki> |{{NUMBEROFARTICLES}} |- | numbers of uploaded files |<nowiki>{{NUMBEROFFILES}}</nowiki> |{{NUMBEROFFILES}} |- ! {{Hl2}} colspan="3" | '''Namespaces''' |- | |<nowiki>{{ns:-2}} or {{ns:Media}}</nowiki> |{{ns:-2}} |- | |<nowiki>{{ns:-1}} or {{ns:Special}}</nowiki> |{{ns:-1}} |- | |<nowiki>{{ns:1}} or {{ns:Talk}}</nowiki> | {{ns:1}} |- | | <nowiki>{{ns:2}} or {{ns:User}}</nowiki> | {{ns:2}} |- | | <nowiki>{{ns:3}} or {{ns:User_talk}}</nowiki> | {{ns:3}} |- | | <nowiki>{{ns:4}} or {{ns:Project}}</nowiki> | {{ns:4}} |- | | <nowiki>{{ns:5}} or {{ns:Project_talk}}</nowiki> | {{ns:5}} |- | | <nowiki>{{ns:6}} or {{ns:Image}}</nowiki> | {{ns:6}} |- | | <nowiki>{{ns:7}} or {{ns:Image_talk}}</nowiki> | {{ns:7}} |- | | <nowiki>{{ns:8}} or {{ns:MediaWiki}}</nowiki> | {{ns:8}} |- | | <nowiki>{{ns:9}} or {{ns:MediaWiki_talk}}</nowiki> | {{ns:9}} |- | | <nowiki>{{ns:10}} or {{ns:Template}}</nowiki> | {{ns:10}} |- | | <nowiki>{{ns:11}} or {{ns:Template_talk}}</nowiki> | {{ns:11}} |- | | <nowiki>{{ns:12}} or {{ns:Help}}</nowiki> | {{ns:12}} |- | | <nowiki>{{ns:13}} or {{ns:Help_talk}}</nowiki> | {{ns:13}} |- | | <nowiki>{{ns:14}} or {{ns:Category}}</nowiki> | {{ns:14}} |- | | <nowiki>{{ns:15}} or {{ns:Category_talk}}</nowiki> | {{ns:15}} |- ! {{Hl2}} colspan="3" | '''Server specific''' |- | Sitename | <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> | {{SITENAME}} |- | Servername | <nowiki>{{SERVERNAME}}</nowiki> | {{SERVERNAME}} |- | Server | <nowiki>{{SERVER}}</nowiki> | {{SERVER}} |- |- | Script path | <nowiki>{{SCRIPTPATH}}</nowiki> | {{SCRIPTPATH}} |- | Local part of the URL<br> | <nowiki>{{localurl:pagename}}</nowiki> | {{localurl:pagename}} |- | | <nowiki>{{localurl:pagename|</nowiki>''query string''<nowiki>}}</nowiki> | {{localurl:pagename|''query string''}} |- ! {{Hl2}} colspan="3" | '''Page related''' |- | Pagename | <nowiki>{{PAGENAME}}</nowiki> | {{PAGENAME}} |- | Pagename<br>(URL encoded) | <nowiki>{{PAGENAMEE}}</nowiki> | {{PAGENAMEE}} |- | Namespace | <nowiki>{{NAMESPACE}}</nowiki> | {{NAMESPACE}} |- | Revision ID | <nowiki>{{REVISIONID}}</nowiki> | {{REVISIONID}} |} </center> ==External links== {{meta|Help:Variable}} {{Languages|Help:Variables}} [[Category:Help|Variables]] 810a2194372b4777468e7107ff163e948f064c4f 12 41 116 115 2007-04-29T20:13:41Z Admin 1 1 revision(s) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page/ar}} ;قراءة :[[Help:Navigation|استكشاف]] :[[Help:Searching|بحث]] :[[Help:Tracking changes|تتبع التغييرات]] ;تحرير :[[Help:Editing pages|تحرير صفحات]] :[[Help:Starting a new page|إبدأ صفحة جديدة]] :[[Help:Formatting|تنسيق]] :[[Help:Links|روابط]] :[[Help:Categories|أصناف]] ;تحرير متقدّم :[[Help:Images|صور]] :[[Help:Tables|جداول]] :[[Help:Templates|Templates]] :[[Help:Variables|متغيّرات]] :[[Help:Managing files|إدارة ملفات ]] ;تفصيل :[[Help:Preferences|تفضيلات]] :[[Help:Skins|Skins]] ;إدارة :[[Help:Interwiki linking|ترابط بين الويكي]] :[[Help:Cleanup|تنظيف]] :[[Help:Managing user rights|إدارة حقوق المستخدم]] :[[Help:Managing pages|إدارة صفحات]] :[[Help:Namespaces|Namespaces]] :[[Help:Copying|مساعدة'النّسخ']] {{Languages|Help:Contents}} [[Category:Help| ]] 5812409c103c6b2abea9ce5427d4b29474dac434 0 9 119 58 2007-04-30T19:24:42Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). ===Basic Subject Markers=== We have already seen the subject markers {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || I (1st person) |- | o || you (2nd person) |- | o* || he/she (3rd person) |- | re || us |- | le** || you (plural) |- | ba || them |} .*in the negative, this becomes "a"<br> .**in some dialects, marker "lo" is used instead of "le"<br> These are the subject markers for people, there are many other markers for nouns which belong to other classes - see later in [[noun classes]] ===Present Tense (Short Form)=== In this form, the present tense is simply made by adding the subject marker and the verb. However, this can only be used when there is a word following the verb (otherwise you use the "long form" see below) {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke bidiwa Paul || I am called Paul |- | o bidiwa Ntathi || she is called Ntathi (or you are called Ntathi) |- | monna o ja apole || the man (he) is eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || we are learning Setswana |- | ke bao ko lelapeng || I am returning home |} ===Present Tense (long form)=== If there are no words following the verb, then an extra "a" marker must be added before the verb (called the "long form marker") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | re a ithuta || we are learning |- | basadi ba a ja || the women (they) are eating |- | ke a kwala || I am writing |- | ke a bao jaanong || I am returning now * |} .* the verb still takes the long form even though followed by "jaanong". More strictly the long form applies if the verb is "questionable" (eg "I am returning now" is questionable - where are you returning? but "I am returning home" is not) ===Present Tense (negative)=== To form the negative, the negative article "ga" comes before the subject marker, and the end of the verb changes from "a" to "e". The long form marker "a" disappears. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monna o ja apole || monna ga a je apole* || the man (he) is not eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || ga re ithuthe Setswana || we are not learning Setswana |- | re a ithuta || ga re ithute || we are not learning |- | basadi ba a ja || basadi ga ba je || the women (they) are not eating |- | ke a kwala || ga ke kwale || I am not writing |} .* Note "o" subject marker changes to "a" in negative form ===Verb "to be"=== There is no direct equivalent of the verb "to be" in Setswana. The marker "ke" is used to express identity, but in other situations the normal subject marker is used. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ke moruti || Jane is a teacher |- | Jane o montle || Jane is beautiful |} This will become clearer with use ===Negative of verb "to be"=== The marker "se" is used as the negative of "ke" {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ga se moruti || Jane is not a teacher |- | Jane ga o montle || Jane is not beautiful |} ===Verb "to have"=== The words "na le" are used for possession, and also for association (think of it as being "to be with") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || I have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane has children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary is with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || There are people in the office (literally "to be with people in the office") |} "Go" is the subject marker for infinitives (see later in [[noun classes]]) ===Negative of "to have"=== In the negative form as well as adding the negative article "ga", the "le" dissapears {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || ga ke na koloi || I don't have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane ga a na bana || Jane hasn't any children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary ga a na Pitso || Mary isn't with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || Ga go na batho mo ofising || There aren't any people in the office |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | NOTEDITED || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- |} 67bc678255b02727ad34a214d6387e64726f3446 120 119 2007-04-30T19:24:58Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). ===Basic Subject Markers=== We have already seen the subject markers {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || I (1st person) |- | o || you (2nd person) |- | o* || he/she (3rd person) |- | re || we |- | le** || you (plural) |- | ba || them |} .*in the negative, this becomes "a"<br> .**in some dialects, marker "lo" is used instead of "le"<br> These are the subject markers for people, there are many other markers for nouns which belong to other classes - see later in [[noun classes]] ===Present Tense (Short Form)=== In this form, the present tense is simply made by adding the subject marker and the verb. However, this can only be used when there is a word following the verb (otherwise you use the "long form" see below) {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke bidiwa Paul || I am called Paul |- | o bidiwa Ntathi || she is called Ntathi (or you are called Ntathi) |- | monna o ja apole || the man (he) is eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || we are learning Setswana |- | ke bao ko lelapeng || I am returning home |} ===Present Tense (long form)=== If there are no words following the verb, then an extra "a" marker must be added before the verb (called the "long form marker") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | re a ithuta || we are learning |- | basadi ba a ja || the women (they) are eating |- | ke a kwala || I am writing |- | ke a bao jaanong || I am returning now * |} .* the verb still takes the long form even though followed by "jaanong". More strictly the long form applies if the verb is "questionable" (eg "I am returning now" is questionable - where are you returning? but "I am returning home" is not) ===Present Tense (negative)=== To form the negative, the negative article "ga" comes before the subject marker, and the end of the verb changes from "a" to "e". The long form marker "a" disappears. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monna o ja apole || monna ga a je apole* || the man (he) is not eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || ga re ithuthe Setswana || we are not learning Setswana |- | re a ithuta || ga re ithute || we are not learning |- | basadi ba a ja || basadi ga ba je || the women (they) are not eating |- | ke a kwala || ga ke kwale || I am not writing |} .* Note "o" subject marker changes to "a" in negative form ===Verb "to be"=== There is no direct equivalent of the verb "to be" in Setswana. The marker "ke" is used to express identity, but in other situations the normal subject marker is used. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ke moruti || Jane is a teacher |- | Jane o montle || Jane is beautiful |} This will become clearer with use ===Negative of verb "to be"=== The marker "se" is used as the negative of "ke" {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ga se moruti || Jane is not a teacher |- | Jane ga o montle || Jane is not beautiful |} ===Verb "to have"=== The words "na le" are used for possession, and also for association (think of it as being "to be with") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || I have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane has children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary is with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || There are people in the office (literally "to be with people in the office") |} "Go" is the subject marker for infinitives (see later in [[noun classes]]) ===Negative of "to have"=== In the negative form as well as adding the negative article "ga", the "le" dissapears {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || ga ke na koloi || I don't have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane ga a na bana || Jane hasn't any children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary ga a na Pitso || Mary isn't with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || Ga go na batho mo ofising || There aren't any people in the office |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | NOTEDITED || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- |} d23255f6f9f2594b0be490a65f99c6c487b0892a 126 120 2007-05-16T18:54:25Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). ===Basic Subject Markers=== We have already seen the subject markers {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || I (1st person) |- | o || you (2nd person) |- | o* || he/she (3rd person) |- | re || we |- | le** || you (plural) |- | ba || them |} .*in the negative, this becomes "a"<br> .**in some dialects, marker "lo" is used instead of "le"<br> These are the subject markers for people, there are many other markers for nouns which belong to other classes - see later in [[noun classes]] ===Present Tense (Short Form)=== In this form, the present tense is simply made by adding the subject marker and the verb. However, this can only be used when there is a word following the verb (otherwise you use the "long form" see below) {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke bidiwa Paul || I am called Paul |- | o bidiwa Ntathi || she is called Ntathi (or you are called Ntathi) |- | monna o ja apole || the man (he) is eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || we are learning Setswana |- | ke bao ko lelapeng || I am returning home |} ===Present Tense (long form)=== If there are no words following the verb, then an extra "a" marker must be added before the verb (called the "long form marker") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | re a ithuta || we are learning |- | basadi ba a ja || the women (they) are eating |- | ke a kwala || I am writing |- | ke a bao jaanong || I am returning now * |} .* the verb still takes the long form even though followed by "jaanong". More strictly the long form applies if the verb is "questionable" (eg "I am returning now" is questionable - where are you returning? but "I am returning home" is not) ===Present Tense (negative)=== To form the negative, the negative article "ga" comes before the subject marker, and the end of the verb changes from "a" to "e". The long form marker "a" disappears. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monna o ja apole || monna ga a je apole* || the man (he) is not eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || ga re ithuthe Setswana || we are not learning Setswana |- | re a ithuta || ga re ithute || we are not learning |- | basadi ba a ja || basadi ga ba je || the women (they) are not eating |- | ke a kwala || ga ke kwale || I am not writing |} .* Note "o" subject marker changes to "a" in negative form ===Verb "to be"=== There is no direct equivalent of the verb "to be" in Setswana. The marker "ke" is used to express identity, but in other situations the normal subject marker is used. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ke moruti || Jane is a teacher |- | Jane o montle || Jane is beautiful |} This will become clearer with use ===Negative of verb "to be"=== The marker "se" is used as the negative of "ke" {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ga se moruti || Jane is not a teacher |- | Jane ga o montle || Jane is not beautiful |} ===Verb "to have"=== The words "na le" are used for possession, and also for association (think of it as being "to be with") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || I have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane has children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary is with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || There are people in the office (literally "to be with people in the office") |} "Go" is the subject marker for infinitives (see later in [[noun classes]]) ===Negative of "to have"=== In the negative form as well as adding the negative article "ga", the "le" dissapears {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || ga ke na koloi || I don't have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane ga a na bana || Jane hasn't any children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary ga a na Pitso || Mary isn't with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || Ga go na batho mo ofising || There aren't any people in the office |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | bereka || work |- | rata || like/love |- | ithuta || learn |- | tshwara || catch |- | thusa || help |- | bina || dance |- | opela || sing |- | nwa || drink |- | taga || intoxicate |- | utswa || steal |- | batla || want/need |- | sia || run away |- | bela || boil/brew |- | tsoga || wake up |- | tlhola || spend the day |- | robala || sleep |- | sala || stay |} ===Vocabulary - Nouns === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mosadi || basadi || woman |- | mosetsana || basetsana || girl |- | motswana || batswana || Botswana national |- | moithuti || baithuti || trainees/learners |- | lepodisi || x || police officer |- | x || masole || soldier |- | sefofu || x || blind person |- | x || digole || disabled person |- | kgomo || x || cow |- | lonao || x || foot |- | bojalwa || x || beer/alcoholic beverage |- | mabele || x || sorghum |- | setswana || x || language of Batswana |- | legodu || x || thief |- | metsi || x || water |- | madi || x || money/blood |} 92a80f7b0342b06403607a5a35ec24d96158c036 145 126 2007-05-17T20:29:52Z Jacob 2 Replacing page with 'Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). [[verbs - present tense]]' wikitext text/x-wiki Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). [[verbs - present tense]] bb546a2ad188536b7838ae5309a644d9dd7ed84b 0 43 121 2007-04-30T19:44:41Z Jacob 2 New page: An object is someone or something which has the verb done to it. Eg in sentence "Peter hit Jane", Jane is the object, Peter is the subject. Except for first person singular (me), in Setsw... wikitext text/x-wiki An object is someone or something which has the verb done to it. Eg in sentence "Peter hit Jane", Jane is the object, Peter is the subject. Except for first person singular (me), in Setswana an object marker is used before the verb. ===Basic Object Markers=== The basic object markers are {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | -- || me (1st person) |- | go || you (2nd person) |- | mo || him/her (3rd person) |- | re || us |- | le** || you (plural) |- | ba || them |- | e || it (noun class 9) |- | di || them (noun class 10) |} Examples {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A o itse Anton ? || Do you know Anton ? |- | Ke a mo itse || I know him |- | || |- | || |} ===Object marker for me=== Here, instead of having a subject marker, the beginning of the verb is changed to start in n or m. Some examples are as follows: {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | araba + nna || nkaraba || ask me |- | thusa + nna || nthusa || help me |- | fa + nna || mpha || give me |- | rata + nna || nthata || love me |- | ruta + nna || nthuta || teach me |- | botswa + nna || mpotsa || ask me |} 1889533c289ec255ada7145f0ae7d64cfb3c8d8e 12 3 122 110 2007-05-06T11:18:33Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} ;Editing :[[Help:Editing pages|Editing pages]] :[[Help:Formatting|Formatting]] :[[Help:Links|Links]] :[[Help:Categories|Categories]] :[[Help:Managing files|Managing files]] ;Advanced Editing :[[Help:Images|Images]] :[[Help:Tables|Tables]] :[[Help:Templates|Templates]] :[[Help:Variables|Variables]] :[[Help:Managing files|Managing files]] [[Category:Help|Editing]] === Template table 2 column=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |} === Template table 3 column=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |} ===Template table - Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |- | x || x || x |} 0f03c4dc47ef2f0293667180e89127b5fd680976 0 44 123 2007-05-06T11:37:26Z Jacob 2 New page: Aim - be able to describe ownership using possessive markers (my/your/our etc). Possessive expressions are formed using a possessive marker, which depends on the noun class of the thing p... wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - be able to describe ownership using possessive markers (my/your/our etc). Possessive expressions are formed using a possessive marker, which depends on the noun class of the thing possessed. === Template table 3 column=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mosadi wa motsomi || the wife of the hunter || (mosadi = class 1) |- | molomo wa tau || the mouth of the lion || (molomo = class 3) |- | lee la ntshe || the egg of the ostrich || (lee = class 5) |- | selepe sa kgosi || the axe of the chief || (selepe = class 7) |- | ditlhako tsa ngwana || the shoes of the child || (ditlhako = class 8) |} The possessive markers are formed by taking the subject marker and adding "a" as follows: === Possessive Markers === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class 1 || Mosadi || o + a|| wa |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba + a || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o + a || wa |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |} === Personal Possessive === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mine || - me || ngwana wa me|| my child |- | your || - gago || dilepe tsa gago || your x |- | his/her || - gagwe || baithuti ba gagwe || his/her x |- | our || - rona || ngwana wa rona || our child |- | your (plural) || - lona || Ditonki tsa lona || x |- | their || - bone || ngwana wa bane || thier child |} 05be3ad1805d9ae1d987f55a0f41d185fdc6e168 124 123 2007-05-06T11:38:43Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - be able to describe ownership using possessive markers (my/your/our etc). Possessive expressions are formed using a possessive marker, which depends on the noun class of the thing possessed. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mosadi wa motsomi || the wife of the hunter || (mosadi = class 1) |- | molomo wa tau || the mouth of the lion || (molomo = class 3) |- | lee la ntshe || the egg of the ostrich || (lee = class 5) |- | selepe sa kgosi || the axe of the chief || (selepe = class 7) |- | ditlhako tsa ngwana || the shoes of the child || (ditlhako = class 8) |} The possessive markers are formed by taking the subject marker and adding "a" as follows: === Possessive Markers === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class 1 || Mosadi || o + a|| wa |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba + a || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o + a || wa |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |} === Personal Possessive === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mine || - me || ngwana wa me|| my child |- | your || - gago || dilepe tsa gago || your x |- | his/her || - gagwe || baithuti ba gagwe || his/her x |- | our || - rona || ngwana wa rona || our child |- | your (plural) || - lona || Ditonki tsa lona || x |- | their || - bone || ngwana wa bane || thier child |} 6cc55d6cb28bb1a96dae1f12520e66dc139074e2 125 124 2007-05-06T11:40:13Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - be able to describe ownership using possessive markers (my/your/our etc). Possessive expressions are formed using a possessive marker, which depends on the noun class of the thing possessed. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mosadi wa motsomi || the wife of the hunter || (mosadi = class 1) |- | molomo wa tau || the mouth of the lion || (molomo = class 3) |- | lee la ntshe || the egg of the ostrich || (lee = class 5) |- | selepe sa kgosi || the axe of the chief || (selepe = class 7) |- | ditlhako tsa ngwana || the shoes of the child || (ditlhako = class 8) |} The possessive markers are formed by taking the subject marker and adding "a" as follows: === Possessive Markers === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class 1 || Mosadi || o + a|| wa |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba + a || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o + a || wa |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |} === Personal Possessive === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mine || - me || ngwana wa me|| my child |- | your || - gago || dilepe tsa gago || your x |- | his/her || - gagwe || baithuti ba gagwe || his/her x |- | our || - rona || ngwana wa rona || our child |- | your (plural) || - lona || Ditonki tsa lona || x |- | their || - bone || ngwana wa bane || thier child |} === Possession with a Person's Name=== === Possession question - Whose ? === === Descriptive Possessives 716d2c38d998272924dd3471aa790fffa09d4814 137 125 2007-05-17T19:22:32Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - be able to describe ownership using possessive markers (my/your/our etc). Possessive expressions are formed using a possessive marker, which depends on the noun class of the thing possessed. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mosadi wa motsomi || the wife of the hunter || (mosadi = class 1) |- | molomo wa tau || the mouth of the lion || (molomo = class 3) |- | lee la ntshe || the egg of the ostrich || (lee = class 5) |- | selepe sa kgosi || the axe of the chief || (selepe = class 7) |- | ditlhako tsa ngwana || the shoes of the child || (ditlhako = class 8) |} The possessive markers are formed by taking the subject marker and adding "a" as follows: === Possessive Markers === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class 1 || Mosadi || o + a|| wa |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba + a || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o + a || wa |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |} === Personal Possessive === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mine || - me || ngwana wa me|| my child |- | your || - gago || dilepe tsa gago || your x |- | his/her || - gagwe || baithuti ba gagwe || his/her x |- | our || - rona || ngwana wa rona || our child |- | your (plural) || - lona || Ditonki tsa lona || x |- | their || - bone || ngwana wa bane || thier child |} === Possession with a Person's Name=== When a name or kinship term is used with a possessive, the word "ga" is added before the name {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ngwana wa ga Neo || Neo's child |- | ke mosese wa ga Nthati || it is Nthati's dress |- | re bonye dikgomo tsa ga Dikeledi || we saw Dikeledi's cattle |- | ba badile dibuka tsa ga Shakespeare || they read Shakespeare's books |- | dinsta tsa gago di bolaile dipodi tsa ga maolme || your dogs have killed my uncle's goats |} === Possession question - Whose ? === === Descriptive Possessives 150d283263c4d932b1dd631f97752c7fa90915b6 138 137 2007-05-17T19:28:32Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - be able to describe ownership using possessive markers (my/your/our etc). Possessive expressions are formed using a possessive marker, which depends on the noun class of the thing possessed. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mosadi wa motsomi || the wife of the hunter || (mosadi = class 1) |- | molomo wa tau || the mouth of the lion || (molomo = class 3) |- | lee la ntshe || the egg of the ostrich || (lee = class 5) |- | selepe sa kgosi || the axe of the chief || (selepe = class 7) |- | ditlhako tsa ngwana || the shoes of the child || (ditlhako = class 8) |} The possessive markers are formed by taking the subject marker and adding "a" as follows: === Possessive Markers === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class 1 || Mosadi || o + a|| wa |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba + a || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o + a || wa |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |} === Personal Possessive === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mine || - me || ngwana wa me|| my child |- | your || - gago || dilepe tsa gago || your x |- | his/her || - gagwe || baithuti ba gagwe || his/her x |- | our || - rona || ngwana wa rona || our child |- | your (plural) || - lona || Ditonki tsa lona || x |- | their || - bone || ngwana wa bane || thier child |} === Possession with a Person's Name=== When a name or kinship term is used with a possessive, the word "ga" is added before the name {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ngwana wa ga Neo || Neo's child |- | ke mosese wa ga Nthati || it is Nthati's dress |- | re bonye dikgomo tsa ga Dikeledi || we saw Dikeledi's cattle |- | ba badile dibuka tsa ga Shakespeare || they read Shakespeare's books |- | dinsta tsa gago di bolaile dipodi tsa ga maolme || your dogs have killed my uncle's goats |} === Possession question - Whose ? === === Descriptive Possessives 5750b5fbb50df1fbb1da8ad25758e882e555bedd 152 138 2007-05-21T17:43:08Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - be able to describe ownership using possessive markers (my/your/our etc). Possessive expressions are formed using a possessive marker, which depends on the noun class of the thing possessed. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mosadi wa motsomi || the wife of the hunter || (mosadi = class 1) |- | molomo wa tau || the mouth of the lion || (molomo = class 3) |- | lee la ntshe || the egg of the ostrich || (lee = class 5) |- | selepe sa kgosi || the axe of the chief || (selepe = class 7) |- | ditlhako tsa ngwana || the shoes of the child || (ditlhako = class 8) |} The possessive markers are formed by taking the subject marker and adding "a" as follows: === Possessive Markers === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class 1 || Mosadi || o + a|| wa |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba + a || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o + a || wa |- | Class 4 || mesese || e + a || ya |- | Class 5 || legodu || le + a || la |- | Class 6 || makgowa || a + a || a |- | Class 7 || Setswana || se + a || sa |- | Class 8 || dimumu || di + a || tsa |- | Class 9 || koloi || e + a || ya |- | Class 10 || diphologolo || di + a || tsa |- | Class 11 || lorole || lo + a || xxx |- | Class 12 || dikgong || di + a || tsa |- | Class 14 || borotha || bo + a || xxxx |- | Class 15 || go ithuta || go + a || xxxx |} === Personal Possessive === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mine || - me || ngwana wa me|| my child |- | your || - gago || dilepe tsa gago || your x |- | his/her || - gagwe || baithuti ba gagwe || his/her x |- | our || - rona || ngwana wa rona || our child |- | your (plural) || - lona || Ditonki tsa lona || x |- | their || - bone || ngwana wa bane || thier child |} === Possession with a Person's Name=== When a name or kinship term is used with a possessive, the word "ga" is added before the name {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ngwana wa ga Neo || Neo's child |- | ke mosese wa ga Nthati || it is Nthati's dress |- | re bonye dikgomo tsa ga Dikeledi || we saw Dikeledi's cattle |- | ba badile dibuka tsa ga Shakespeare || they read Shakespeare's books |- | dinsta tsa gago di bolaile dipodi tsa ga maolme || your dogs have killed my uncle's goats |} === Possession question - Whose ? === === Descriptive Possessives 3234307e4f13114e08a8eee39f69c73ad6700793 0 2 127 50 2007-05-16T19:07:09Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Bua Setswana Course== This course is aimed at beginners who want to learn to speak Setswana. The course aims to help students achieve a basic mastery of Setswana to allow them to communicate their basic needs and serve as a foundation on which to build their language skills. The course is based on information from Nthati Phetlhu (Gaborone, Botswana) Before starting, students should refer to the notes on [[Pronunciation]] It is strongly recommended that the student learns by speaking with Batswana speakers at the earliest opportunity. ==Lessons== #[[greetings]], useful phrases #[[introducing yourself]] #[[verbs – present tense]] including verb "to have" #[[location]] including nouns ending in –ng #[[simple sentences and linking words]] #[[noun classes]] #[[verbs - past tense]] #[[times of day]] #[[verb objects and conjunctives]] (joining words) #[[possessives]] #[[verbs - future tense]] #[[verbs - past continuous tense]] #[[numbers]] time, days of week #[[human body]] , tribes #[[adjectives]] , "to be" #[[comparatives]] #[[shopping]] #[[adverbs]] #[[relative construct]] #[[kinship terms]] #[[demonstratives]] #[[imperatives]] #[[getting around]] #[[climate]] ==Reference/Revision Material== *[[Noun class summary table]] *[[Verb tenses summary]] *[[work related vocabulary]] ==External Teaching Material== *Booklet "First Steps in Spoken Setswana" published by Pula Press 1978 *CD "Learn Setswana" from [http://www.eurotalk.com Eurotalk] This is really just a lot of vocabulary much of which has little relevance to life in Botswana. However you can at least listen to Setswana speakers pronouncing the words. ==Dictionaries== *Setswana-English-Setswana Dictionary (Macmillan Botswana) ISBN 99912-77-77-3 Compiled by Z I Matumo in 1993, based on previous dictionaries by Missionaires. The dictionary is 647 pages long and recommended for serious Setswana learners. *Shuters Compact Setswana Dictionary (Shuter & Shooter) ISBN 0-7960-0639-3 Includes both singular and plural forms of nouns (eg "motho" and "batho") to assist learners. For "South African" Setswana rather than "Botswana" Setswana. d62ecfce1585a6d6250b6ac8fd18406b5ba1cdd8 144 127 2007-05-17T20:28:18Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Bua Setswana Course== This course is aimed at beginners who want to learn to speak Setswana. The course aims to help students achieve a basic mastery of Setswana to allow them to communicate their basic needs and serve as a foundation on which to build their language skills. The course is based on information from Nthati Phetlhu (Gaborone, Botswana) Before starting, students should refer to the notes on [[Pronunciation]] It is strongly recommended that the student learns by speaking with Batswana speakers at the earliest opportunity. ==Lessons== #[[greetings]], useful phrases #[[introducing yourself]] #[[verbs - present tense]] including verb "to have" #[[location]] including nouns ending in –ng #[[simple sentences and linking words]] #[[noun classes]] #[[verbs - past tense]] #[[times of day]] #[[verb objects and conjunctives]] (joining words) #[[possessives]] #[[verbs - future tense]] #[[verbs - past continuous tense]] #[[numbers]] time, days of week #[[human body]] , tribes #[[adjectives]] , "to be" #[[comparatives]] #[[shopping]] #[[adverbs]] #[[relative construct]] #[[kinship terms]] #[[demonstratives]] #[[imperatives]] #[[getting around]] #[[climate]] ==Reference/Revision Material== *[[Noun class summary table]] *[[Verb tenses summary]] *[[work related vocabulary]] ==External Teaching Material== *Booklet "First Steps in Spoken Setswana" published by Pula Press 1978 *CD "Learn Setswana" from [http://www.eurotalk.com Eurotalk] This is really just a lot of vocabulary much of which has little relevance to life in Botswana. However you can at least listen to Setswana speakers pronouncing the words. ==Dictionaries== *Setswana-English-Setswana Dictionary (Macmillan Botswana) ISBN 99912-77-77-3 Compiled by Z I Matumo in 1993, based on previous dictionaries by Missionaires. The dictionary is 647 pages long and recommended for serious Setswana learners. *Shuters Compact Setswana Dictionary (Shuter & Shooter) ISBN 0-7960-0639-3 Includes both singular and plural forms of nouns (eg "motho" and "batho") to assist learners. For "South African" Setswana rather than "Botswana" Setswana. 444a0001718090cff0da118bd0f063c139e75424 149 144 2007-05-19T16:15:43Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Bua Setswana Course== This course is aimed at beginners who want to learn to speak Setswana. The course aims to help students achieve a basic mastery of Setswana to allow them to communicate their basic needs and serve as a foundation on which to build their language skills. The course is based on information from Nthati Phetlhu (Gaborone, Botswana) Before starting, students should refer to the notes on [[Pronunciation]] It is strongly recommended that the student learns by speaking with Batswana speakers at the earliest opportunity. ==Lessons== #[[greetings]], useful phrases #[[introducing yourself]] #[[verbs - present tense]] including verbs "to have" and "to be" #[[location]] including nouns ending in –ng #[[simple sentences and linking words]] #[[noun classes]] #[[verbs - past tense]] #[[times of day]] #[[verb objects and conjunctives]] (joining words) #[[possessives]] #[[verbs - future tense]] #[[verbs - past continuous tense]] #[[numbers]] , days of the week #[[human body]] , tribes #[[adjectives]] #[[comparatives]] #[[shopping]] #[[adverbs]] #[[relative construct]] #[[kinship terms]] #[[demonstratives]] #[[imperatives]] #[[getting around]] #[[climate]] ==Reference/Revision Material== *[[Noun class summary table]] *[[Verb tenses summary]] *[[work related vocabulary]] ==External Teaching Material== *Booklet "First Steps in Spoken Setswana" published by Pula Press 1978 *CD "Learn Setswana" from [http://www.eurotalk.com Eurotalk] This is really just a lot of vocabulary much of which has little relevance to life in Botswana. However you can at least listen to Setswana speakers pronouncing the words. ==Dictionaries== *Setswana-English-Setswana Dictionary (Macmillan Botswana) ISBN 99912-77-77-3 Compiled by Z I Matumo in 1993, based on previous dictionaries by Missionaires. The dictionary is 647 pages long and recommended for serious Setswana learners. *Shuters Compact Setswana Dictionary (Shuter & Shooter) ISBN 0-7960-0639-3 Includes both singular and plural forms of nouns (eg "motho" and "batho") to assist learners. For "South African" Setswana rather than "Botswana" Setswana. 7084f739224a5add1a73c576d1f65739664b5cd0 0 45 128 2007-05-16T19:30:40Z Jacob 2 New page: === Times=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | kgantele || a few moments/hours ago |- | gompieno || today |- | maabane || yest... wikitext text/x-wiki === Times=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | kgantele || a few moments/hours ago |- | gompieno || today |- | maabane || yesterday |- | kamoso || tomorrow |- | maloba || a few days/weeks/months ago |- | maloba a maabane || day before yesterday |- | beke e || this week |- | beke || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- |} === Times of day=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | phakela / mo mosong || morning |- | motshegare || day time |- | tshokologo || afternoon |- | maitseboa || evening |- | bosigo || night |} 138b78b8bc2890490d836ae69784c11762694cea 129 128 2007-05-16T19:35:25Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki === Times=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | kgantele || a few moments/hours ago |- | gompieno || today |- | maabane || yesterday |- | kamoso || tomorrow |- | maloba || a few days/weeks/months ago |- | maloba a maabane || day before yesterday |- | beke e || this week |- | beke e e tlang || the week which is coming |- | beke e e fetileng || the week which is past |- | kgwedi || month |- | ngwaga || year |- | paka e selemo || summer |- | paka e mariga || winter |- | paka e letlhatula || harvest time |} === Times of day=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | phakela / mo mosong || morning |- | motshegare || day time |- | tshokologo || afternoon |- | maitseboa || evening |- | bosigo || night |} 34dce670a86c23a30776dcd95ea4a933a0d6122f 130 129 2007-05-16T19:39:31Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki === Times=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | kgantele || a few moments/hours ago |- | gompieno || today |- | maabane || yesterday |- | kamoso || tomorrow |- | maloba || a few days/weeks/months ago |- | maloba a maabane || day before yesterday |- | beke e || this week |- | beke e e tlang || the week which is coming |- | beke e e fetileng || the week which is past |- | kgwedi || month |- | ngwaga || year |- | paka e selemo || summer |- | paka e mariga || winter |- | paka e letlhatula || harvest time |} === Times of day=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | phakela / mo mosong || morning |- | motshegare || day time |- | tshokologo || afternoon |- | maitseboa || evening |- | bosigo || night |} === Examples=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |} c3480926d1e594e4e7b1a5b2735373f7088f1aa7 146 130 2007-05-19T16:11:17Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki nako mang? = what time? === Times=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | kgantele || a few moments/hours ago |- | gompieno || today |- | maabane || yesterday |- | kamoso || tomorrow |- | maloba || a few days/weeks/months ago |- | maloba a maabane || day before yesterday |- | beke e || this week |- | beke e e tlang || the week which is coming |- | beke e e fetileng || the week which is past |- | kgwedi || month |- | ngwaga || year |- | paka e selemo || summer |- | paka e mariga || winter |- | paka e letlhatula || harvest time |} === Times of day=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | phakela / mo mosong || morning |- | motshegare || day time |- | tshokologo || afternoon |- | maitseboa || evening |- | bosigo || night |} === Examples=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |} 5ae2025c32e8adb84d13b3d6c2a49b93e59f46ec 147 146 2007-05-19T16:13:50Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki nako mang? = what time? === Times=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | kgantele || a few moments/hours ago |- | gompieno || today |- | maabane || yesterday |- | kamoso || tomorrow |- | maloba || a few days/weeks/months ago |- | maloba a maabane || day before yesterday |- | beke e || this week |- | beke e e tlang || the week which is coming |- | beke e e fetileng || the week which is past |- | kgwedi || month |- | ngwaga || year |- | paka e selemo || summer |- | paka e mariga || winter |- | paka e letlhatula || harvest time |} === Times of day=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | phakela / mo mosong || morning |- | motshegare || day time |- | tshokologo || afternoon |- | maitseboa || evening |- | bosigo || night |} === Telling the Time=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke robetse ka 11 maabane bosigo || I slept at 11 o'clock yesterday night |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |} === Examples=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |} 7287d924e37557af24ffc63ce093e4249f6febad 0 46 131 2007-05-16T20:01:33Z Jacob 2 New page: The future tense is formed by using marker "tlaa" (to come) before the verb as follows === Future tense (positive)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cell... wikitext text/x-wiki The future tense is formed by using marker "tlaa" (to come) before the verb as follows === Future tense (positive)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke tlaa reka || I will @@ |- | ba tlaa opela || x |- | o tlaa bua || she will speak |} === Future tense (negative)=== There are two negative forms in the future tense which can be used interchangably<br> -ga ke na go<br> where "ke" is the subject marker {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke tlaa reka || ga ke na go reka || x |- | o tlaa bua || ga o na go bua || x |- | o tlaa opela || ga a na go opela || he/she |} in the second form the end of the verb changes to -e <br> -ga ke nke ke <br> where "ke" is the subject marker {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke tlaa reka || ga ke nke ke reke || I |- | o tlaa bua || ga o nke o bue || you |- | o tlaa opela || ga a nke a opele || he/she |} 55b7ce01cd542f998cf3d8a6c53d8ca61b44ffcc 132 131 2007-05-16T20:11:33Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki The future tense is formed by using marker "tlaa" (to come) before the verb as follows === Future tense (positive)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke tlaa reka || I will @@ |- | ba tlaa opela || x |- | o tlaa bua || she will speak |} === Future tense (negative)=== There are two negative forms in the future tense which can be used interchangably<br> -ga ke na go<br> where "ke" is the subject marker {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke tlaa reka || ga ke na go reka || x |- | o tlaa bua || ga o na go bua || x |- | o tlaa opela || ga a na go opela || he/she |} in the second form the end of the verb changes to -e <br> -ga ke nke ke <br> where "ke" is the subject marker {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke tlaa reka || ga ke nke ke reke || I |- | o tlaa bua || ga o nke o bue || you |- | o tlaa opela || ga a nke a opele || he/she |} === Future continuous tense === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke tlaa bo ke ruta || I will be teaching |- | re tlaa bo re le mo tlelaseng ka 8.30 || we will be in class at 8.30 |} a78cad9a1b7d2b5bc1dd5d19cacf6ac5b04bfc84 0 47 133 2007-05-17T18:42:20Z Jacob 2 New page: The past continuous tense is used for an action which was in progress at a point in the past. For example "he was going to Gauteng". In Setswana, this is formed by using an "auxiliary verb... wikitext text/x-wiki The past continuous tense is used for an action which was in progress at a point in the past. For example "he was going to Gauteng". In Setswana, this is formed by using an "auxiliary verb" (ne). Both the verb ne and the original verb take the object marker. === Past Continuous positive=== - ke ne ke ithuta Setswana = I was learning Setswana - o ne o ithuta Setswana = you were learning Setswana - o ne a ithuta Setswana = she was learning Setswana {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke ne ke nna kwa Kanye ngwaga e e fetileng || I was staying in Kanye last year |- | o ne o tshameka sentle thata || you were playing very well |- | Mosidi o ne a opela monate || Mosidi was singing nicely |- | re ne re ithuta go bala le go kwala || we were learning (how) to read and write |- | Bo-rra, a lo ne lo bua kaga dikgomo ? || Gentlemen, were you talking about cattle ? |- | Dikgomo di ne di nwa metsi kwa sedibeng || @@@ |- | Dipodi di ne di fula kwa thabeng || the goats were grazing at the mountain |} a779c737de8c2493d05238ed4245431f14a7e03a 134 133 2007-05-17T18:50:26Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki The past continuous tense is used for an action which was in progress at a point in the past. For example "he was going to Gauteng". In Setswana, this is formed by using an "auxiliary verb" (ne). Both the verb ne and the original verb take the object marker. === Past Continuous positive=== * ke ne ke ithuta Setswana = I was learning Setswana * o ne o ithuta Setswana = you were learning Setswana * o ne a ithuta Setswana = she was learning Setswana {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke ne ke nna kwa Kanye ngwaga e e fetileng || I was staying in Kanye last year |- | o ne o tshameka sentle thata || you were playing very well |- | Mosidi o ne a opela monate || Mosidi was singing nicely |- | re ne re ithuta go bala le go kwala || we were learning (how) to read and write |- | Bo-rra, a lo ne lo bua kaga dikgomo ? || Gentlemen, were you talking about cattle ? |- | Dikgomo di ne di nwa metsi kwa sedibeng || @@@ |- | Dipodi di ne di fula kwa thabeng || the goats were grazing at the mountain |} === Past Continuous negative=== An additional "sa" is placed just before the verb to make it negative, and the end of the verb is changed to -e * ke ne ke sa ithute Setswana = I wasn't learning Setswana * o ne o sa ithute Setswana = you weren't learning Setswana * o ne a sa ithute Setswana = she wasn't learning Setswana {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke ne ke sa nne kwa Kanye ngwaga e e fetileng || I wasn't staying in Kanye last year |- | o ne o sa tshameke sentle thata || you weren't playing very well |- | Mosidi o ne a sa opele monate || Mosidi wasn't singing nicely |- | re ne re sa ithute go bala le go kwala || we weren't learning (how) to read and write |- | Bo-rra, a lo ne lo sa bue kaga dikgomo ? || Gentlemen, weren't you talking about cattle ? |- | Dikgomo di ne di sa nwe metsi kwa sedibeng || @@@ |- | Dipodi di ne di sa fule kwa thabeng || the goats weren't grazing at the mountain |} 50b1abcda9252c6ac80ec78f3978ef2db5406023 135 134 2007-05-17T19:04:57Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki The past continuous tense is used for an action which was in progress at a point in the past. For example "he was going to Gauteng". In Setswana, this is formed by using an "auxiliary verb" (ne). Both the verb ne and the original verb take the object marker. === Past Continuous positive=== * ke ne ke ithuta Setswana = I was learning Setswana * o ne o ithuta Setswana = you were learning Setswana * o ne a ithuta Setswana = she was learning Setswana {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke ne ke nna kwa Kanye ngwaga e e fetileng || I was staying in Kanye last year |- | o ne o tshameka sentle thata || you were playing very well |- | Mosidi o ne a opela monate || Mosidi was singing nicely |- | re ne re ithuta go bala le go kwala || we were learning (how) to read and write |- | Bo-rra, a lo ne lo bua kaga dikgomo ? || Gentlemen, were you talking about cattle ? |- | Dikgomo di ne di nwa metsi kwa sedibeng || @@@ |- | Dipodi di ne di fula kwa thabeng || the goats were grazing at the mountain |} === Past Continuous negative=== An additional "sa" is placed just before the verb to make it negative, and the end of the verb is changed to -e * ke ne ke sa ithute Setswana = I wasn't learning Setswana * o ne o sa ithute Setswana = you weren't learning Setswana * o ne a sa ithute Setswana = she wasn't learning Setswana {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke ne ke sa nne kwa Kanye ngwaga e e fetileng || I wasn't staying in Kanye last year |- | o ne o sa tshameke sentle thata || you weren't playing very well |- | Mosidi o ne a sa opele monate || Mosidi wasn't singing nicely |- | re ne re sa ithute go bala le go kwala || we weren't learning (how) to read and write |- | Bo-rra, a lo ne lo sa bue kaga dikgomo ? || Gentlemen, weren't you talking about cattle ? |- | Dikgomo di ne di sa nwe metsi kwa sedibeng || @@@ |- | Dipodi di ne di sa fule kwa thabeng || the goats weren't grazing at the mountain |} === Past Continuous of "to be" (Copulative)=== This is formed using "le" for the verb in the positive * ke ne ke le kgosi = I was a chief * o ne o le kgosi = you were a chief In the negative, "se" is used * ke ne ke se kgosi = I wasn't a chief * o ne o se kgosi = you weren't a chief {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke ne ke le kgosi ngwaga e e fetileng || I was the chief last year |- | ke ne ke se kgosi ngwaga e e fetileng || I wasn't the chief last year |- | go ne go le tsidi maabane || it was cold yesterday |- | go ne go se tsidi maabane || it wasn't cold yesterday |} aced81b214c32759a38ebc160aea5102e74b3777 136 135 2007-05-17T19:11:49Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki The past continuous tense is used for an action which was in progress at a point in the past. For example "he was going to Gauteng". In Setswana, this is formed by using an "auxiliary verb" (ne). Both the verb ne and the original verb take the object marker. === Past Continuous positive=== * ke ne ke ithuta Setswana = I was learning Setswana * o ne o ithuta Setswana = you were learning Setswana * o ne a ithuta Setswana = she was learning Setswana {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke ne ke nna kwa Kanye ngwaga e e fetileng || I was staying in Kanye last year |- | o ne o tshameka sentle thata || you were playing very well |- | Mosidi o ne a opela monate || Mosidi was singing nicely |- | re ne re ithuta go bala le go kwala || we were learning (how) to read and write |- | Bo-rra, a lo ne lo bua kaga dikgomo ? || Gentlemen, were you talking about cattle ? |- | Dikgomo di ne di nwa metsi kwa sedibeng || @@@ |- | Dipodi di ne di fula kwa thabeng || the goats were grazing at the mountain |} === Past Continuous negative=== An additional "sa" is placed just before the verb to make it negative, and the end of the verb is changed to -e * ke ne ke sa ithute Setswana = I wasn't learning Setswana * o ne o sa ithute Setswana = you weren't learning Setswana * o ne a sa ithute Setswana = she wasn't learning Setswana {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke ne ke sa nne kwa Kanye ngwaga e e fetileng || I wasn't staying in Kanye last year |- | o ne o sa tshameke sentle thata || you weren't playing very well |- | Mosidi o ne a sa opele monate || Mosidi wasn't singing nicely |- | re ne re sa ithute go bala le go kwala || we weren't learning (how) to read and write |- | Bo-rra, a lo ne lo sa bue kaga dikgomo ? || Gentlemen, weren't you talking about cattle ? |- | Dikgomo di ne di sa nwe metsi kwa sedibeng || @@@ |- | Dipodi di ne di sa fule kwa thabeng || the goats weren't grazing at the mountain |} === Past Continuous of "to be" (Copulative)=== This is formed using "le" for the verb in the positive * ke ne ke le kgosi = I was a chief * o ne o le kgosi = you were a chief In the negative, "se" is used * ke ne ke se kgosi = I wasn't a chief * o ne o se kgosi = you weren't a chief {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke ne ke le kgosi ngwaga e e fetileng || I was the chief last year |- | ke ne ke se kgosi ngwaga e e fetileng || I wasn't the chief last year |- | go ne go le tsidi maabane || it was cold yesterday |- | go ne go se tsidi maabane || it wasn't cold yesterday |} ===Exercise=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | gompieno ka 7.10 ke ne ke le mo tseleng go tla B.O.C || x |- | ke na ke le mokima ngwaga e e fetileng || x |- | Tumelo o ne a le kae maabane maitseboa ? || x |- | O ne a le kwa Mike's Kitchen || x |- | A go ne go le monate kwa Bull and Bush ? || x |- | Ee, go ne go le monate thata || x |- | A go ne go le Labotlhano maabane ? || x |- | Nnyaa, go ne go se Labotlhano || x |- | ke ne ke le nosi mo sekolong maabane || x |- | ke ne ke le nosi fa ke simolola ga apaya || x |} 7ebe7f2f110b55b6375a8b778ad9f29b64264b54 0 48 139 2007-05-17T19:42:53Z Jacob 2 New page: === Numbers=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | 1 || -ngwe || first || ntlha |- | 2 || -bedi || second || bobedi |- | 3 || -rar... wikitext text/x-wiki === Numbers=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | 1 || -ngwe || first || ntlha |- | 2 || -bedi || second || bobedi |- | 3 || -raro || third || boraro |- | 4 || -nne || fourth || bone |- | 5 || -tlhano || fifth || botlhano |- | 6 || -rataro || sixth || borataro |- | 7 || -supa || seventh || bosupa |- | 8 || -robabobedi || eighth || borobabobedi |- | 9 || -robabongwe || ninth || borababongwe |- | 10 || -some || tenth || bosome/bolesome |- | x || x || x || x |- | x || x || x || x |- | many || ntsi || - || - |} c8932453c7d8ba6cf4d2fa56cd798106048c507c 140 139 2007-05-17T19:57:45Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki === Numbers=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | 1 || -ngwe || first || ntlha |- | 2 || -bedi || second || bobedi |- | 3 || -raro || third || boraro |- | 4 || -nne || fourth || bone |- | 5 || -tlhano || fifth || botlhano |- | 6 || -rataro || sixth || borataro |- | 7 || -supa || seventh || bosupa |- | 8 || -robabobedi || eighth || borobabobedi |- | 9 || -robabongwe || ninth || borababongwe |- | 10 || -some/-lesome || tenth || bosome/bolesome |- | 15 || lesome le botlhano || - || - |- | 20 || masome a mabedi || - || - |- | many || ntsi || - || - |} === Examples=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | bana ba le bararo || 3 children |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |} === Days of the Week=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | letsatsi la bongwe || Mantaga || Monday |- | letsatsi la bobedi || Labobedi || Tuesday |- | letsatsi la boraro || Laboraro || Wednesday |- | letsatsi la bone || Labone || Thursday |- | letsatsi la botlhano || Labotlhano || Friday |- | letsatsi la borataro || Sateretaga / Matlhatso || Saturday |- | letsatsi la bosupa || Sontaga / Tshipi || Sunday |} 8df7d95ff59d056c25851022e6d3e5aa102e1ea4 141 140 2007-05-17T20:10:11Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Numbers are often spoken in English, particularly for larger numbers. === Numbers=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | 1 || -ngwe || first || ntlha |- | 2 || -bedi || second || bobedi |- | 3 || -raro || third || boraro |- | 4 || -nne || fourth || bone |- | 5 || -tlhano || fifth || botlhano |- | 6 || -rataro || sixth || borataro |- | 7 || -supa || seventh || bosupa |- | 8 || -robabobedi || eighth || borobabobedi |- | 9 || -robabongwe || ninth || borababongwe |- | 10 || -some/-lesome || tenth || bosome/bolesome |- | 15 || lesome le botlhano || - || - |- | 20 || masome a mabedi || - || - |- | many || ntsi || - || - |} === Examples=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | bana ba le bararo || 3 children |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |} === Time=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke robetse ka 11 maabane bosigo || I slept at 11 o'clock yesterday night |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |} === Days of the Week=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | letsatsi la bongwe || Mantaga || Monday |- | letsatsi la bobedi || Labobedi || Tuesday |- | letsatsi la boraro || Laboraro || Wednesday |- | letsatsi la bone || Labone || Thursday |- | letsatsi la botlhano || Labotlhano || Friday |- | letsatsi la borataro || Sateretaga / Matlhatso || Saturday |- | letsatsi la bosupa || Sontaga / Tshipi || Sunday |} 801b04b09338fbf353431704ec9db18700c10936 148 141 2007-05-19T16:14:17Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Numbers are often spoken in English, particularly for larger numbers. === Numbers=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | 1 || -ngwe || first || ntlha |- | 2 || -bedi || second || bobedi |- | 3 || -raro || third || boraro |- | 4 || -nne || fourth || bone |- | 5 || -tlhano || fifth || botlhano |- | 6 || -rataro || sixth || borataro |- | 7 || -supa || seventh || bosupa |- | 8 || -robabobedi || eighth || borobabobedi |- | 9 || -robabongwe || ninth || borababongwe |- | 10 || -some/-lesome || tenth || bosome/bolesome |- | 15 || lesome le botlhano || - || - |- | 20 || masome a mabedi || - || - |- | many || ntsi || - || - |} === Examples=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | bana ba le bararo || 3 children |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |} === Days of the Week=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | letsatsi la bongwe || Mantaga || Monday |- | letsatsi la bobedi || Labobedi || Tuesday |- | letsatsi la boraro || Laboraro || Wednesday |- | letsatsi la bone || Labone || Thursday |- | letsatsi la botlhano || Labotlhano || Friday |- | letsatsi la borataro || Sateretaga / Matlhatso || Saturday |- | letsatsi la bosupa || Sontaga / Tshipi || Sunday |} bb014dec0a8031e75354e0e1d986d6c2a7f57098 0 49 142 2007-05-17T20:21:05Z Jacob 2 New page: *[[verbs - present tense]] *[[verbs - past tense]] *[[verbs - future tense]] *[[verbs - past continuous tense]] *[[verb objects and conjunctives]] wikitext text/x-wiki *[[verbs - present tense]] *[[verbs - past tense]] *[[verbs - future tense]] *[[verbs - past continuous tense]] *[[verb objects and conjunctives]] 69b17c89d5fe97fe73b76ce81e70c09196ad5e39 0 50 143 2007-05-17T20:26:22Z Jacob 2 New page: Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). ===Basic Subject Markers=== We have already seen th... wikitext text/x-wiki Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). ===Basic Subject Markers=== We have already seen the subject markers {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || I (1st person) |- | o || you (2nd person) |- | o* || he/she (3rd person) |- | re || we |- | le** || you (plural) |- | ba || them |} .*in the negative, this becomes "a"<br> .**in some dialects, marker "lo" is used instead of "le"<br> These are the subject markers for people, there are many other markers for nouns which belong to other classes - see later in [[noun classes]] ===Present Tense (Short Form)=== In this form, the present tense is simply made by adding the subject marker and the verb. However, this can only be used when there is a word following the verb (otherwise you use the "long form" see below) {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke bidiwa Paul || I am called Paul |- | o bidiwa Ntathi || she is called Ntathi (or you are called Ntathi) |- | monna o ja apole || the man (he) is eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || we are learning Setswana |- | ke bao ko lelapeng || I am returning home |} ===Present Tense (long form)=== If there are no words following the verb, then an extra "a" marker must be added before the verb (called the "long form marker") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | re a ithuta || we are learning |- | basadi ba a ja || the women (they) are eating |- | ke a kwala || I am writing |- | ke a bao jaanong || I am returning now * |} .* the verb still takes the long form even though followed by "jaanong". More strictly the long form applies if the verb is "questionable" (eg "I am returning now" is questionable - where are you returning? but "I am returning home" is not) ===Present Tense (negative)=== To form the negative, the negative article "ga" comes before the subject marker, and the end of the verb changes from "a" to "e". The long form marker "a" disappears. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monna o ja apole || monna ga a je apole* || the man (he) is not eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || ga re ithuthe Setswana || we are not learning Setswana |- | re a ithuta || ga re ithute || we are not learning |- | basadi ba a ja || basadi ga ba je || the women (they) are not eating |- | ke a kwala || ga ke kwale || I am not writing |} .* Note "o" subject marker changes to "a" in negative form ===Verb "to be"=== There is no direct equivalent of the verb "to be" in Setswana. The marker "ke" is used to express identity, but in other situations the normal subject marker is used. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ke moruti || Jane is a teacher |- | Jane o montle || Jane is beautiful |} This will become clearer with use ===Negative of verb "to be"=== The marker "se" is used as the negative of "ke" {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ga se moruti || Jane is not a teacher |- | Jane ga o montle || Jane is not beautiful |} ===Verb "to have"=== The words "na le" are used for possession, and also for association (think of it as being "to be with") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || I have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane has children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary is with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || There are people in the office (literally "to be with people in the office") |} "Go" is the subject marker for infinitives (see later in [[noun classes]]) ===Negative of "to have"=== In the negative form as well as adding the negative article "ga", the "le" dissapears {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || ga ke na koloi || I don't have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane ga a na bana || Jane hasn't any children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary ga a na Pitso || Mary isn't with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || Ga go na batho mo ofising || There aren't any people in the office |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | bereka || work |- | rata || like/love |- | ithuta || learn |- | tshwara || catch |- | thusa || help |- | bina || dance |- | opela || sing |- | nwa || drink |- | taga || intoxicate |- | utswa || steal |- | batla || want/need |- | sia || run away |- | bela || boil/brew |- | tsoga || wake up |- | tlhola || spend the day |- | robala || sleep |- | sala || stay |} ===Vocabulary - Nouns === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mosadi || basadi || woman |- | mosetsana || basetsana || girl |- | motswana || batswana || Botswana national |- | moithuti || baithuti || trainees/learners |- | lepodisi || x || police officer |- | x || masole || soldier |- | sefofu || x || blind person |- | x || digole || disabled person |- | kgomo || x || cow |- | lonao || x || foot |- | bojalwa || x || beer/alcoholic beverage |- | mabele || x || sorghum |- | setswana || x || language of Batswana |- | legodu || x || thief |- | metsi || x || water |- | madi || x || money/blood |} 92a80f7b0342b06403607a5a35ec24d96158c036 0 51 150 2007-05-20T19:32:05Z Jacob 2 New page: Aim - use adjectives to describe things - the TALL man, the NEW car ===Soft Adjectives=== When using these adjectives, add the subject prefix to the start of the adjective. *-ntle (beauti... wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - use adjectives to describe things - the TALL man, the NEW car ===Soft Adjectives=== When using these adjectives, add the subject prefix to the start of the adjective. *-ntle (beautiful) mosadi montle, basadi bantle, le@@ lentle, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | -ntle || beautiful |- | -tona || big |- | -kima || fat |- | -sesane || slim |- | -nnye || small/young/little |- | -leele || long/tall |- | -khutshwane || short |- | -ntsi || many/plenty |- | -sweu || white |- | -ntsho || black |- | -tala || blue/green |- | -hibidu || red |} ===Strong/Hard Adjectives=== These adjectives stay the same whatever the noun is. *monate (nice/enjoyable) @@@ monate, ba@@ monate, le@@ monate, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monate || nice/enjoyable/tasty |- | maswe || ugly/bad |- | turu || expensive |- | chipi || cheap |- | thata || hard/strong/very much |- | motlhofo || weak/lightweight/simple |- | leswe || dirty |- | sekono || clean |- | bokete || hard/heavy |} 7bfc5bd8f394ae7468e9a367847358e203ca02f9 151 150 2007-05-20T20:04:39Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - use adjectives to describe things - the TALL man, the NEW car ===Soft Adjectives=== When using these adjectives, add the subject prefix to the start of the adjective. *-ntle (beautiful) mosadi montle, basadi bantle, le@@ lentle, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | -ntle || beautiful |- | -tona || big |- | -kima || fat |- | -sesane || slim |- | -nnye || small/young/little |- | -leele || long/tall |- | -khutshwane || short |- | -ntsi || many/plenty |- | -sweu || white |- | -ntsho || black |- | -tala || blue/green |- | -hibidu || red |} ===Strong/Hard Adjectives=== These adjectives stay the same whatever the noun is. *monate (nice/enjoyable) @@@ monate, ba@@ monate, le@@ monate, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monate || nice/enjoyable/tasty |- | maswe || ugly/bad |- | turu || expensive |- | chipi || cheap |- | thata || hard/strong/very much |- | motlhofo || weak/lightweight/simple |- | leswe || dirty |- | sekono || clean |- | bokete || hard/heavy |} ===Use in simple sentences=== *nna ke montle - I am beautiful *mosadi o montle - the woman is beautiful *Batswana ba bantsi mo Botswana - Batswana are many in Botswana *Batswana ga ba bantsi mo UK - Batswana are few (not many) in the UK *mosese o mohibidu - the dress is red (or "the red dress" see below) ===More complex sentences=== using the adjective in normal sentences requires use of the "adjectival concord", related to the [[relative]] construction see later. *mosadi yo montle o bidiwa Sara - the beautiful woman is called Sarah<br> here "yo" is the adjectival concord for noun mosadi @@examples 03d9143a67acd5fc2bc1a9e25516f2c9aaf9a238 153 151 2007-05-21T17:49:23Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - use adjectives to describe things - the TALL man, the NEW car ===Soft Adjectives=== When using these adjectives, add the subject prefix to the start of the adjective. *-ntle (beautiful) mosadi montle, basadi bantle, le@@ lentle, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | -ntle || beautiful |- | -tona || big |- | -kima || fat |- | -sesane || slim |- | -nnye || small/young/little |- | -leele || long/tall |- | -khutshwane || short |- | -ntsi || many/plenty |- | -sweu || white |- | -ntsho || black |- | -tala || blue/green |- | -hibidu || red |} ===Strong/Hard Adjectives=== These adjectives stay the same whatever the noun is. *monate (nice/enjoyable) @@@ monate, ba@@ monate, le@@ monate, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monate || nice/enjoyable/tasty |- | maswe || ugly/bad |- | turu || expensive |- | chipi || cheap |- | thata || hard/strong/very much |- | motlhofo || weak/lightweight/simple |- | leswe || dirty |- | sekono || clean |- | bokete || hard/heavy |} ===Use in simple sentences=== *nna ke montle - I am beautiful *mosadi o montle - the woman is beautiful *Batswana ba bantsi mo Botswana - Batswana are many in Botswana *Batswana ga ba bantsi mo UK - Batswana are few (not many) in the UK *mosese o mohibidu - the dress is red (or "the red dress" see below) ===More complex sentences=== using the adjective in normal sentences requires use of the "adjectival concord", related to the [[relative]] construction see later. *mosadi yo montle o bidiwa Sara - the beautiful woman is called Sarah<br> here "yo" is the adjectival concord for noun mosadi === Adjectival Concords === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | - || Example || Subject marker || Adjectival Concord |- | Class 1 || Mosadi || o || yo |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o || o |- | Class 4 || mesese || e || e |- | Class 5 || legodu || le || le |- | Class 6 || makgowa || a || a |- | Class 7 || Setswana || se || se |- | Class 8 || dimumu || di || tse |- | Class 9 || koloi || e || e |- | Class 10 || diphologolo || di || tse |- | Class 11 || lorole || lo || lo |- | Class 12 || dikgong || di || tse |- | Class 14 || borotha || bo || bo |} @@examples 6d309fb67e89a2566787581a5470a275b128a05a 154 153 2007-05-21T18:29:31Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - use adjectives to describe things - the TALL man, the NEW car ===Soft Adjectives=== When using these adjectives, add the subject prefix to the start of the adjective. *-ntle (beautiful) mosadi montle, basadi bantle, le@@ lentle, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | -ntle || beautiful |- | -tona || big |- | -kima || fat |- | -sesane || slim |- | -nnye || small/young/little |- | -leele || long/tall |- | -khutshwane || short |- | -ntsi || many/plenty |- | -sweu || white |- | -ntsho || black |- | -tala || blue/green |- | -hibidu || red |} ===Strong/Hard Adjectives=== These adjectives stay the same whatever the noun is. *monate (nice/enjoyable) @@@ monate, ba@@ monate, le@@ monate, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monate || nice/enjoyable/tasty |- | maswe || ugly/bad |- | turu || expensive |- | chipi || cheap |- | thata || hard/strong/very much |- | motlhofo || weak/lightweight/simple |- | leswe || dirty |- | sekono || clean |- | bokete || hard/heavy |} ===Use in simple sentences=== *nna ke montle - I am beautiful *mosadi o montle - the woman is beautiful *Batswana ba bantsi mo Botswana - Batswana are many in Botswana *Batswana ga ba bantsi mo UK - Batswana are few (not many) in the UK *mosese o mohibidu - the dress is red (or "the red dress" see below) ===More complex sentences=== using the adjective in normal sentences requires use of the "adjectival concord", related to the [[relative]] construction see later. *mosadi yo montle o bidiwa Sara - the beautiful woman is called Sarah<br> here "yo" is the adjectival concord for noun mosadi === Adjectival Concords === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class || Example || Adjectival Concord || Soft Adjective || Subject Marker |- | Class 1 || Mosadi || yo || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba || ba-ntle || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 4 || mesese || e || me-ntle || e |- | Class 5 || legodu || le || le-ntle || le |- | Class 6 || makgowa || a || ma-ntle || a |- | Class 7 || Setswana || se || se-ntle || se |- | Class 8 || dimumu || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 9 || koloi || e || ntle || e |- | Class 10 || diphologolo || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 11 || lorole || lo || lo-ntle || lo |- | Class 12 || dikgong || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 14 || borotha || bo || bo-ntle || bo |- | Class 15 || go ithuta || go || go-ntle || go |} @@examples ecbb9ebcea0bcab552aca66c1e5cb3b616b8207f 155 154 2007-05-21T18:37:35Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - use adjectives to describe things - the TALL man, the NEW car ===Soft Adjectives=== When using these adjectives, add the subject prefix to the start of the adjective. *-ntle (beautiful) mosadi montle, basadi bantle, le@@ lentle, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | -ntle || beautiful |- | -tona || big |- | -kima || fat |- | -sesane || slim |- | -nnye || small/young/little |- | -leele || long/tall |- | -khutshwane || short |- | -ntsi || many/plenty |- | -sweu || white |- | -ntsho || black |- | -tala || blue/green |- | -hibidu || red |} ===Strong/Hard Adjectives=== These adjectives stay the same whatever the noun is. *monate (nice/enjoyable) @@@ monate, ba@@ monate, le@@ monate, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monate || nice/enjoyable/tasty |- | maswe || ugly/bad |- | turu || expensive |- | chipi || cheap |- | thata || hard/strong/very much |- | motlhofo || weak/lightweight/simple |- | leswe || dirty |- | sekono || clean |- | bokete || hard/heavy |} ===Use in simple sentences=== *nna ke montle - I am beautiful *mosadi o montle - the woman is beautiful *Batswana ba bantsi mo Botswana - Batswana are many in Botswana *Batswana ga ba bantsi mo UK - Batswana are few (not many) in the UK *mosese o mohibidu - the dress is red (or "the red dress" see below) ===More complex sentences=== using the adjective in normal sentences requires use of the "adjectival concord", related to the [[relative]] construction see later. *mosadi yo montle o bidiwa Sara - the beautiful woman is called Sarah<br> here "yo" is the adjectival concord for noun mosadi === Adjectival Concords === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class || Example || Adjectival Concord || Soft Adjective || Subject Marker |- | Class 1 || Mosadi || yo || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba || ba-ntle || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 4 || mesese || e || me-ntle || e |- | Class 5 || legodu || le || le-ntle || le |- | Class 6 || makgowa || a || ma-ntle || a |- | Class 7 || Setswana || se || se-ntle || se |- | Class 8 || dimumu || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 9 || koloi || e || ntle || e |- | Class 10 || diphologolo || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 11 || lorole || lo || lo-ntle || lo |- | Class 12 || dikgong || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 14 || borotha || bo || bo-ntle || bo |- | Class 15 || go ithuta || go || go-ntle || go |} Note the adjectival concord is the same as the subject prefix except for class 1 o -> yo and subject prefix di -> tse @@examples f2153cd742f7e84f8d8201be287ad50de7ad0825 156 155 2007-05-21T19:08:15Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - use adjectives to describe things - the TALL man, the NEW car ===Soft Adjectives=== When using these adjectives, add the subject prefix to the start of the adjective. *-ntle (beautiful) mosadi montle, basadi bantle, le@@ lentle, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | -ntle || beautiful |- | -tona || big |- | -kima || fat |- | -sesane || slim |- | -nnye || small/young/little |- | -leele || long/tall |- | -khutshwane || short |- | -ntsi || many/plenty |- | -sweu || white |- | -ntsho || black |- | -tala || blue/green |- | -hibidu || red |} ===Strong/Hard Adjectives=== These adjectives stay the same whatever the noun is. *monate (nice/enjoyable) @@@ monate, ba@@ monate, le@@ monate, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monate || nice/enjoyable/tasty |- | maswe || ugly/bad |- | turu || expensive |- | chipi || cheap |- | thata || hard/strong/very much |- | motlhofo || weak/lightweight/simple |- | leswe || dirty |- | sekono || clean |- | bokete || hard/heavy |} ===Use in simple sentences=== *nna ke montle - I am beautiful *mosadi o montle - the woman is beautiful *Batswana ba bantsi mo Botswana - Batswana are many in Botswana *Batswana ga ba bantsi mo UK - Batswana are few (not many) in the UK *mosese o mohibidu - the dress is red (or "the red dress" see below) ===More complex sentences=== using the adjective in normal sentences requires use of the "adjectival concord", related to the [[relative]] construction see later. *mosadi yo montle o bidiwa Sara - the beautiful woman is called Sarah<br> here "yo" is the adjectival concord for noun mosadi === Adjectival Concords === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class || Example || Adjectival Concord || Soft Adjective || Subject Marker |- | Class 1 || Mosadi || yo || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba || ba-ntle || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 4 || mesese || e || me-ntle || e |- | Class 5 || legodu || le || le-ntle || le |- | Class 6 || makgowa || a || ma-ntle || a |- | Class 7 || Setswana || se || se-ntle || se |- | Class 8 || dimumu || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 9 || koloi || e || ntle || e |- | Class 10 || diphologolo || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 11 || lorole || lo || lo-ntle || lo |- | Class 12 || dikgong || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 14 || borotha || bo || bo-ntle || bo |- | Class 15 || go ithuta || go || go-ntle || go |} Note the adjectival concord is the same as the subject prefix except for class 1 o -> yo and subject prefix di -> tse ===Comprehension Exercise=== Leina la me ke Sara. Ke fana ka Boardman. Ke twsa kwa California mo Amerika. Ke na le dingwaga di le 23. Batsadi ba me ba nna kwa California. Rre ke ngaka ya meno, mme ene ga a bereke o tlhokomela lelapa. Re bararo, ke na le bo-kgaitsadiake ba babedi, yo motona le yo monnye. Nkgonne o bereka mo restaurenteng, o itse go apaya thata. O tlhola a re apeela pizza, tlhapi le dikheiki. Leina la gagwe ke Paul. O na le dingwaga di le 25. Paul o nyetse. Mosadi wa gagwe o bidiwa Kim. Ba ne le ngwana a le mongwe fela, ke mosetsana. 174eeaa34fc47e19a3b9858216e0a9c2c14c1cf4 157 156 2007-05-21T19:28:51Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - use adjectives to describe things - the TALL man, the NEW car ===Soft Adjectives=== When using these adjectives, add the subject prefix to the start of the adjective. *-ntle (beautiful) mosadi montle, basadi bantle, le@@ lentle, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | -ntle || beautiful |- | -tona || big |- | -kima || fat |- | -sesane || slim |- | -nnye || small/young/little |- | -leele || long/tall |- | -khutshwane || short |- | -ntsi || many/plenty |- | -sweu || white |- | -ntsho || black |- | -tala || blue/green |- | -hibidu || red |} ===Strong/Hard Adjectives=== These adjectives stay the same whatever the noun is. *monate (nice/enjoyable) @@@ monate, ba@@ monate, le@@ monate, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monate || nice/enjoyable/tasty |- | maswe || ugly/bad |- | turu || expensive |- | chipi || cheap |- | thata || hard/strong/very much |- | motlhofo || weak/lightweight/simple |- | leswe || dirty |- | sekono || clean |- | bokete || hard/heavy |} ===Use in simple sentences=== *nna ke montle - I am beautiful *mosadi o montle - the woman is beautiful *Batswana ba bantsi mo Botswana - Batswana are many in Botswana *Batswana ga ba bantsi mo UK - Batswana are few (not many) in the UK *mosese o mohibidu - the dress is red (or "the red dress" see below) ===More complex sentences=== using the adjective in normal sentences requires use of the "adjectival concord", related to the [[relative]] construction see later. *mosadi yo montle o bidiwa Sara - the beautiful woman is called Sarah<br> here "yo" is the adjectival concord for noun mosadi === Adjectival Concords === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class || Example || Adjectival Concord || Soft Adjective || Subject Marker |- | Class 1 || Mosadi || yo || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba || ba-ntle || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 4 || mesese || e || me-ntle || e |- | Class 5 || legodu || le || le-ntle || le |- | Class 6 || makgowa || a || ma-ntle || a |- | Class 7 || Setswana || se || se-ntle || se |- | Class 8 || dimumu || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 9 || koloi || e || ntle || e |- | Class 10 || diphologolo || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 11 || lorole || lo || lo-ntle || lo |- | Class 12 || dikgong || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 14 || borotha || bo || bo-ntle || bo |- | Class 15 || go ithuta || go || go-ntle || go |} Note the adjectival concord is the same as the subject prefix except for class 1 o -> yo and subject prefix di -> tse ===Comprehension Exercise=== Leina la me ke Sara. Ke fana ka Boardman. Ke twsa kwa California mo Amerika. Ke na le dingwaga di le 23. Batsadi ba me ba nna kwa California. Rre ke ngaka ya meno, mme ene ga a bereke o tlhokomela lelapa. Re bararo, ke na le bo-kgaitsadiake ba babedi, yo motona le yo monnye. Nkgonne o bereka mo restaurenteng, o itse go apaya thata. O tlhola a re apeela pizza, tlhapi le dikheiki. Leina la gagwe ke Paul. O na le dingwaga di le 25. Paul o nyetse. Mosadi wa gagwe o bidiwa Kim. Ba ne le ngwana a le mongwe fela, ke mosetsana.<br> Nnake o bidiwa Rob, o na le dingwaga tse 19. O santse a tsena sekolo kwa University ya California. O dira ngwaga wa bobedi.<br> Rotlhe re rata Rob thata ka gore re akanya gore ke mosimane yo monnye, gape o botlhale thata. Ke akanya gore ngwaga e, Rob o tlaa nketela. Fa a tla, re tlaa ya kwa Chobe go bone diphologolo. Kwa Chobe go monate ka gore go na le diphologolo, dinonyane le metsi a mantsi.<br> Nkoko le ntatemogolo ba tlhokafetse. Ke na le rakgadi le malome. Rakgadi o bereka mo shopong. Go a na bana, o nna a le nosi. Fa ke fetsi tiro ya me mono, ke tlaa nna le rakgadi kwa Pensylvania. Malome ene o na le bana ba le babedi. Bo-Ntsalake ba tsena mo High School, ke basetsana botlhe. Ke a ba rata, gape ke eletsa gore le bone ba nketele fa dikolo tsa bone di tswalwa.<br> 26128c560c8c5e3fe7c7dabce561be3d5f437430 158 157 2007-05-21T19:34:18Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - use adjectives to describe things - the TALL man, the NEW car ===Soft Adjectives=== When using these adjectives, add the subject prefix to the start of the adjective. *-ntle (beautiful) mosadi montle, basadi bantle, le@@ lentle, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | -ntle || beautiful |- | -tona || big |- | -kima || fat |- | -sesane || slim |- | -nnye || small/young/little |- | -leele || long/tall |- | -khutshwane || short |- | -ntsi || many/plenty |- | -sweu || white |- | -ntsho || black |- | -tala || blue/green |- | -hibidu || red |} ===Strong/Hard Adjectives=== These adjectives stay the same whatever the noun is. *monate (nice/enjoyable) @@@ monate, ba@@ monate, le@@ monate, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monate || nice/enjoyable/tasty |- | maswe || ugly/bad |- | turu || expensive |- | chipi || cheap |- | thata || hard/strong/very much |- | motlhofo || weak/lightweight/simple |- | leswe || dirty |- | sekono || clean |- | bokete || hard/heavy |} ===Use in simple sentences=== *nna ke montle - I am beautiful *mosadi o montle - the woman is beautiful *Batswana ba bantsi mo Botswana - Batswana are many in Botswana *Batswana ga ba bantsi mo UK - Batswana are few (not many) in the UK *mosese o mohibidu - the dress is red (or "the red dress" see below) ===More complex sentences=== using the adjective in normal sentences requires use of the "adjectival concord", related to the [[relative]] construction see later. *mosadi yo montle o bidiwa Sara - the beautiful woman is called Sarah<br> here "yo" is the adjectival concord for noun mosadi === Adjectival Concords === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class || Example || Adjectival Concord || Soft Adjective || Subject Marker |- | Class 1 || Mosadi || yo || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba || ba-ntle || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 4 || mesese || e || me-ntle || e |- | Class 5 || legodu || le || le-ntle || le |- | Class 6 || makgowa || a || ma-ntle || a |- | Class 7 || Setswana || se || se-ntle || se |- | Class 8 || dimumu || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 9 || koloi || e || ntle || e |- | Class 10 || diphologolo || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 11 || lorole || lo || lo-ntle || lo |- | Class 12 || dikgong || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 14 || borotha || bo || bo-ntle || bo |- | Class 15 || go ithuta || go || go-ntle || go |} Note the adjectival concord is the same as the subject prefix except for class 1 o -> yo and subject prefix di -> tse ===Comprehension Exercise=== Leina la me ke Sara. Ke fana ka Boardman. Ke twsa kwa California mo Amerika. Ke na le dingwaga di le 23. Batsadi ba me ba nna kwa California. Rre ke ngaka ya meno, mme ene ga a bereke o tlhokomela lelapa. Re bararo, ke na le bo-kgaitsadiake ba babedi, yo motona le yo monnye. Nkgonne o bereka mo restaurenteng, o itse go apaya thata. O tlhola a re apeela pizza, tlhapi le dikheiki. Leina la gagwe ke Paul. O na le dingwaga di le 25. Paul o nyetse. Mosadi wa gagwe o bidiwa Kim. Ba ne le ngwana a le mongwe fela, ke mosetsana.<br> Nnake o bidiwa Rob, o na le dingwaga tse 19. O santse a tsena sekolo kwa University ya California. O dira ngwaga wa bobedi.<br> Rotlhe re rata Rob thata ka gore re akanya gore ke mosimane yo monnye, gape o botlhale thata. Ke akanya gore ngwaga e, Rob o tlaa nketela. Fa a tla, re tlaa ya kwa Chobe go bone diphologolo. Kwa Chobe go monate ka gore go na le diphologolo, dinonyane le metsi a mantsi.<br> Nkoko le ntatemogolo ba tlhokafetse. Ke na le rakgadi le malome. Rakgadi o bereka mo shopong. Go a na bana, o nna a le nosi. Fa ke fetsi tiro ya me mono, ke tlaa nna le rakgadi kwa Pensylvania. Malome ene o na le bana ba le babedi. Bo-Ntsalake ba tsena mo High School, ke basetsana botlhe. Ke a ba rata, gape ke eletsa gore le bone ba nketele fa dikolo tsa bone di tswalwa.<br> ''Jaanong araba dipotso tse: (now answer these questions:)'' <br> #Leina la mokwadi ke mang? #Dingwaga tsa gagwe di kae? #O tsaletswe kae? #Rragwe o dira eng? #Leina la mogolowe ke mang? #Rob ke mang? #Rob ke ngwana wa bokae mo lapeng? #Botlhe ba rata Rob ka goreng? #Rob o dira ngwaga wa bokae kwa University? #Kwa Chobe go monate kagoreng? #Sara o ikaelela go dira eng fa a fetsa tiro ya gagwe mono? 3427e75a954843764bad63d95f818423409a16b5 159 158 2007-05-21T19:58:21Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - use adjectives to describe things - the TALL man, the NEW car ===Soft Adjectives=== When using these adjectives, add the subject prefix to the start of the adjective. *-ntle (beautiful) mosadi montle, basadi bantle, le@@ lentle, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | -ntle || beautiful |- | -tona || big |- | -kima || fat |- | -sesane || slim |- | -nnye || small/young/little |- | -leele || long/tall |- | -khutshwane || short |- | -ntsi || many/plenty |- | -sweu || white |- | -ntsho || black |- | -tala || blue/green |- | -hibidu || red |} ===Strong/Hard Adjectives=== These adjectives stay the same whatever the noun is. *monate (nice/enjoyable) @@@ monate, ba@@ monate, le@@ monate, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monate || nice/enjoyable/tasty |- | maswe || ugly/bad |- | turu || expensive |- | chipi || cheap |- | thata || hard/strong/very much |- | motlhofo || weak/lightweight/simple |- | leswe || dirty |- | sekono || clean |- | bokete || hard/heavy |} ===Use in simple sentences=== *nna ke montle - I am beautiful *mosadi o montle - the woman is beautiful *Batswana ba bantsi mo Botswana - Batswana are many in Botswana *Batswana ga ba bantsi mo UK - Batswana are few (not many) in the UK *mosese o mohibidu - the dress is red (or "the red dress" see below) ===More complex sentences=== using the adjective in normal sentences requires use of the "adjectival concord", related to the [[relative]] construction see later. *mosadi yo montle o bidiwa Sara - the beautiful woman is called Sarah<br> here "yo" is the adjectival concord for noun mosadi === Adjectival Concords === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class || Example || Adjectival Concord || Soft Adjective || Subject Marker |- | Class 1 || Mosadi || yo || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba || ba-ntle || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 4 || mesese || e || me-ntle || e |- | Class 5 || legodu || le || le-ntle || le |- | Class 6 || makgowa || a || ma-ntle || a |- | Class 7 || Setswana || se || se-ntle || se |- | Class 8 || dimumu || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 9 || koloi || e || ntle || e |- | Class 10 || diphologolo || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 11 || lorole || lo || lo-ntle || lo |- | Class 12 || dikgong || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 14 || borotha || bo || bo-ntle || bo |- | Class 15 || go ithuta || go || go-ntle || go |} Note the adjectival concord is the same as the subject prefix except for class 1 o -> yo and subject prefix di -> tse ===Comprehension Exercise=== Leina la me ke Sara. Ke fana ka Boardman. Ke tswa kwa California mo Amerika. Ke na le dingwaga di le 23. Batsadi ba me ba nna kwa California. Rre ke ngaka ya meno, mme ene ga a bereke o tlhokomela lelapa. Re bararo, ke na le bo-kgaitsadiake ba babedi, yo motona le yo monnye. Nkgonne o bereka mo restaurenteng, o itse go apaya thata. O tlhola a re apeela pizza, tlhapi le dikheiki. Leina la gagwe ke Paul. O na le dingwaga di le 25. Paul o nyetse. Mosadi wa gagwe o bidiwa Kim. Ba ne le ngwana a le mongwe fela, ke mosetsana.<br> Nnake o bidiwa Rob, o na le dingwaga tse 19. O santse a tsena sekolo kwa University ya California. O dira ngwaga wa bobedi.<br> Rotlhe re rata Rob thata ka gore re akanya gore ke mosimane yo monnye, gape o botlhale thata. Ke akanya gore ngwaga e, Rob o tlaa nketela. Fa a tla, re tlaa ya kwa Chobe go bone diphologolo. Kwa Chobe go monate ka gore go na le diphologolo, dinonyane le metsi a mantsi.<br> Nkoko le ntatemogolo ba tlhokafetse. Ke na le rakgadi le malome. Rakgadi o bereka mo shopong. Go a na bana, o nna a le nosi. Fa ke fetsi tiro ya me mono, ke tlaa nna le rakgadi kwa Pensylvania. Malome ene o na le bana ba le babedi. Bo-Ntsalake ba tsena mo High School, ke basetsana botlhe. Ke a ba rata, gape ke eletsa gore le bone ba nketele fa dikolo tsa bone di tswalwa.<br> ''Jaanong araba dipotso tse: (now answer these questions:)'' <br> #Leina la mokwadi ke mang? #Dingwaga tsa gagwe di kae? #O tsaletswe kae? #Rragwe o dira eng? #Leina la mogolowe ke mang? #Rob ke mang? #Rob ke ngwana wa bokae mo lapeng? #Botlhe ba rata Rob ka goreng? #Rob o dira ngwaga wa bokae kwa University? #Kwa Chobe go monate kagoreng? #Sara o ikaelela go dira eng fa a fetsa tiro ya gagwe mono? fana dingwaga batsadi ngaka ya meno tlhokomela lelapa bararo kgaitsadiake tlhola apeela tlhapi dikheiki nyetse fela santse ngwaga rotlhe akanya gore botlhale nketela diphologolo diononyane mantsi tlhokafetse rakgadi malome a le nosi fetsa botlhe eletsa nketele dikolo tswalwa 5faabcc72ce3b9c9bbaa519d893b5b584686a61e 160 159 2007-05-22T18:45:28Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - use adjectives to describe things - the TALL man, the NEW car ===Soft Adjectives=== When using these adjectives, add the subject prefix to the start of the adjective. *-ntle (beautiful) mosadi montle, basadi bantle, le@@ lentle, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | -ntle || beautiful |- | -tona || big |- | -kima || fat |- | -sesane || slim |- | -nnye || small/young/little |- | -leele || long/tall |- | -khutshwane || short |- | -ntsi || many/plenty |- | -sweu || white |- | -ntsho || black |- | -tala || blue/green |- | -hibidu || red |} ===Strong/Hard Adjectives=== These adjectives stay the same whatever the noun is. *monate (nice/enjoyable) @@@ monate, ba@@ monate, le@@ monate, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monate || nice/enjoyable/tasty |- | maswe || ugly/bad |- | turu || expensive |- | chipi || cheap |- | thata || hard/strong/very much |- | motlhofo || weak/lightweight/simple |- | leswe || dirty |- | sekono || clean |- | bokete || hard/heavy |} ===Use in simple sentences=== *nna ke montle - I am beautiful *mosadi o montle - the woman is beautiful *Batswana ba bantsi mo Botswana - Batswana are many in Botswana *Batswana ga ba bantsi mo UK - Batswana are few (not many) in the UK *mosese o mohibidu - the dress is red (or "the red dress" see below) ===More complex sentences=== using the adjective in normal sentences requires use of the "adjectival concord", related to the [[relative]] construction see later. *mosadi yo montle o bidiwa Sara - the beautiful woman is called Sarah<br> here "yo" is the adjectival concord for noun mosadi === Adjectival Concords === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class || Example || Adjectival Concord || Soft Adjective || Subject Marker |- | Class 1 || Mosadi || yo || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba || ba-ntle || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 4 || mesese || e || me-ntle || e |- | Class 5 || legodu || le || le-ntle || le |- | Class 6 || makgowa || a || ma-ntle || a |- | Class 7 || Setswana || se || se-ntle || se |- | Class 8 || dimumu || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 9 || koloi || e || ntle || e |- | Class 10 || diphologolo || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 11 || lorole || lo || lo-ntle || lo |- | Class 12 || dikgong || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 14 || borotha || bo || bo-ntle || bo |- | Class 15 || go ithuta || go || go-ntle || go |} Note the adjectival concord is the same as the subject prefix except for class 1 o -> yo and subject prefix di -> tse ===Comprehension Exercise=== Leina la me ke Sara. Ke fana ka Boardman. Ke tswa kwa California mo Amerika. Ke na le dingwaga di le 23. Batsadi ba me ba nna kwa California. Rre ke ngaka ya meno, mme ene ga a bereke o tlhokomela lelapa. Re bararo, ke na le bo-kgaitsadiake ba babedi, yo motona le yo monnye. Nkgonne o bereka mo restaurenteng, o itse go apaya thata. O tlhola a re apeela pizza, tlhapi le dikheiki. Leina la gagwe ke Paul. O na le dingwaga di le 25. Paul o nyetse. Mosadi wa gagwe o bidiwa Kim. Ba ne le ngwana a le mongwe fela, ke mosetsana.<br> Nnake o bidiwa Rob, o na le dingwaga tse 19. O santse a tsena sekolo kwa University ya California. O dira ngwaga wa bobedi.<br> Rotlhe re rata Rob thata ka gore re akanya gore ke mosimane yo monnye, gape o botlhale thata. Ke akanya gore ngwaga e, Rob o tlaa nketela. Fa a tla, re tlaa ya kwa Chobe go bone diphologolo. Kwa Chobe go monate ka gore go na le diphologolo, dinonyane le metsi a mantsi.<br> Nkoko le ntatemogolo ba tlhokafetse. Ke na le rakgadi le malome. Rakgadi o bereka mo shopong. Go a na bana, o nna a le nosi. Fa ke fetsi tiro ya me mono, ke tlaa nna le rakgadi kwa Pensylvania. Malome ene o na le bana ba le babedi. Bo-Ntsalake ba tsena mo High School, ke basetsana botlhe. Ke a ba rata, gape ke eletsa gore le bone ba nketele fa dikolo tsa bone di tswalwa.<br> ''Jaanong araba dipotso tse: (now answer these questions:)'' <br> #Leina la mokwadi ke mang? #Dingwaga tsa gagwe di kae? #O tsaletswe kae? #Rragwe o dira eng? #Leina la mogolowe ke mang? #Rob ke mang? #Rob ke ngwana wa bokae mo lapeng? #Botlhe ba rata Rob ka goreng? #Rob o dira ngwaga wa bokae kwa University? #Kwa Chobe go monate kagoreng? #Sara o ikaelela go dira eng fa a fetsa tiro ya gagwe mono? ===Template table - Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | fana || x |- | dingwaga || x |- | batsadi || x |- | ngaka ya meno || x |- | tlhokomela || x |- | lelapa || x |- | bararo || x |- | kgaitsadiake || x |- | tlhola || x |- | apeela || x |- | tlhapi || x |- | dikheiki || x |- | nyetse || x |- | fela || x |- | santse || x |- | ngwaga || x |- | rotlhe || x |- | akanya || x |- | gore || x |- | botlhale || x |- | nketela || x |- | diphologolo || x |- | diononyane || x |- | mantsi || x |- | tlhokafetse || x |- | rakgadi || x |- | malome || x |- | a le nosi || x |- | fetsa || x |- | botlhe || x |- | eletsa || x |- | nketele || x |- | dikolo || x |- | tswalwa || x |} 81be72d59076b0ff44d8b226c9d379b558bfdad0 161 160 2007-05-22T19:22:08Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - use adjectives to describe things - the TALL man, the NEW car ===Soft Adjectives=== When using these adjectives, add the subject prefix to the start of the adjective. *-ntle (beautiful) mosadi montle, basadi bantle, le@@ lentle, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | -ntle || beautiful |- | -tona || big |- | -kima || fat |- | -sesane || slim |- | -nnye || small/young/little |- | -leele || long/tall |- | -khutshwane || short |- | -ntsi || many/plenty |- | -sweu || white |- | -ntsho || black |- | -tala || blue/green |- | -hibidu || red |} ===Strong/Hard Adjectives=== These adjectives stay the same whatever the noun is. *monate (nice/enjoyable) @@@ monate, ba@@ monate, le@@ monate, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monate || nice/enjoyable/tasty |- | maswe || ugly/bad |- | turu || expensive |- | chipi || cheap |- | thata || hard/strong/very much |- | motlhofo || weak/lightweight/simple |- | leswe || dirty |- | sekono || clean |- | bokete || hard/heavy |} ===Use in simple sentences=== *nna ke montle - I am beautiful *mosadi o montle - the woman is beautiful *Batswana ba bantsi mo Botswana - Batswana are many in Botswana *Batswana ga ba bantsi mo UK - Batswana are few (not many) in the UK *mosese o mohibidu - the dress is red (or "the red dress" see below) ===More complex sentences=== using the adjective in normal sentences requires use of the "adjectival concord", related to the [[relative]] construction see later. *mosadi yo montle o bidiwa Sara - the beautiful woman is called Sarah<br> here "yo" is the adjectival concord for noun mosadi === Adjectival Concords === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class || Example || Adjectival Concord || Soft Adjective || Subject Marker |- | Class 1 || Mosadi || yo || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba || ba-ntle || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 4 || mesese || e || me-ntle || e |- | Class 5 || legodu || le || le-ntle || le |- | Class 6 || makgowa || a || ma-ntle || a |- | Class 7 || Setswana || se || se-ntle || se |- | Class 8 || dimumu || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 9 || koloi || e || ntle || e |- | Class 10 || diphologolo || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 11 || lorole || lo || lo-ntle || lo |- | Class 12 || dikgong || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 14 || borotha || bo || bo-ntle || bo |- | Class 15 || go ithuta || go || go-ntle || go |} Note the adjectival concord is the same as the subject prefix except for class 1 o -> yo and subject prefix di -> tse ===Comprehension Exercise=== Leina la me ke Sara. Ke fana ka Boardman. Ke tswa kwa California mo Amerika. Ke na le dingwaga di le 23. Batsadi ba me ba nna kwa California. Rre ke ngaka ya meno, mme ene ga a bereke o tlhokomela lelapa. Re bararo, ke na le bo-kgaitsadiake ba babedi, yo motona le yo monnye. Nkgonne o bereka mo restaurenteng, o itse go apaya thata. O tlhola a re apeela pizza, tlhapi le dikheiki. Leina la gagwe ke Paul. O na le dingwaga di le 25. Paul o nyetse. Mosadi wa gagwe o bidiwa Kim. Ba ne le ngwana a le mongwe fela, ke mosetsana.<br> Nnake o bidiwa Rob, o na le dingwaga tse 19. O santse a tsena sekolo kwa University ya California. O dira ngwaga wa bobedi.<br> Rotlhe re rata Rob thata ka gore re akanya gore ke mosimane yo monnye, gape o botlhale thata. Ke akanya gore ngwaga e, Rob o tlaa nketela. Fa a tla, re tlaa ya kwa Chobe go bone diphologolo. Kwa Chobe go monate ka gore go na le diphologolo, dinonyane le metsi a mantsi.<br> Nkoko le ntatemogolo ba tlhokafetse. Ke na le rakgadi le malome. Rakgadi o bereka mo shopong. Go a na bana, o nna a le nosi. Fa ke fetsi tiro ya me mono, ke tlaa nna le rakgadi kwa Pensylvania. Malome ene o na le bana ba le babedi. Bo-Ntsalake ba tsena mo High School, ke basetsana botlhe. Ke a ba rata, gape ke eletsa gore le bone ba nketele fa dikolo tsa bone di tswalwa.<br> ''Jaanong araba dipotso tse: (now answer these questions:)'' <br> #Leina la mokwadi ke mang? #Dingwaga tsa gagwe di kae? #O tsaletswe kae? #Rragwe o dira eng? #Leina la mogolowe ke mang? #Rob ke mang? #Rob ke ngwana wa bokae mo lapeng? #Botlhe ba rata Rob ka goreng? #Rob o dira ngwaga wa bokae kwa University? #Kwa Chobe go monate kagoreng? #Sara o ikaelela go dira eng fa a fetsa tiro ya gagwe mono? ===Template table - Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | fana || x |- | dingwaga || years |- | batsadi || parents |- | ngaka ya meno || dentist (doctor of teeth) |- | tlhokomela || to nurse/look after |- | lelapa || home / compound |- | -raro || three |- | kgaitsadiaka || my brother/sister |- | tlhola || to spend the day |- | apeela || to cook for |- | tlhapi || fish |- | dikheiki || |- | nyetse || has married (past tense) |- | fela || only / nonetheless |- | santse || has rained lightly (past tense) ???? |- | rotlhe || all of us |- | akanya || to think |- | gore || that/so that |- | botlhale || x |- | nketela || x |- | diphologolo || animals |- | diononyane || x |- | mantsi || x |- | tlhokafetse || has become scarce/has died |- | rakgadi || aunt (father's sister) |- | malome || uncle (mather's brother) |- | a le nosi || alone |- | fetsa || finish/complete |- | botlhe || all of them ?? |- | eletsa || wish for/desire |- | nketele || x |- | dikolo || x |- | tswalwa || being closed/shut |} 9458433be19c6a915eb1e8b06dc06a7f0c9ecc5d 164 161 2007-05-24T19:02:34Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - use adjectives to describe things - the TALL man, the NEW car ===Soft Adjectives=== When using these adjectives, add the subject prefix to the start of the adjective. *-ntle (beautiful) mosadi montle, basadi bantle, le@@ lentle, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | -ntle || beautiful |- | -tona || big |- | -kima || fat |- | -sesane || slim |- | -nnye || small/young/little |- | -leele || long/tall |- | -khutshwane || short |- | -ntsi || many/plenty |- | -sweu || white |- | -ntsho || black |- | -tala || blue/green |- | -hibidu || red |} ===Strong/Hard Adjectives=== These adjectives stay the same whatever the noun is. *monate (nice/enjoyable) @@@ monate, ba@@ monate, le@@ monate, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monate || nice/enjoyable/tasty |- | maswe || ugly/bad |- | turu || expensive |- | chipi || cheap |- | thata || hard/strong/very much |- | motlhofo || weak/lightweight/simple |- | leswe || dirty |- | sekono || clean |- | bokete || hard/heavy |} ===Use in simple sentences=== *nna ke montle - I am beautiful *mosadi o montle - the woman is beautiful *Batswana ba bantsi mo Botswana - Batswana are many in Botswana *Batswana ga ba bantsi mo UK - Batswana are few (not many) in the UK *mosese o mohibidu - the dress is red (or "the red dress" see below) ===More complex sentences=== using the adjective in normal sentences requires use of the "adjectival concord", related to the [[relative]] construction see later. *mosadi yo montle o bidiwa Sara - the beautiful woman is called Sarah<br> here "yo" is the adjectival concord for noun mosadi === Adjectival Concords === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class || Example || Adjectival Concord || Soft Adjective || Subject Marker |- | Class 1 || Mosadi || yo || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba || ba-ntle || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 4 || mesese || e || me-ntle || e |- | Class 5 || legodu || le || le-ntle || le |- | Class 6 || makgowa || a || ma-ntle || a |- | Class 7 || Setswana || se || se-ntle || se |- | Class 8 || dimumu || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 9 || koloi || e || ntle || e |- | Class 10 || diphologolo || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 11 || lorole || lo || lo-ntle || lo |- | Class 12 || dikgong || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 14 || borotha || bo || bo-ntle || bo |- | Class 15 || go ithuta || go || go-ntle || go |} Note the adjectival concord is the same as the subject prefix except for class 1 o -> yo and subject prefix di -> tse ===Comprehension Exercise=== Leina la me ke Sara. Ke fana ka Boardman. Ke tswa kwa California mo Amerika. Ke na le dingwaga di le 23. Batsadi ba me ba nna kwa California. Rre ke ngaka ya meno, mme ene ga a bereke o tlhokomela lelapa. Re bararo, ke na le bo-kgaitsadiake ba babedi, yo motona le yo monnye. Nkgonne o bereka mo restaurenteng, o itse go apaya thata. O tlhola a re apeela pizza, tlhapi le dikheiki. Leina la gagwe ke Paul. O na le dingwaga di le 25. Paul o nyetse. Mosadi wa gagwe o bidiwa Kim. Ba ne le ngwana a le mongwe fela, ke mosetsana.<br> Nnake o bidiwa Rob, o na le dingwaga tse 19. O santse a tsena sekolo kwa University ya California. O dira ngwaga wa bobedi.<br> Rotlhe re rata Rob thata ka gore re akanya gore ke mosimane yo monnye, gape o botlhale thata. Ke akanya gore ngwaga e, Rob o tlaa nketela. Fa a tla, re tlaa ya kwa Chobe go bone diphologolo. Kwa Chobe go monate ka gore go na le diphologolo, dinonyane le metsi a mantsi.<br> Nkoko le ntatemogolo ba tlhokafetse. Ke na le rakgadi le malome. Rakgadi o bereka mo shopong. Go a na bana, o nna a le nosi. Fa ke fetsi tiro ya me mono, ke tlaa nna le rakgadi kwa Pensylvania. Malome ene o na le bana ba le babedi. Bo-Ntsalake ba tsena mo High School, ke basetsana botlhe. Ke a ba rata, gape ke eletsa gore le bone ba nketele fa dikolo tsa bone di tswalwa.<br> ''Jaanong araba dipotso tse: (now answer these questions:)'' <br> #Leina la mokwadi ke mang? #Dingwaga tsa gagwe di kae? #O tsaletswe kae? #Rragwe o dira eng? #Leina la mogolowe ke mang? #Rob ke mang? #Rob ke ngwana wa bokae mo lapeng? #Botlhe ba rata Rob ka goreng? #Rob o dira ngwaga wa bokae kwa University? #Kwa Chobe go monate kagoreng? #Sara o ikaelela go dira eng fa a fetsa tiro ya gagwe mono? ===Template table - Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | fana || surname / here |- | dingwaga || years |- | batsadi || parents |- | ngaka ya meno || dentist (doctor of teeth) |- | tlhokomela || to nurse/look after |- | lelapa || home / compound |- | -raro || three |- | kgaitsadiaka || my brother/sister |- | tlhola || to spend the day |- | apeela || to cook for |- | tlhapi || fish |- | dikheiki || cakes |- | nyetse || has married (past tense) |- | fela || only / nonetheless |- | santse || has rained lightly (past tense) ???? |- | rotlhe || all of us |- | akanya || to think |- | gore || that/so that |- | botlhale || intelligent/clever |- | nketela || visit me |- | diphologolo || animals |- | diononyane || birds |- | -ntsi || many/too much |- | tlhokafetse || has become scarce/has died |- | rakgadi || aunt (father's sister) |- | malome || uncle (mather's brother) |- | a le nosi || alone |- | fetsa || finish/complete |- | botlhe || all of them ?? |- | eletsa || wish for/desire |- | dikolo || schools |- | tswalwa || being closed/shut |} a90c9a497aab87076dbcccf288d82a57314c6148 0 52 162 2007-05-23T19:58:50Z Jacob 2 New page: === Noun Classes 1 to 10=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | x || Class 1 || Class 2 || Class 3 || Class 4 || Class 5 || Class ... wikitext text/x-wiki === Noun Classes 1 to 10=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | x || Class 1 || Class 2 || Class 3 || Class 4 || Class 5 || Class 6 || Class 7 || Class 8 || Class 9 || Class 10 |- | x || bo- || ma- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || - |- | x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || - |- | x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || - |} 847567e7aafe35f5f40d3564455e150852739d7a 163 162 2007-05-23T20:02:21Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki === Noun Classes 1 to 10=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | x || Class 1 || Class 2 || Class 3 || Class 4 || Class 5 || Class 6 || Class 7 || Class 8 || Class 9 || Class 10 |- | x || bo- || ma- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Example || bonna || manna || motse || metse || leina || maina || setilo || ditilo || kgosi || dikgosi |- | Pronoun || nna || rona || || || x || x || x || x || x || - |- | x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || - |} a8c43dd6ae8bc1337ae1c9bea6e8988857df918a 165 163 2007-05-25T19:46:42Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki === Noun Classes 1 to 10=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | x || Class 1 || Class 2 || Class 3 || Class 4 || Class 5 || Class 6 || Class 7 || Class 8 || Class 9 || Class 10 |- | x || bo- || ma- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Example || bonna || manna || motse || metse || leina || maina || setilo || ditilo || kgosi || dikgosi |- | Pronoun || nna<br>wena<br>ene || rona<br>lona<br>bone || || || || || || || || |- | Subject Marker || ke<br>o<br>o || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Subject Marker<br>(negative) || ga ke<br>ga o<br>ga a || ga re<br>ga le<br>ga ba || ga o || ga e || ga la || ga a || ga se || ga di || ga e || ga di |- | Object Marker || (nk-)<br>go<br>mo || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || - |- | x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || - |- | x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || - |- | x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || - |} eba154bf5583df7d3dff5b5572d0cdcaf7c85297 166 165 2007-05-25T19:51:00Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki === Noun Classes 1 to 10=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | || Class 1 || Class 2 || Class 3 || Class 4 || Class 5 || Class 6 || Class 7 || Class 8 || Class 9 || Class 10 |- | || bo- || ma- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Example || bonna || manna || motse || metse || leina || maina || setilo || ditilo || kgosi || dikgosi |- | Pronoun || nna<br>wena<br>ene || rona<br>lona<br>bone || || || || || || || || |- | Subject Marker || ke<br>o<br>o || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Subject Marker<br>(negative) || ga ke<br>ga o<br>ga a || ga re<br>ga le<br>ga ba || ga o || ga e || ga la || ga a || ga se || ga di || ga e || ga di |- | Object Marker || (nk-)<br>go<br>mo || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Of || wa || ba || wa || ya || la || a || sa || tsa || ya || tsa |- | Possesive (mine)|| wa me || ba me || wa me || ya me || la me || a me || sa me || tsa me || ya me || tsa me |- | x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || - |- | x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || - |} 4274d588e5ecca08eef167e76269386a6ad11bae 167 166 2007-05-25T20:03:37Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki === Noun Classes 1 to 10=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | || Class 1 || Class 2 || Class 3 || Class 4 || Class 5 || Class 6 || Class 7 || Class 8 || Class 9 || Class 10 |- | || mo- || ba- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Example || monna || banna || motse || metse || leina || maina || setilo || ditilo || kgosi || dikgosi |- | Pronoun || nna<br>wena<br>ene || rona<br>lona<br>bone || || || || || || || || |- | Subject Marker || ke<br>o<br>o || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Subject Marker<br>(negative) || ga ke<br>ga o<br>ga a || ga re<br>ga le<br>ga ba || ga o || ga e || ga la || ga a || ga se || ga di || ga e || ga di |- | Object Marker || (nk-)<br>go<br>mo || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Of || wa || ba || wa || ya || la || a || sa || tsa || ya || tsa |- | Possesive (mine)|| wa me || ba me || wa me || ya me || la me || a me || sa me || tsa me || ya me || tsa me |- | || Class 1 || Class 2 || Class 3 || Class 4 || Class 5 || Class 6 || Class 7 || Class 8 || Class 9 || Class 10 |- | || mo- || ba- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Adjective -ntle || yo montle || ba bantle || o montle || e mentle || le lentle || a mantle || se sentle || tse dintle || e ntle || tse dintle |- | relative || yo o || ba ba || o o || e e || le le || a a || se se || tse di || e e || tse di |- | this/these || yo || ba || o || e || le || a || se || tse || e || tse |- | that/those || yoo || bao || oo || eo || leo || ao || seo || tseo || eo || tseo |- | that yonder || yole || bale || ole || ele || lele || ale || sele || tsele || ele || tsele |- | numbers || mongwe || babedi || mongwe || mebedi || leongwe || mabedi || seongwe || dibedi || engwe || dibedi |- | x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || - |} 7fb68d26012a416fa75dc62a10016d1dfdd41983 168 167 2007-05-25T20:12:36Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki === Noun Classes 1 to 10=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | || Class 1 || Class 2 || Class 3 || Class 4 || Class 5 || Class 6 || Class 7 || Class 8 || Class 9 || Class 10 |- | || mo- || ba- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Example || monna || banna || motse || metse || leina || maina || setilo || ditilo || kgosi || dikgosi |- | Pronoun || nna<br>wena<br>ene || rona<br>lona<br>bone || || || || || || || || |- | Subject Marker || ke<br>o<br>o || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Subject Marker<br>(negative) || ga ke<br>ga o<br>ga a || ga re<br>ga le<br>ga ba || ga o || ga e || ga la || ga a || ga se || ga di || ga e || ga di |- | Object Marker || (nk-)<br>go<br>mo || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Of || wa || ba || wa || ya || la || a || sa || tsa || ya || tsa |- | Possesive (mine)|| wa me || ba me || wa me || ya me || la me || a me || sa me || tsa me || ya me || tsa me |- | || Class 1 || Class 2 || Class 3 || Class 4 || Class 5 || Class 6 || Class 7 || Class 8 || Class 9 || Class 10 |- | || mo- || ba- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Adjective -ntle || yo montle || ba bantle || o montle || e mentle || le lentle || a mantle || se sentle || tse dintle || e ntle || tse dintle |- | relative || yo o || ba ba || o o || e e || le le || a a || se se || tse di || e e || tse di |- | this/these || yo || ba || o || e || le || a || se || tse || e || tse |- | that/those || yoo || bao || oo || eo || leo || ao || seo || tseo || eo || tseo |- | that yonder || yole || bale || ole || ele || lele || ale || sele || tsele || ele || tsele |- | numbers || mongwe || babedi || mongwe || mebedi || leongwe || mabedi || seongwe || dibedi || engwe || dibedi |- | x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || - |} === Noun Classes 11 to 15=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | || Class 11 || Class 12 || Class 13 || Class 14 || Class 15 |- | || lo- || din- || bo- || ma- || go |- | Example || lonao || dinao || bogobe || magobe || go bua |- | Pronoun || || || || || |- | Subject Marker || lo || di || bo || ma || go |- | Subject Marker<br>(negative) || ga lo || ga di || ga bo || ga ma || ga go |- | Object Marker || lo || di || bo || a || go |- | Of || lwa || tsa || ba || a || ga |- | Possesive (mine)|| lwa me || tsa me || ba me || a me || ga me |- | || Class 11 || Class 12 || Class 13 || Class 14 || Class 15 |- | || lo- || din- || bo- || ma- || go |- | Adjective -ntle || yo montle || ba bantle || o montle || e mentle || le lentle || a mantle || se sentle || tse dintle || e ntle || tse dintle |- | relative || yo o || ba ba || o o || e e || le le || a a || se se || tse di || e e || tse di |- | this/these || yo || ba || o || e || le || a || se || tse || e || tse |- | that/those || yoo || bao || oo || eo || leo || ao || seo || tseo || eo || tseo |- | that yonder || yole || bale || ole || ele || lele || ale || sele || tsele || ele || tsele |- | numbers || mongwe || babedi || mongwe || mebedi || leongwe || mabedi || seongwe || dibedi || engwe || dibedi |- | x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || x || - |} f0ee37cc88eb038afccba09fe8e5ee6c33721cf3 0 52 169 168 2007-05-25T20:22:39Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki === Noun Classes 1 to 10=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | || Class 1 || Class 2 || Class 3 || Class 4 || Class 5 || Class 6 || Class 7 || Class 8 || Class 9 || Class 10 |- | || mo- || ba- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Example || monna || banna || motse || metse || leina || maina || setilo || ditilo || kgosi || dikgosi |- | Pronoun || nna<br>wena<br>ene || rona<br>lona<br>bone || || || || || || || || |- | Subject Marker || ke<br>o<br>o || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Subject Marker<br>(negative) || ga ke<br>ga o<br>ga a || ga re<br>ga le<br>ga ba || ga o || ga e || ga la || ga a || ga se || ga di || ga e || ga di |- | Object Marker || (nk-)<br>go<br>mo || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Of || wa || ba || wa || ya || la || a || sa || tsa || ya || tsa |- | Possesive (mine)|| wa me || ba me || wa me || ya me || la me || a me || sa me || tsa me || ya me || tsa me |- | || Class 1 || Class 2 || Class 3 || Class 4 || Class 5 || Class 6 || Class 7 || Class 8 || Class 9 || Class 10 |- | || mo- || ba- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Adjective -ntle || yo montle || ba bantle || o montle || e mentle || le lentle || a mantle || se sentle || tse dintle || e ntle || tse dintle |- | relative || yo o || ba ba || o o || e e || le le || a a || se se || tse di || e e || tse di |- | this/these || yo || ba || o || e || le || a || se || tse || e || tse |- | that/those || yoo || bao || oo || eo || leo || ao || seo || tseo || eo || tseo |- | that yonder || yole || bale || ole || ele || lele || ale || sele || tsele || ele || tsele |- | numbers || mongwe || babedi || mongwe || mebedi || leongwe || mabedi || seongwe || dibedi || engwe || dibedi |} === Noun Classes 11 to 15=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | || Class 11 || Class 12 || Class 13 || Class 14 || Class 15 |- | || lo- || din- || bo- || ma- || go |- | Example || lonao || dinao || bogobe || magobe || go bua |- | Pronoun || || || || || |- | Subject Marker || lo || di || bo || ma || go |- | Subject Marker<br>(negative) || ga lo || ga di || ga bo || ga ma || ga go |- | Object Marker || lo || di || bo || a || go |- | Of || lwa || tsa || ba || a || ga |- | Possesive (mine)|| lwa me || tsa me || ba me || a me || ga me |- | || Class 11 || Class 12 || Class 13 || Class 14 || Class 15 |- | || lo- || din- || bo- || ma- || go |- | Adjective -ntle || lo lontle || tse dintle || || || |- | relative || lo lo || tse di || bo bo || || go go |- | this/these || lo || tse || bo || a || go/kwa/mo/fa |- | that/those || loo || tseo || boo || ao || goo/koo/moo/faa |- | that yonder || lole || tsele || bole || || gole/kole/mole/fale |- | numbers || || || || || |} 8a98bddd0c398960081481e40851d5ea8f0a2bb8 170 169 2007-05-25T20:25:08Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki === Noun Classes 1 to 10=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | || '''Class 1 || Class 2 || Class 3 || Class 4 || Class 5 || Class 6 || Class 7 || Class 8 || Class 9 || Class 10''' |- | || mo- || ba- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Example || monna || banna || motse || metse || leina || maina || setilo || ditilo || kgosi || dikgosi |- | Pronoun || nna<br>wena<br>ene || rona<br>lona<br>bone || || || || || || || || |- | Subject Marker || ke<br>o<br>o || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Subject Marker<br>(negative) || ga ke<br>ga o<br>ga a || ga re<br>ga le<br>ga ba || ga o || ga e || ga la || ga a || ga se || ga di || ga e || ga di |- | Object Marker || (nk-)<br>go<br>mo || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Of || wa || ba || wa || ya || la || a || sa || tsa || ya || tsa |- | Possesive (mine)|| wa me || ba me || wa me || ya me || la me || a me || sa me || tsa me || ya me || tsa me |- | || '''Class 1 || Class 2 || Class 3 || Class 4 || Class 5 || Class 6 || Class 7 || Class 8 || Class 9 || Class 10''' |- | || mo- || ba- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Adjective -ntle || yo montle || ba bantle || o montle || e mentle || le lentle || a mantle || se sentle || tse dintle || e ntle || tse dintle |- | relative || yo o || ba ba || o o || e e || le le || a a || se se || tse di || e e || tse di |- | this/these || yo || ba || o || e || le || a || se || tse || e || tse |- | that/those || yoo || bao || oo || eo || leo || ao || seo || tseo || eo || tseo |- | that yonder || yole || bale || ole || ele || lele || ale || sele || tsele || ele || tsele |- | numbers || mongwe || babedi || mongwe || mebedi || leongwe || mabedi || seongwe || dibedi || engwe || dibedi |} === Noun Classes 11 to 15=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | || '''Class 11 || Class 12 || Class 13 || Class 14 || Class 15''' |- | || lo- || din- || bo- || ma- || go |- | Example || lonao || dinao || bogobe || magobe || go bua |- | Pronoun || || || || || |- | Subject Marker || lo || di || bo || ma || go |- | Subject Marker<br>(negative) || ga lo || ga di || ga bo || ga ma || ga go |- | Object Marker || lo || di || bo || a || go |- | Of || lwa || tsa || ba || a || ga |- | Possesive (mine)|| lwa me || tsa me || ba me || a me || ga me |- | || '''Class 11 || Class 12 || Class 13 || Class 14 || Class 15''' |- | || lo- || din- || bo- || ma- || go |- | Adjective -ntle || lo lontle || tse dintle || || || |- | relative || lo lo || tse di || bo bo || || go go |- | this/these || lo || tse || bo || a || go/kwa/mo/fa |- | that/those || loo || tseo || boo || ao || goo/koo/moo/faa |- | that yonder || lole || tsele || bole || || gole/kole/mole/fale |- | numbers || || || || || |} 3c3d0caecf9b898e8df1657a671014ca3fd013e3 171 170 2007-05-25T20:27:49Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki === Noun Classes 1 to 10=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | || '''Class 1 '''|| '''Class 2''' || '''Class 3''' || '''Class 4''' || '''Class 5''' || '''Class 6 '''|| '''Class 7''' || '''Class 8''' || '''Class 9''' || '''Class 10''' |- | || mo- || ba- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Example || monna || banna || motse || metse || leina || maina || setilo || ditilo || kgosi || dikgosi |- | Pronoun || nna<br>wena<br>ene || rona<br>lona<br>bone || || || || || || || || |- | Subject Marker || ke<br>o<br>o || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Subject Marker<br>(negative) || ga ke<br>ga o<br>ga a || ga re<br>ga le<br>ga ba || ga o || ga e || ga la || ga a || ga se || ga di || ga e || ga di |- | Object Marker || (nk-)<br>go<br>mo || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Of || wa || ba || wa || ya || la || a || sa || tsa || ya || tsa |- | Possesive (mine)|| wa me || ba me || wa me || ya me || la me || a me || sa me || tsa me || ya me || tsa me |- | || '''Class 1''' || '''Class 2''' || '''Class 3''' || '''Class 4''' || '''Class 5''' || '''Class 6 '''|| '''Class 7''' || '''Class 8''' || '''Class 9''' || '''Class 10''' |- | || mo- || ba- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Adjective -ntle || yo montle || ba bantle || o montle || e mentle || le lentle || a mantle || se sentle || tse dintle || e ntle || tse dintle |- | relative || yo o || ba ba || o o || e e || le le || a a || se se || tse di || e e || tse di |- | this/these || yo || ba || o || e || le || a || se || tse || e || tse |- | that/those || yoo || bao || oo || eo || leo || ao || seo || tseo || eo || tseo |- | that yonder || yole || bale || ole || ele || lele || ale || sele || tsele || ele || tsele |- | numbers || mongwe || babedi || mongwe || mebedi || leongwe || mabedi || seongwe || dibedi || engwe || dibedi |} === Noun Classes 11 to 15=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | || '''Class 11''' || '''Class 12''' || '''Class 13''' || '''Class 14''' || '''Class 15''' |- | || lo- || din- || bo- || ma- || go |- | Example || lonao || dinao || bogobe || magobe || go bua |- | Pronoun || || || || || |- | Subject Marker || lo || di || bo || ma || go |- | Subject Marker<br>(negative) || ga lo || ga di || ga bo || ga ma || ga go |- | Object Marker || lo || di || bo || a || go |- | Of || lwa || tsa || ba || a || ga |- | Possesive (mine)|| lwa me || tsa me || ba me || a me || ga me |- | || '''Class 11''' || '''Class 12''' || '''Class 13''' || '''Class 14''' || '''Class 15''' |- | || lo- || din- || bo- || ma- || go |- | Adjective -ntle || lo lontle || tse dintle || || || |- | relative || lo lo || tse di || bo bo || || go go |- | this/these || lo || tse || bo || a || go/kwa/mo/fa |- | that/those || loo || tseo || boo || ao || goo/koo/moo/faa |- | that yonder || lole || tsele || bole || || gole/kole/mole/fale |- | numbers || || || || || |} a578b2d31a4128205a28b54347025a898ce3029e 187 171 2007-05-31T19:32:10Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki === Noun Classes 1 to 10=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | || '''Class 1 '''|| '''Class 2''' || '''Class 3''' || '''Class 4''' || '''Class 5''' || '''Class 6 '''|| '''Class 7''' || '''Class 8''' || '''Class 9''' || '''Class 10''' |- | || mo- || ba- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Example || monna || banna || motse || metse || leina || maina || setilo || ditilo || kgosi || dikgosi |- | Pronoun || nna<br>wena<br>ene || rona<br>lona<br>bone || || || || || || || || |- | Subject Marker || ke<br>o<br>o || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Subject Marker<br>(negative) || ga ke<br>ga o<br>ga a || ga re<br>ga le<br>ga ba || ga o || ga e || ga la || ga a || ga se || ga di || ga e || ga di |- | Object Marker || (nk-)<br>go<br>mo || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Of || wa || ba || wa || ya || la || a || sa || tsa || ya || tsa |- | Possesive (mine)|| wa me || ba me || wa me || ya me || la me || a me || sa me || tsa me || ya me || tsa me |- | || '''Class 1''' || '''Class 2''' || '''Class 3''' || '''Class 4''' || '''Class 5''' || '''Class 6 '''|| '''Class 7''' || '''Class 8''' || '''Class 9''' || '''Class 10''' |- | || mo- || ba- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Adjective -ntle || yo montle || ba bantle || o montle || e mentle || le lentle || a mantle || se sentle || tse dintle || e ntle || tse dintle |- | relative || yo o || ba ba || o o || e e || le le || a a || se se || tse di || e e || tse di |- | this/these || yo || ba || o || e || le || a || se || tse || e || tse |- | that/those || yoo || bao || oo || eo || leo || ao || seo || tseo || eo || tseo |- | that yonder || yole || bale || ole || ele || lele || ale || sele || tsele || ele || tsele |- | numbers || mongwe || babedi || mongwe || mebedi || leongwe || mabedi || seongwe || dibedi || engwe || dibedi |} === Noun Classes 11 to 15=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | || '''Class 11''' || '''Class 12''' || '''Class 13''' || '''Class 14''' || '''Class 15''' |- | || lo- || din- || bo- || ma- || go |- | Example || lonao || dinao || bogobe || magobe || go bua |- | Pronoun || || || || || |- | Subject Marker || lo || di || bo || ma || go |- | Subject Marker<br>(negative) || ga lo || ga di || ga bo || ga ma || ga go |- | Object Marker || lo || di || bo || a || go |- | Of || lwa || tsa || ba || a || ga |- | Possesive (mine)|| lwa me || tsa me || ba me || a me || ga me |- | || '''Class 11''' || '''Class 12''' || '''Class 13''' || '''Class 14''' || '''Class 15''' |- | || lo- || din- || bo- || ma- || go |- | Adjective -ntle || lo lontle || tse dintle || || || |- | relative || lo lo || tse di || bo bo || || go go |- | this/these || lo || tse || bo || a || go/kwa/mo/fa |- | that/those || loo || tseo || boo || ao || goo/koo/moo/faa |- | that yonder || lole || tsele || bole || || gole/kole/mole/fale |- | numbers || || || || || |} [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] 22ad6f7f2bfac254c65c169dd88f1fcfda033b0f 219 187 2009-03-20T18:53:07Z Admin 1 Protected "[[Noun class summary table]]" [edit=sysop:move=sysop] wikitext text/x-wiki === Noun Classes 1 to 10=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | || '''Class 1 '''|| '''Class 2''' || '''Class 3''' || '''Class 4''' || '''Class 5''' || '''Class 6 '''|| '''Class 7''' || '''Class 8''' || '''Class 9''' || '''Class 10''' |- | || mo- || ba- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Example || monna || banna || motse || metse || leina || maina || setilo || ditilo || kgosi || dikgosi |- | Pronoun || nna<br>wena<br>ene || rona<br>lona<br>bone || || || || || || || || |- | Subject Marker || ke<br>o<br>o || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Subject Marker<br>(negative) || ga ke<br>ga o<br>ga a || ga re<br>ga le<br>ga ba || ga o || ga e || ga la || ga a || ga se || ga di || ga e || ga di |- | Object Marker || (nk-)<br>go<br>mo || re<br>le<br>ba || o || e || la || a || se || di || e || di |- | Of || wa || ba || wa || ya || la || a || sa || tsa || ya || tsa |- | Possesive (mine)|| wa me || ba me || wa me || ya me || la me || a me || sa me || tsa me || ya me || tsa me |- | || '''Class 1''' || '''Class 2''' || '''Class 3''' || '''Class 4''' || '''Class 5''' || '''Class 6 '''|| '''Class 7''' || '''Class 8''' || '''Class 9''' || '''Class 10''' |- | || mo- || ba- || mo- || me- || le- || ma- || se- || di- || - || di- |- | Adjective -ntle || yo montle || ba bantle || o montle || e mentle || le lentle || a mantle || se sentle || tse dintle || e ntle || tse dintle |- | relative || yo o || ba ba || o o || e e || le le || a a || se se || tse di || e e || tse di |- | this/these || yo || ba || o || e || le || a || se || tse || e || tse |- | that/those || yoo || bao || oo || eo || leo || ao || seo || tseo || eo || tseo |- | that yonder || yole || bale || ole || ele || lele || ale || sele || tsele || ele || tsele |- | numbers || mongwe || babedi || mongwe || mebedi || leongwe || mabedi || seongwe || dibedi || engwe || dibedi |} === Noun Classes 11 to 15=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | || '''Class 11''' || '''Class 12''' || '''Class 13''' || '''Class 14''' || '''Class 15''' |- | || lo- || din- || bo- || ma- || go |- | Example || lonao || dinao || bogobe || magobe || go bua |- | Pronoun || || || || || |- | Subject Marker || lo || di || bo || ma || go |- | Subject Marker<br>(negative) || ga lo || ga di || ga bo || ga ma || ga go |- | Object Marker || lo || di || bo || a || go |- | Of || lwa || tsa || ba || a || ga |- | Possesive (mine)|| lwa me || tsa me || ba me || a me || ga me |- | || '''Class 11''' || '''Class 12''' || '''Class 13''' || '''Class 14''' || '''Class 15''' |- | || lo- || din- || bo- || ma- || go |- | Adjective -ntle || lo lontle || tse dintle || || || |- | relative || lo lo || tse di || bo bo || || go go |- | this/these || lo || tse || bo || a || go/kwa/mo/fa |- | that/those || loo || tseo || boo || ao || goo/koo/moo/faa |- | that yonder || lole || tsele || bole || || gole/kole/mole/fale |- | numbers || || || || || |} [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] 22ad6f7f2bfac254c65c169dd88f1fcfda033b0f 0 53 172 2007-05-28T18:24:33Z Jacob 2 New page: === Kinship terms=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | "my father" || "your father" || "his/her father" || English |- | Rre/Ntat... wikitext text/x-wiki === Kinship terms=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | "my father" || "your father" || "his/her father" || English |- | Rre/Ntate || Rrago || Rraagwe || Father |- | Mme || Mmago || Mmaagwe || Mother |- | Rre-Mogolo/Ntate-Mogolo || Rrago-Mogolo || Rraagwe-Mogolo || Grandfather |- | Mme-Mogolo/Nkoko || Mmago-Mogolo || Mmaagwe-Mogolo || Grandmother |- | Nkgonne(Aubuti/Ausi) || Mogoloo (Aubutiago/Ausiago) || Mogolowe || Elder brother/sister |- | Nnake || Monnao || Monnawe || Younger brother/sister |- | Kgaitsadiake || Kgaitsadio || Kgaitsadie || Sibling of the opposite sex |- | Rangwane || Rangwanaago || Rangwanaagwe || Paternal uncle |- | Rakgadi || Rakgadiago || Rakgadiagwe || Paternal aunt |- | Malome || Malomaago || Malomaagwe || Maternal uncle |- | Mmangwane || x || x || Maternal aunt |- | Ntsalake || Ntsalao || Ntsalae || Cousin |} 42cf3f044c61a3970af40527efa60faf6a215a20 173 172 2007-05-28T18:58:47Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki === Kinship terms=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | "my father" || "your father" || "his/her father" || English |- | Rre/Ntate || Rrago || Rraagwe || Father |- | Mme || Mmago || Mmaagwe || Mother |- | Rre-Mogolo/Ntate-Mogolo || Rrago-Mogolo || Rraagwe-Mogolo || Grandfather |- | Mme-Mogolo/Nkoko || Mmago-Mogolo || Mmaagwe-Mogolo || Grandmother |- | Nkgonne(Aubuti/Ausi) || Mogoloo (Aubutiago/Ausiago) || Mogolowe || Elder brother/sister |- | Nnake || Monnao || Monnawe || Younger brother/sister |- | Kgaitsadiake || Kgaitsadio || Kgaitsadie || Sibling of the opposite sex |- | Rangwane || Rangwanaago || Rangwanaagwe || Paternal uncle |- | Rakgadi || Rakgadiago || Rakgadiagwe || Paternal aunt |- | Malome || Malomaago || Malomaagwe || Maternal uncle |- | Mmangwane || x || x || Maternal aunt |- | Ntsalake || Ntsalao || Ntsalae || Cousin |} ===Comprehension Exercise=== Leina la me ke Tuelo Moilwa. Rre ke Bitsang, Mme ke o bidiwa Ipotseng. Ke tsaletswe mo Motsenf wa(s?) Ramotswa. Motse o,o mo kgaolong ya Borwa-Botlhaba. O ka nna dikhilomethara di le 30 go tswa Gaborone. Go nna batho ba le 37,000 mo motseng o. Ke na le dingwaga tse 25 le bonnake ba le bararo, basimane ba babedi le mosetsana. Nnake wa ntlha le wa bobedi ke basimane, mme wa bofelo ke mosetsana. Bonnake ba basimane be tsena sekolo kwa Kagiso Secondary. Wa mosetsa a santse a le mo sekolong se se botlana sa mission.<br> Nna ke dira ngwaga wa bone kwa University ya Botswana (U.B). Ke ithutela go nna Agente. Ngwaga o o tlang ke tlaa bo ke bereka mo ga Goromente mo Attorney General's Chamber. ke tlaa bereka dingwaga di le nne ka gore ke molao, mme morago ke tlaa ipereka.<br> Nnake wa ntlha, ebong Itumeleng, o dira lokwalo la botlhano fa wa bobedi ebong, Mareko, a dira la boraro. Itumeleng a re o batla go ya U.B go dira Boenjenere morago ga Tirelo Sechaba. Ga na pelaelo gore o tlaa amogelwa kwa U.B ka go re o botlhale tota. Mareko ene a re o rata bongaka ba diphologolo. A re o batla go nna le polase le leruo le lentsi. Mosetsana a re ene o eletsa go nna mooki go thusa ba ba lwalang.<br> Ke na le bomme ba le babedi. Rre o nyetse basadi ba babedi. O nyetse mme pele ka gore o kgonne go nnal le ngwana a le mongwe fela - ebong, nna. Ntate a nyala monnawe mme, ebong, Mmangwanne, yo o leng mmagwe Itumelang, Mareko le Neo. Itumelang o na le dingwaga di le 17, Mareko di 13, Neo ene di 10. Rotlhe re nna mmogo ka boitumelo. Bogologolo go ne go siame fela go nyala basadi ba bantsi. Gompieno ga go a tlwaelesega.<br> Re na le marantafole a le matlhano. E nnye ke ya boapeelo, e nngwe ke ya bana, e nngwe ya ga rre, mme tse pedi ke tsa basadi ba gagwe, mongwe le mongwe o na le ya gagwe.<br> ''Araba Dipotso Tse'' # Leina la mokwadi ke mang? # Batsadi ba gagwe ke bo-mang? # Mosetsan(?) yo o tsaletswe kae? # Ramotswa o mo kgaolong efe? # Go nna batho ba le kae mo Ramotswa? # Tuelo o na le dingwaga di le kae? # Tuelo o na le bo-monnawe ba le kae? # O dira ngwaga wa bokae kwa University? # O ithutela go nna eng? # Itumelang o ikaelela go dira eng kwa U.B? # O tlaa ya U.B leng? # Tirelo Sechaba ke eng ka Sekgowa? # Tuelo o na le natsadi ba le kae? (Tlhalosa/Explain) # A batho ba, ba nna mmogo? # Go na le matlo a le kae mo lapeng? 28b6dd748860d2795991584a357c11ffb8f6bd05 174 173 2007-05-28T19:37:30Z Jacob 2 /* Comprehension Exercise */ wikitext text/x-wiki === Kinship terms=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | "my father" || "your father" || "his/her father" || English |- | Rre/Ntate || Rrago || Rraagwe || Father |- | Mme || Mmago || Mmaagwe || Mother |- | Rre-Mogolo/Ntate-Mogolo || Rrago-Mogolo || Rraagwe-Mogolo || Grandfather |- | Mme-Mogolo/Nkoko || Mmago-Mogolo || Mmaagwe-Mogolo || Grandmother |- | Nkgonne(Aubuti/Ausi) || Mogoloo (Aubutiago/Ausiago) || Mogolowe || Elder brother/sister |- | Nnake || Monnao || Monnawe || Younger brother/sister |- | Kgaitsadiake || Kgaitsadio || Kgaitsadie || Sibling of the opposite sex |- | Rangwane || Rangwanaago || Rangwanaagwe || Paternal uncle |- | Rakgadi || Rakgadiago || Rakgadiagwe || Paternal aunt |- | Malome || Malomaago || Malomaagwe || Maternal uncle |- | Mmangwane || x || x || Maternal aunt |- | Ntsalake || Ntsalao || Ntsalae || Cousin |} ===Comprehension Exercise=== Leina la me ke Tuelo Moilwa. Rre ke Bitsang, Mme ke o bidiwa Ipotseng. Ke tsaletswe mo Motsenf wa(s?) Ramotswa. Motse o,o mo kgaolong ya Borwa-Botlhaba. O ka nna dikhilomethara di le 30 go tswa Gaborone. Go nna batho ba le 37,000 mo motseng o. Ke na le dingwaga tse 25 le bonnake ba le bararo, basimane ba babedi le mosetsana. Nnake wa ntlha le wa bobedi ke basimane, mme wa bofelo ke mosetsana. Bonnake ba basimane ba tsena sekolo kwa Kagiso Secondary. Wa mosetsa a santse a le mo sekolong se se botlana sa mission.<br> Nna ke dira ngwaga wa bone kwa University ya Botswana (U.B). Ke ithutela go nna Agente. Ngwaga o o tlang ke tlaa bo ke bereka mo ga Goromente mo Attorney General's Chamber. Ke tlaa bereka dingwaga di le nne ka gore ke molao, mme morago ke tlaa ipereka.<br> Nnake wa ntlha, ebong Itumeleng, o dira lokwalo la botlhano fa wa bobedi ebong, Mareko, a dira la boraro. Itumeleng a re o batla go ya U.B go dira Boenjenere morago ga Tirelo Sechaba. Ga na pelaelo gore o tlaa amogelwa kwa U.B ka go re o botlhale tota. Mareko ene a re o rata bongaka ba diphologolo. A re o batla go nna le polase le leruo le lentsi. Mosetsana a re ene o eletsa go nna mooki go thusa ba ba lwalang.<br> Ke na le bomme ba le babedi. Rre o nyetse basadi ba babedi. O nyetse mme pele ka gore o kgonne go nnal le ngwana a le mongwe fela - ebong, nna. Ntate a nyala monnawe mme, ebong, Mmangwanne, yo o leng mmagwe Itumelang, Mareko le Neo. Itumelang o na le dingwaga di le 17, Mareko di 13, Neo ene di 10. Rotlhe re nna mmogo ka boitumelo. Bogologolo go ne go siame fela go nyala basadi ba bantsi. Gompieno ga go a tlwaelesega.<br> Re na le marantafole a le matlhano. E nnye ke ya boapeelo, e nngwe ke ya bana, e nngwe ya ga rre, mme tse pedi ke tsa basadi ba gagwe, mongwe le mongwe o na le ya gagwe.<br> ''Araba Dipotso Tse'' # Leina la mokwadi ke mang? # Batsadi ba gagwe ke bo-mang? # Mosetsan(?) yo o tsaletswe kae? # Ramotswa o mo kgaolong efe? # Go nna batho ba le kae mo Ramotswa? # Tuelo o na le dingwaga di le kae? # Tuelo o na le bo-monnawe ba le kae? # O dira ngwaga wa bokae kwa University? # O ithutela go nna eng? # Itumelang o ikaelela go dira eng kwa U.B? # O tlaa ya U.B leng? # Tirelo Sechaba ke eng ka Sekgowa? # Tuelo o na le natsadi ba le kae? (Tlhalosa/Explain) # A batho ba, ba nna mmogo? # Go na le matlo a le kae mo lapeng? kgaolong dikhilomethara santse ipereka molao morago ebong lokwalo pelaelo amogelwa boitumelo Bogologolo tlwaelesega marantafole boapeelo mongwe le mongwe 261c2725c9c0c80139f5e032ec85337624ff3f89 175 174 2007-05-28T19:41:46Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki === Kinship terms=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | "my father" || "your father" || "his/her father" || English |- | Rre/Ntate || Rrago || Rraagwe || Father |- | Mme || Mmago || Mmaagwe || Mother |- | Rre-Mogolo/Ntate-Mogolo || Rrago-Mogolo || Rraagwe-Mogolo || Grandfather |- | Mme-Mogolo/Nkoko || Mmago-Mogolo || Mmaagwe-Mogolo || Grandmother |- | Nkgonne(Aubuti/Ausi) || Mogoloo (Aubutiago/Ausiago) || Mogolowe || Elder brother/sister |- | Nnake || Monnao || Monnawe || Younger brother/sister |- | Kgaitsadiake || Kgaitsadio || Kgaitsadie || Sibling of the opposite sex |- | Rangwane || Rangwanaago || Rangwanaagwe || Paternal uncle |- | Rakgadi || Rakgadiago || Rakgadiagwe || Paternal aunt |- | Malome || Malomaago || Malomaagwe || Maternal uncle |- | Mmangwane || x || x || Maternal aunt |- | Ntsalake || Ntsalao || Ntsalae || Cousin |} ===Comprehension Exercise=== Leina la me ke Tuelo Moilwa. Rre ke Bitsang, Mme ke o bidiwa Ipotseng. Ke tsaletswe mo Motsenf wa(s?) Ramotswa. Motse o,o mo kgaolong ya Borwa-Botlhaba. O ka nna dikhilomethara di le 30 go tswa Gaborone. Go nna batho ba le 37,000 mo motseng o. Ke na le dingwaga tse 25 le bonnake ba le bararo, basimane ba babedi le mosetsana. Nnake wa ntlha le wa bobedi ke basimane, mme wa bofelo ke mosetsana. Bonnake ba basimane ba tsena sekolo kwa Kagiso Secondary. Wa mosetsa a santse a le mo sekolong se se botlana sa mission.<br> Nna ke dira ngwaga wa bone kwa University ya Botswana (U.B). Ke ithutela go nna Agente. Ngwaga o o tlang ke tlaa bo ke bereka mo ga Goromente mo Attorney General's Chamber. Ke tlaa bereka dingwaga di le nne ka gore ke molao, mme morago ke tlaa ipereka.<br> Nnake wa ntlha, ebong Itumeleng, o dira lokwalo la botlhano fa wa bobedi ebong, Mareko, a dira la boraro. Itumeleng a re o batla go ya U.B go dira Boenjenere morago ga Tirelo Sechaba. Ga na pelaelo gore o tlaa amogelwa kwa U.B ka go re o botlhale tota. Mareko ene a re o rata bongaka ba diphologolo. A re o batla go nna le polase le leruo le lentsi. Mosetsana a re ene o eletsa go nna mooki go thusa ba ba lwalang.<br> Ke na le bomme ba le babedi. Rre o nyetse basadi ba babedi. O nyetse mme pele ka gore o kgonne go nnal le ngwana a le mongwe fela - ebong, nna. Ntate a nyala monnawe mme, ebong, Mmangwanne, yo o leng mmagwe Itumelang, Mareko le Neo. Itumelang o na le dingwaga di le 17, Mareko di 13, Neo ene di 10. Rotlhe re nna mmogo ka boitumelo. Bogologolo go ne go siame fela go nyala basadi ba bantsi. Gompieno ga go a tlwaelesega.<br> Re na le marantafole a le matlhano. E nnye ke ya boapeelo, e nngwe ke ya bana, e nngwe ya ga rre, mme tse pedi ke tsa basadi ba gagwe, mongwe le mongwe o na le ya gagwe.<br> ''Araba Dipotso Tse'' # Leina la mokwadi ke mang? # Batsadi ba gagwe ke bo-mang? # Mosetsan(?) yo o tsaletswe kae? # Ramotswa o mo kgaolong efe? # Go nna batho ba le kae mo Ramotswa? # Tuelo o na le dingwaga di le kae? # Tuelo o na le bo-monnawe ba le kae? # O dira ngwaga wa bokae kwa University? # O ithutela go nna eng? # Itumelang o ikaelela go dira eng kwa U.B? # O tlaa ya U.B leng? # Tirelo Sechaba ke eng ka Sekgowa? # Tuelo o na le natsadi ba le kae? (Tlhalosa/Explain) # A batho ba, ba nna mmogo? # Go na le matlo a le kae mo lapeng? ===Template table - Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | kgaolong || x |- | dikhilomethara || x |- | santse || x |- | ipereka || x |- | molao || x |- | morago || x |- | ebong || x |- | lokwalo || x |- | pelaelo || x |- | amogelwa || x |- | boitumelo || x |- | Bogologolo || x |- | tlwaelesega || x |- | marantafole || x |- | boapeelo || x |- | mongwe le mongwe || x |} 3f5bd54e3c1ff4a496d5f2606ef24260348714bd 186 175 2007-05-31T19:31:24Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ === Kinship terms=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | "my father" || "your father" || "his/her father" || English |- | Rre/Ntate || Rrago || Rraagwe || Father |- | Mme || Mmago || Mmaagwe || Mother |- | Rre-Mogolo/Ntate-Mogolo || Rrago-Mogolo || Rraagwe-Mogolo || Grandfather |- | Mme-Mogolo/Nkoko || Mmago-Mogolo || Mmaagwe-Mogolo || Grandmother |- | Nkgonne(Aubuti/Ausi) || Mogoloo (Aubutiago/Ausiago) || Mogolowe || Elder brother/sister |- | Nnake || Monnao || Monnawe || Younger brother/sister |- | Kgaitsadiake || Kgaitsadio || Kgaitsadie || Sibling of the opposite sex |- | Rangwane || Rangwanaago || Rangwanaagwe || Paternal uncle |- | Rakgadi || Rakgadiago || Rakgadiagwe || Paternal aunt |- | Malome || Malomaago || Malomaagwe || Maternal uncle |- | Mmangwane || x || x || Maternal aunt |- | Ntsalake || Ntsalao || Ntsalae || Cousin |} ===Comprehension Exercise=== Leina la me ke Tuelo Moilwa. Rre ke Bitsang, Mme ke o bidiwa Ipotseng. Ke tsaletswe mo Motsenf wa(s?) Ramotswa. Motse o,o mo kgaolong ya Borwa-Botlhaba. O ka nna dikhilomethara di le 30 go tswa Gaborone. Go nna batho ba le 37,000 mo motseng o. Ke na le dingwaga tse 25 le bonnake ba le bararo, basimane ba babedi le mosetsana. Nnake wa ntlha le wa bobedi ke basimane, mme wa bofelo ke mosetsana. Bonnake ba basimane ba tsena sekolo kwa Kagiso Secondary. Wa mosetsa a santse a le mo sekolong se se botlana sa mission.<br> Nna ke dira ngwaga wa bone kwa University ya Botswana (U.B). Ke ithutela go nna Agente. Ngwaga o o tlang ke tlaa bo ke bereka mo ga Goromente mo Attorney General's Chamber. Ke tlaa bereka dingwaga di le nne ka gore ke molao, mme morago ke tlaa ipereka.<br> Nnake wa ntlha, ebong Itumeleng, o dira lokwalo la botlhano fa wa bobedi ebong, Mareko, a dira la boraro. Itumeleng a re o batla go ya U.B go dira Boenjenere morago ga Tirelo Sechaba. Ga na pelaelo gore o tlaa amogelwa kwa U.B ka go re o botlhale tota. Mareko ene a re o rata bongaka ba diphologolo. A re o batla go nna le polase le leruo le lentsi. Mosetsana a re ene o eletsa go nna mooki go thusa ba ba lwalang.<br> Ke na le bomme ba le babedi. Rre o nyetse basadi ba babedi. O nyetse mme pele ka gore o kgonne go nnal le ngwana a le mongwe fela - ebong, nna. Ntate a nyala monnawe mme, ebong, Mmangwanne, yo o leng mmagwe Itumelang, Mareko le Neo. Itumelang o na le dingwaga di le 17, Mareko di 13, Neo ene di 10. Rotlhe re nna mmogo ka boitumelo. Bogologolo go ne go siame fela go nyala basadi ba bantsi. Gompieno ga go a tlwaelesega.<br> Re na le marantafole a le matlhano. E nnye ke ya boapeelo, e nngwe ke ya bana, e nngwe ya ga rre, mme tse pedi ke tsa basadi ba gagwe, mongwe le mongwe o na le ya gagwe.<br> ''Araba Dipotso Tse'' # Leina la mokwadi ke mang? # Batsadi ba gagwe ke bo-mang? # Mosetsan(?) yo o tsaletswe kae? # Ramotswa o mo kgaolong efe? # Go nna batho ba le kae mo Ramotswa? # Tuelo o na le dingwaga di le kae? # Tuelo o na le bo-monnawe ba le kae? # O dira ngwaga wa bokae kwa University? # O ithutela go nna eng? # Itumelang o ikaelela go dira eng kwa U.B? # O tlaa ya U.B leng? # Tirelo Sechaba ke eng ka Sekgowa? # Tuelo o na le natsadi ba le kae? (Tlhalosa/Explain) # A batho ba, ba nna mmogo? # Go na le matlo a le kae mo lapeng? ===Template table - Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | kgaolong || x |- | dikhilomethara || x |- | santse || x |- | ipereka || x |- | molao || x |- | morago || x |- | ebong || x |- | lokwalo || x |- | pelaelo || x |- | amogelwa || x |- | boitumelo || x |- | Bogologolo || x |- | tlwaelesega || x |- | marantafole || x |- | boapeelo || x |- | mongwe le mongwe || x |} [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] 4ab1f30e07e86081b94cc5c450187839977b70ef 201 186 2007-06-05T15:26:12Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ === Kinship terms=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | "my father" || "your father" || "his/her father" || English |- | Rre/Ntate || Rrago || Rraagwe || Father |- | Mme || Mmago || Mmaagwe || Mother |- | Rre-Mogolo/Ntate-Mogolo || Rrago-Mogolo || Rraagwe-Mogolo || Grandfather |- | Mme-Mogolo/Nkoko || Mmago-Mogolo || Mmaagwe-Mogolo || Grandmother |- | Nkgonne(Aubuti/Ausi) || Mogoloo (Aubutiago/Ausiago) || Mogolowe || Elder brother/sister |- | Nnake || Monnao || Monnawe || Younger brother/sister |- | Kgaitsadiake || Kgaitsadio || Kgaitsadie || Sibling of the opposite sex |- | Rangwane || Rangwanaago || Rangwanaagwe || Paternal uncle |- | Rakgadi || Rakgadiago || Rakgadiagwe || Paternal aunt |- | Malome || Malomaago || Malomaagwe || Maternal uncle |- | Mmangwane || x || x || Maternal aunt |- | Ntsalake || Ntsalao || Ntsalae || Cousin |} ===Comprehension Exercise=== Leina la me ke Tuelo Moilwa. Rre ke Bitsang, Mme ke o bidiwa Ipotseng. Ke tsaletswe mo Motseng wa Ramotswa. Motse o,o mo kgaolong ya Borwa-Botlhaba. O ka nna dikhilomethara di le 30 go tswa Gaborone. Go nna batho ba le 37,000 mo motseng o. Ke na le dingwaga tse 25 le bonnake ba le bararo, basimane ba babedi le mosetsana. Nnake wa ntlha le wa bobedi ke basimane, mme wa bofelo ke mosetsana. Bonnake ba basimane ba tsena sekolo kwa Kagiso Secondary. Wa mosetsa a santse a le mo sekolong se se botlana sa mission.<br> Nna ke dira ngwaga wa bone kwa University ya Botswana (U.B). Ke ithutela go nna Agente. Ngwaga o o tlang ke tlaa bo ke bereka mo ga Goromente mo Attorney General's Chamber. Ke tlaa bereka dingwaga di le nne ka gore ke molao, mme morago ke tlaa ipereka.<br> Nnake wa ntlha, ebong Itumeleng, o dira lokwalo la botlhano fa wa bobedi ebong, Mareko, a dira la boraro. Itumeleng a re o batla go ya U.B go dira Boenjenere morago ga Tirelo Sechaba. Ga na pelaelo gore o tlaa amogelwa kwa U.B ka go re o botlhale tota. Mareko ene a re o rata bongaka ba diphologolo. A re o batla go nna le polase le leruo le lentsi. Mosetsana a re ene o eletsa go nna mooki go thusa ba ba lwalang.<br> Ke na le bomme ba le babedi. Rre o nyetse basadi ba babedi. O nyetse mme pele ka gore o kgonne go nnal le ngwana a le mongwe fela - ebong, nna. Ntate a nyala monnawe mme, ebong, Mmangwanne, yo o leng mmagwe Itumelang, Mareko le Neo. Itumelang o na le dingwaga di le 17, Mareko di 13, Neo ene di 10. Rotlhe re nna mmogo ka boitumelo. Bogologolo go ne go siame fela go nyala basadi ba bantsi. Gompieno ga go a tlwaelesega.<br> Re na le marantafole a le matlhano. E nnye ke ya boapeelo, e nngwe ke ya bana, e nngwe ya ga rre, mme tse pedi ke tsa basadi ba gagwe, mongwe le mongwe o na le ya gagwe.<br> ''Araba Dipotso Tse'' # Leina la mokwadi ke mang? # Batsadi ba gagwe ke bo-mang? # Mosetsana yo o tsaletswe kae? # Ramotswa o mo kgaolong efe? # Go nna batho ba le kae mo Ramotswa? # Tuelo o na le dingwaga di le kae? # Tuelo o na le bo-monnawe ba le kae? # O dira ngwaga wa bokae kwa University? # O ithutela go nna eng? # Itumelang o ikaelela go dira eng kwa U.B? # O tlaa ya U.B leng? # Tirelo Sechaba ke eng ka Sekgowa? # Tuelo o na le natsadi ba le kae? (Tlhalosa/Explain) # A batho ba, ba nna mmogo? # Go na le matlo a le kae mo lapeng? ===Template table - Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | kgaolong || x |- | dikhilomethara || x |- | santse || x |- | ipereka || x |- | molao || x |- | morago || x |- | ebong || x |- | lokwalo || x |- | pelaelo || x |- | amogelwa || x |- | boitumelo || x |- | Bogologolo || x |- | tlwaelesega || x |- | marantafole || x |- | boapeelo || x |- | mongwe le mongwe || x |} [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] 94f2f2f256f57522a0ac4f809fe80e6bd127b255 0 6 176 57 2007-05-31T19:15:21Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Like most Bantu languages, Setswana contains many noun classes. While English doesn't really have noun classes (other than singluar and plural), French could be said to contain four noun classes (masculine singular, masculine plural, feminine singular, feminine plural) which each have their own agreements for adjectives etc. It is possible to be understood in Setswana without getting all the noun class agreements correct, and some people may find it easier to pick up the different subject markers by ear over time. However, the following brief description is given to assist the learner who wants to understand the grammar behind the language. Setswana has around 16 noun classes. The following is based on the noun classification system for Bantu languages developed by [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carl_Meinhof Carl Meinhof]. ===Class 1 and 2 (mo- ba-)=== *These are all for people (though not all people words are in these classes). Class 1 is for singular (motho = person, moruti = teacher) while Class 2 is plural (batho = people, baruti = teachers). *Also in class 1 are Proper nouns (eg names Nthati, Sarah etc) and kinship terms eg ngwana=child, mme = mother, rre mogolo = grandfather etc. *Also in class 2 is BoSarah = Sarah & company/friends, and plural kinship terms eg bana=children *These nouns take the subject markers which we have seen already (ke,o,o,re,le,ba) ===Class 3 and 4 (mo- me-)=== *These classes are non personal nouns, in particular trees and some parts of the body *These nouns take subject marker o and e ===Class 5 and 6 (le- ma-)=== *These classes contain words for professions, many of which have undesirable associations *These nouns take subject marker le and a ===Class 7 and 8 (se- di-)=== *Includes nouns for disability, languages and culture *These nouns take subject marker se and di ===Class 9 and 10 (- di-)=== *This is the "junk class" in which most imported words from other languages fall. *It also includes many of the animal nouns *These nouns take subject marker e and di ===Class 11 and 12 (lo- di-)=== *This class includes natural phenomena and also long objects @@ *These nouns take subject marker lo and di *Class 12 takes all the same agreements as Class 10, and is therefore omitted from some guides ===Class 14 (bo-)=== *These are called collective nouns, such as: @@@@@@ *These nouns take subject marker bo ===Class 15 (go -)=== *These are nouns formed from infinitive verbs (gerunds), such as go ya=to eat, go ithuta=to learn etc. For example in the sentence "to learn is good" "to learn" is a noun which would be in this class *These nouns take subject marker go ===Class 16,17,18 (fa-, ko- mo-)=== *The final classes are called the locative classes and are to do with location *They are beyond the scope of the beginner's course ! ===[[noun class summary table]]=== 5909b13f32dcd485dbe1209b48958f83918c2974 0 4 177 32 2007-05-31T19:21:44Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | koko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 704ae90dbca77e7fcb8f886e686fff994efe897c 214 177 2009-03-20T18:50:57Z Admin 1 Protected "[[Greetings]]" [edit=sysop:move=sysop] wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | koko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 704ae90dbca77e7fcb8f886e686fff994efe897c 220 214 2009-04-12T12:53:09Z Admin 1 /* Vocabulary */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} aa9e190029458f18f88d72ebfc0e76058835efa4 0 7 178 48 2007-05-31T19:23:00Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ By the end of this lesson you will be able to introduce yourself and others. ===Subject Markers and Personal Pronouns=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || me (1st person) || nna || myself |- | o || you (2nd person) || wena || yourself |- | o || he/she (3rd person) || ene || himself/herself |- | re || us || rona || ourselves |- | le || you (plural)|| lona || yourselves |- | ba || them || bone || themselves |- |} === Introduction 1=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || O bidiwa mang ? || Who are you called ? |- | B || Ke bidiwa Peter || I am called Peter |- | A || O tswa kae ? || Where are you from ? |- | B || Ke tswa kwa* UK, wena o tswa kae ? || I come from the UK, where are you from? |- | A || Le nna ke tswa kwa* UK || and I also come from the UK |- | B || O tsile leng mo Botswana ?|| When did you come to Botswana? |- | A || Ke tsile ka September 2006 || I came in September 2006 |- | B || O tsile ka eng ? || How did you come [you came with what?] |- | A || Ke tsile ka sefofane || I came by airoplane |- | B || Mo Botswana o dira eng ? || What do you do in Botswana ? |- | A || Ke ithuta Setswana || I am learning Setswana |- | B || Jaanong o nna kae ? || Now where do you stay ? |- | A || Ke nna kwa* Broadhurst, wena o nna kae? || I stay in Broadhurst, where do you stay ? |- | B || Ke nna kwa* Block 6 || I stay in Block 6 |- | A || Go siame rra || OK sir |} NOTE * "ko" is often used instead of "kwa" ===Introduction 2=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Leina la gago ke mang? || What is your name ? |- | B || Leina la me ke Peter. Wena, leina la gago ke mang? || My name is Peter. What is your name? |- | A || Leina la me ke Robert || My name is Robert |- | B || Sefane sa gago ke mang? || What is your surname |- | A || Sefane sa me ke Jones || My surname is Jones |- | B || Mosetsana yole o bidiwa mang ? || The girl over there, what is she called ? |- | A || Leina la gagwe ke Bonolo || Her name is Bonolo |} ===Introduction 3=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" |- | A || Ke bidiwa Peter, wena o mang ? || I am called Peter, who are you ? |- | B || Ke bidiwa Bonolo || I am called Bonolo |- | A || Ke itumelela go go itse || I am happy to know you |} The identification card for Batswana is called OMANG from "o mang" 43cdcfc8464a50632120b176ac18bad1ad4b4744 215 178 2009-03-20T18:51:25Z Admin 1 Protected "[[Introducing yourself]]" [edit=sysop:move=sysop] wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ By the end of this lesson you will be able to introduce yourself and others. ===Subject Markers and Personal Pronouns=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || me (1st person) || nna || myself |- | o || you (2nd person) || wena || yourself |- | o || he/she (3rd person) || ene || himself/herself |- | re || us || rona || ourselves |- | le || you (plural)|| lona || yourselves |- | ba || them || bone || themselves |- |} === Introduction 1=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || O bidiwa mang ? || Who are you called ? |- | B || Ke bidiwa Peter || I am called Peter |- | A || O tswa kae ? || Where are you from ? |- | B || Ke tswa kwa* UK, wena o tswa kae ? || I come from the UK, where are you from? |- | A || Le nna ke tswa kwa* UK || and I also come from the UK |- | B || O tsile leng mo Botswana ?|| When did you come to Botswana? |- | A || Ke tsile ka September 2006 || I came in September 2006 |- | B || O tsile ka eng ? || How did you come [you came with what?] |- | A || Ke tsile ka sefofane || I came by airoplane |- | B || Mo Botswana o dira eng ? || What do you do in Botswana ? |- | A || Ke ithuta Setswana || I am learning Setswana |- | B || Jaanong o nna kae ? || Now where do you stay ? |- | A || Ke nna kwa* Broadhurst, wena o nna kae? || I stay in Broadhurst, where do you stay ? |- | B || Ke nna kwa* Block 6 || I stay in Block 6 |- | A || Go siame rra || OK sir |} NOTE * "ko" is often used instead of "kwa" ===Introduction 2=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Leina la gago ke mang? || What is your name ? |- | B || Leina la me ke Peter. Wena, leina la gago ke mang? || My name is Peter. What is your name? |- | A || Leina la me ke Robert || My name is Robert |- | B || Sefane sa gago ke mang? || What is your surname |- | A || Sefane sa me ke Jones || My surname is Jones |- | B || Mosetsana yole o bidiwa mang ? || The girl over there, what is she called ? |- | A || Leina la gagwe ke Bonolo || Her name is Bonolo |} ===Introduction 3=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" |- | A || Ke bidiwa Peter, wena o mang ? || I am called Peter, who are you ? |- | B || Ke bidiwa Bonolo || I am called Bonolo |- | A || Ke itumelela go go itse || I am happy to know you |} The identification card for Batswana is called OMANG from "o mang" 43cdcfc8464a50632120b176ac18bad1ad4b4744 0 50 179 143 2007-05-31T19:23:52Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). ===Basic Subject Markers=== We have already seen the subject markers {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || I (1st person) |- | o || you (2nd person) |- | o* || he/she (3rd person) |- | re || we |- | le** || you (plural) |- | ba || them |} .*in the negative, this becomes "a"<br> .**in some dialects, marker "lo" is used instead of "le"<br> These are the subject markers for people, there are many other markers for nouns which belong to other classes - see later in [[noun classes]] ===Present Tense (Short Form)=== In this form, the present tense is simply made by adding the subject marker and the verb. However, this can only be used when there is a word following the verb (otherwise you use the "long form" see below) {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke bidiwa Paul || I am called Paul |- | o bidiwa Ntathi || she is called Ntathi (or you are called Ntathi) |- | monna o ja apole || the man (he) is eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || we are learning Setswana |- | ke bao ko lelapeng || I am returning home |} ===Present Tense (long form)=== If there are no words following the verb, then an extra "a" marker must be added before the verb (called the "long form marker") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | re a ithuta || we are learning |- | basadi ba a ja || the women (they) are eating |- | ke a kwala || I am writing |- | ke a bao jaanong || I am returning now * |} .* the verb still takes the long form even though followed by "jaanong". More strictly the long form applies if the verb is "questionable" (eg "I am returning now" is questionable - where are you returning? but "I am returning home" is not) ===Present Tense (negative)=== To form the negative, the negative article "ga" comes before the subject marker, and the end of the verb changes from "a" to "e". The long form marker "a" disappears. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monna o ja apole || monna ga a je apole* || the man (he) is not eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || ga re ithuthe Setswana || we are not learning Setswana |- | re a ithuta || ga re ithute || we are not learning |- | basadi ba a ja || basadi ga ba je || the women (they) are not eating |- | ke a kwala || ga ke kwale || I am not writing |} .* Note "o" subject marker changes to "a" in negative form ===Verb "to be"=== There is no direct equivalent of the verb "to be" in Setswana. The marker "ke" is used to express identity, but in other situations the normal subject marker is used. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ke moruti || Jane is a teacher |- | Jane o montle || Jane is beautiful |} This will become clearer with use ===Negative of verb "to be"=== The marker "se" is used as the negative of "ke" {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ga se moruti || Jane is not a teacher |- | Jane ga o montle || Jane is not beautiful |} ===Verb "to have"=== The words "na le" are used for possession, and also for association (think of it as being "to be with") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || I have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane has children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary is with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || There are people in the office (literally "to be with people in the office") |} "Go" is the subject marker for infinitives (see later in [[noun classes]]) ===Negative of "to have"=== In the negative form as well as adding the negative article "ga", the "le" dissapears {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || ga ke na koloi || I don't have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane ga a na bana || Jane hasn't any children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary ga a na Pitso || Mary isn't with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || Ga go na batho mo ofising || There aren't any people in the office |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | bereka || work |- | rata || like/love |- | ithuta || learn |- | tshwara || catch |- | thusa || help |- | bina || dance |- | opela || sing |- | nwa || drink |- | taga || intoxicate |- | utswa || steal |- | batla || want/need |- | sia || run away |- | bela || boil/brew |- | tsoga || wake up |- | tlhola || spend the day |- | robala || sleep |- | sala || stay |} ===Vocabulary - Nouns === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mosadi || basadi || woman |- | mosetsana || basetsana || girl |- | motswana || batswana || Botswana national |- | moithuti || baithuti || trainees/learners |- | lepodisi || x || police officer |- | x || masole || soldier |- | sefofu || x || blind person |- | x || digole || disabled person |- | kgomo || x || cow |- | lonao || x || foot |- | bojalwa || x || beer/alcoholic beverage |- | mabele || x || sorghum |- | setswana || x || language of Batswana |- | legodu || x || thief |- | metsi || x || water |- | madi || x || money/blood |} 9c53043daf79f934dd3fe038407a313892a04ddf 216 179 2009-03-20T18:51:50Z Admin 1 Protected "[[Verbs - present tense]]" [edit=sysop:move=sysop] wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ Verbs in Setswana (and most Bantu languages) are almost always accompanied by a subject marker (except in the imperative/command form). ===Basic Subject Markers=== We have already seen the subject markers {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke || I (1st person) |- | o || you (2nd person) |- | o* || he/she (3rd person) |- | re || we |- | le** || you (plural) |- | ba || them |} .*in the negative, this becomes "a"<br> .**in some dialects, marker "lo" is used instead of "le"<br> These are the subject markers for people, there are many other markers for nouns which belong to other classes - see later in [[noun classes]] ===Present Tense (Short Form)=== In this form, the present tense is simply made by adding the subject marker and the verb. However, this can only be used when there is a word following the verb (otherwise you use the "long form" see below) {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke bidiwa Paul || I am called Paul |- | o bidiwa Ntathi || she is called Ntathi (or you are called Ntathi) |- | monna o ja apole || the man (he) is eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || we are learning Setswana |- | ke bao ko lelapeng || I am returning home |} ===Present Tense (long form)=== If there are no words following the verb, then an extra "a" marker must be added before the verb (called the "long form marker") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | re a ithuta || we are learning |- | basadi ba a ja || the women (they) are eating |- | ke a kwala || I am writing |- | ke a bao jaanong || I am returning now * |} .* the verb still takes the long form even though followed by "jaanong". More strictly the long form applies if the verb is "questionable" (eg "I am returning now" is questionable - where are you returning? but "I am returning home" is not) ===Present Tense (negative)=== To form the negative, the negative article "ga" comes before the subject marker, and the end of the verb changes from "a" to "e". The long form marker "a" disappears. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monna o ja apole || monna ga a je apole* || the man (he) is not eating an apple |- | re ithutha Setswana || ga re ithuthe Setswana || we are not learning Setswana |- | re a ithuta || ga re ithute || we are not learning |- | basadi ba a ja || basadi ga ba je || the women (they) are not eating |- | ke a kwala || ga ke kwale || I am not writing |} .* Note "o" subject marker changes to "a" in negative form ===Verb "to be"=== There is no direct equivalent of the verb "to be" in Setswana. The marker "ke" is used to express identity, but in other situations the normal subject marker is used. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ke moruti || Jane is a teacher |- | Jane o montle || Jane is beautiful |} This will become clearer with use ===Negative of verb "to be"=== The marker "se" is used as the negative of "ke" {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Jane ga se moruti || Jane is not a teacher |- | Jane ga o montle || Jane is not beautiful |} ===Verb "to have"=== The words "na le" are used for possession, and also for association (think of it as being "to be with") {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || I have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane has children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary is with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || There are people in the office (literally "to be with people in the office") |} "Go" is the subject marker for infinitives (see later in [[noun classes]]) ===Negative of "to have"=== In the negative form as well as adding the negative article "ga", the "le" dissapears {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke na le koloi || ga ke na koloi || I don't have a car |- | Jane o na le bana || Jane ga a na bana || Jane hasn't any children |- | Mary o na le Pitso || Mary ga a na Pitso || Mary isn't with Pitso |- | Go na le batho mo ofising || Ga go na batho mo ofising || There aren't any people in the office |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | bereka || work |- | rata || like/love |- | ithuta || learn |- | tshwara || catch |- | thusa || help |- | bina || dance |- | opela || sing |- | nwa || drink |- | taga || intoxicate |- | utswa || steal |- | batla || want/need |- | sia || run away |- | bela || boil/brew |- | tsoga || wake up |- | tlhola || spend the day |- | robala || sleep |- | sala || stay |} ===Vocabulary - Nouns === {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mosadi || basadi || woman |- | mosetsana || basetsana || girl |- | motswana || batswana || Botswana national |- | moithuti || baithuti || trainees/learners |- | lepodisi || x || police officer |- | x || masole || soldier |- | sefofu || x || blind person |- | x || digole || disabled person |- | kgomo || x || cow |- | lonao || x || foot |- | bojalwa || x || beer/alcoholic beverage |- | mabele || x || sorghum |- | setswana || x || language of Batswana |- | legodu || x || thief |- | metsi || x || water |- | madi || x || money/blood |} 9c53043daf79f934dd3fe038407a313892a04ddf 0 10 180 52 2007-05-31T19:24:44Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ In this lesson you will learn about locations and how to talk about location (in front of, nearby etc) ===Locatives=== locatives "ko/kwa", "mo" and "fa" are used to describe location. "mo" usually means "in, on, inside" while "ko/kwa" usually means "to, from, at". {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | o kae? || where are you/he/she ? |- | ke bereka mo ofising || I am working in the office |- | o nna kwa Broadhurt mo Gaborone || he stays at Broadhurst in Gaborone |- | Festus o ko Francistown || Festus is in Francistown |- | Ba kwa tirong || They are at work |- | Sarah o yo || Sarah is here |- | Sarah ga a yo || Sarah is not here |} Note the use of "ofising" and "tirong" above. In general, whenever a noun is used as a location following "ko/kwa/mo/fa" then -ng is added at the end, unless the noun ends in "a" in which case the "a" is replaced by "-eng". === Location nouns=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | banka || bankeng || in the bank |- | sepatela || sepateleng || in the hospital |- | moraka || morakeng || at the cattle post |- | kereke|| kerekeng || in the church |- | motse || motseng || in the village |- | tafole|| tafoleng || on the table |- | kopi || koping || in the cup |- | ofisi || ofising || in the office |- | lefifi || lefifing || in the dark/darkness |- | sephiri || sephiring || in secret/privacy |- | shopo || shopong || in the shop |- | toropo || toropong || in the town |- | tiro || tirong || in the workplace |- | sekolo || sekolong || in the school |- | maru || marung || in the clouds |} see later lesson [[getting around]] for how to say "on top of", "underneath" etc ===Where is?=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || John o kae ?|| Where is John ? |- | B || O teng || He is here/roundabouts |- | A || Bese e* kae ? || Where is the bus ? |- | B || Bese e teng || The bus is here/there |} * "e" is the subject marker for the noun "bese" see [[noun classes]] later ===Conversation=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela tsala ya me || Hello my friend |- | B || Dumela Dineo, o tlhotse jang? || Hello Dineo , how have you spent your day ? |- | A || Ke tlhotse, wena o kae? || Good, how are you ? |- | B || Le nna ke teng. O ya kae o itlhaganetse jaana ? || I'm fine as well. Where are you going in such a hurry? |- | A || Ke ya kwa bankeng, ke batla madi go ya kwa dikopelong ka moso || I'm going to the bank, I need money to go to the music competitions tomorrow |- | B || Ao! Dikopelo di kae ? || Oh! where are the competitions ? |- | A || Di kwa Mochudi kwa sekolong sa Molefi || They are in Mochudi at Molefi School |- | B || Ehe! O tlaa boa leng ? || Right! when will you come back ? |- | A || Ke akanya gore ke tlaa boa ka moso morago ga dikopelo || I think that I will come back tomorrow after the competitions |- | B || Mme o tsamaya ka eng ? || How are you getting there |- | A || Ke tlaa tsamaya ka dibese ka gore ke tshaba dilifiti || I will go by buses because I am afraid of lifts |- | B || Ruri tsala ya me, le nna ke tshaba dilifti. O tsamaye sentle || Certainly my friend, I am also afraid of lifts |- | A || Ee, rra tlaa bonana fa ke boa || Yes, we will see each other when I come back |} This example uses the [[verbs - future tense]] and subject marker "di" for noun "dikopelo" which we will see in the next lesson. fc3947a88277c6be81f4b5f7d5c6826e5ff136e7 217 180 2009-03-20T18:52:12Z Admin 1 Protected "[[Location]]" [edit=sysop:move=sysop] wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ In this lesson you will learn about locations and how to talk about location (in front of, nearby etc) ===Locatives=== locatives "ko/kwa", "mo" and "fa" are used to describe location. "mo" usually means "in, on, inside" while "ko/kwa" usually means "to, from, at". {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | o kae? || where are you/he/she ? |- | ke bereka mo ofising || I am working in the office |- | o nna kwa Broadhurt mo Gaborone || he stays at Broadhurst in Gaborone |- | Festus o ko Francistown || Festus is in Francistown |- | Ba kwa tirong || They are at work |- | Sarah o yo || Sarah is here |- | Sarah ga a yo || Sarah is not here |} Note the use of "ofising" and "tirong" above. In general, whenever a noun is used as a location following "ko/kwa/mo/fa" then -ng is added at the end, unless the noun ends in "a" in which case the "a" is replaced by "-eng". === Location nouns=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | banka || bankeng || in the bank |- | sepatela || sepateleng || in the hospital |- | moraka || morakeng || at the cattle post |- | kereke|| kerekeng || in the church |- | motse || motseng || in the village |- | tafole|| tafoleng || on the table |- | kopi || koping || in the cup |- | ofisi || ofising || in the office |- | lefifi || lefifing || in the dark/darkness |- | sephiri || sephiring || in secret/privacy |- | shopo || shopong || in the shop |- | toropo || toropong || in the town |- | tiro || tirong || in the workplace |- | sekolo || sekolong || in the school |- | maru || marung || in the clouds |} see later lesson [[getting around]] for how to say "on top of", "underneath" etc ===Where is?=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || John o kae ?|| Where is John ? |- | B || O teng || He is here/roundabouts |- | A || Bese e* kae ? || Where is the bus ? |- | B || Bese e teng || The bus is here/there |} * "e" is the subject marker for the noun "bese" see [[noun classes]] later ===Conversation=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela tsala ya me || Hello my friend |- | B || Dumela Dineo, o tlhotse jang? || Hello Dineo , how have you spent your day ? |- | A || Ke tlhotse, wena o kae? || Good, how are you ? |- | B || Le nna ke teng. O ya kae o itlhaganetse jaana ? || I'm fine as well. Where are you going in such a hurry? |- | A || Ke ya kwa bankeng, ke batla madi go ya kwa dikopelong ka moso || I'm going to the bank, I need money to go to the music competitions tomorrow |- | B || Ao! Dikopelo di kae ? || Oh! where are the competitions ? |- | A || Di kwa Mochudi kwa sekolong sa Molefi || They are in Mochudi at Molefi School |- | B || Ehe! O tlaa boa leng ? || Right! when will you come back ? |- | A || Ke akanya gore ke tlaa boa ka moso morago ga dikopelo || I think that I will come back tomorrow after the competitions |- | B || Mme o tsamaya ka eng ? || How are you getting there |- | A || Ke tlaa tsamaya ka dibese ka gore ke tshaba dilifiti || I will go by buses because I am afraid of lifts |- | B || Ruri tsala ya me, le nna ke tshaba dilifti. O tsamaye sentle || Certainly my friend, I am also afraid of lifts |- | A || Ee, rra tlaa bonana fa ke boa || Yes, we will see each other when I come back |} This example uses the [[verbs - future tense]] and subject marker "di" for noun "dikopelo" which we will see in the next lesson. fc3947a88277c6be81f4b5f7d5c6826e5ff136e7 0 45 181 147 2007-05-31T19:26:07Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ nako mang? = what time? === Times=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | kgantele || a few moments/hours ago |- | gompieno || today |- | maabane || yesterday |- | kamoso || tomorrow |- | maloba || a few days/weeks/months ago |- | maloba a maabane || day before yesterday |- | beke e || this week |- | beke e e tlang || the week which is coming |- | beke e e fetileng || the week which is past |- | kgwedi || month |- | ngwaga || year |- | paka e selemo || summer |- | paka e mariga || winter |- | paka e letlhatula || harvest time |} === Times of day=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | phakela / mo mosong || morning |- | motshegare || day time |- | tshokologo || afternoon |- | maitseboa || evening |- | bosigo || night |} === Telling the Time=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke robetse ka 11 maabane bosigo || I slept at 11 o'clock yesterday night |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |} === Examples=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |} ea1b276cd16df8940e8e9cd5faee80500145a502 197 181 2007-06-03T06:20:36Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ nako mang? = what time? ke nako mang ? = what time is it? === Times=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | kgantele || a few moments/hours ago |- | gompieno || today |- | maabane || yesterday |- | kamoso || tomorrow |- | maloba || a few days/weeks/months ago |- | maloba a maabane || day before yesterday |- | beke e || this week |- | beke e e tlang || the week which is coming |- | beke e e fetileng || the week which is past |- | kgwedi || month |- | ngwaga || year |- | paka e selemo || summer |- | paka e mariga || winter |- | paka e letlhatula || harvest time |} === Times of day=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | phakela / mo mosong || morning |- | motshegare || day time |- | tshokologo || afternoon |- | maitseboa || evening |- | bosigo || night |} === Telling the Time=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke robetse ka 11 maabane bosigo || I slept at 11 o'clock yesterday night |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |} === Examples=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |} 742a82ffde8fd5b46e6ade2c32746b293c8c0db9 0 44 182 152 2007-05-31T19:27:13Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ Aim - be able to describe ownership using possessive markers (my/your/our etc). Possessive expressions are formed using a possessive marker, which depends on the noun class of the thing possessed. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mosadi wa motsomi || the wife of the hunter || (mosadi = class 1) |- | molomo wa tau || the mouth of the lion || (molomo = class 3) |- | lee la ntshe || the egg of the ostrich || (lee = class 5) |- | selepe sa kgosi || the axe of the chief || (selepe = class 7) |- | ditlhako tsa ngwana || the shoes of the child || (ditlhako = class 8) |} The possessive markers are formed by taking the subject marker and adding "a" as follows: === Possessive Markers === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class 1 || Mosadi || o + a|| wa |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba + a || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o + a || wa |- | Class 4 || mesese || e + a || ya |- | Class 5 || legodu || le + a || la |- | Class 6 || makgowa || a + a || a |- | Class 7 || Setswana || se + a || sa |- | Class 8 || dimumu || di + a || tsa |- | Class 9 || koloi || e + a || ya |- | Class 10 || diphologolo || di + a || tsa |- | Class 11 || lorole || lo + a || xxx |- | Class 12 || dikgong || di + a || tsa |- | Class 14 || borotha || bo + a || xxxx |- | Class 15 || go ithuta || go + a || xxxx |} === Personal Possessive === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | mine || - me || ngwana wa me|| my child |- | your || - gago || dilepe tsa gago || your x |- | his/her || - gagwe || baithuti ba gagwe || his/her x |- | our || - rona || ngwana wa rona || our child |- | your (plural) || - lona || Ditonki tsa lona || x |- | their || - bone || ngwana wa bane || thier child |} === Possession with a Person's Name=== When a name or kinship term is used with a possessive, the word "ga" is added before the name {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ngwana wa ga Neo || Neo's child |- | ke mosese wa ga Nthati || it is Nthati's dress |- | re bonye dikgomo tsa ga Dikeledi || we saw Dikeledi's cattle |- | ba badile dibuka tsa ga Shakespeare || they read Shakespeare's books |- | dinsta tsa gago di bolaile dipodi tsa ga maolme || your dogs have killed my uncle's goats |} === Possession question - Whose ? === === Descriptive Possessives 55fc9ceff030b9916d52a6a63d155efaac55f9ed 0 47 183 136 2007-05-31T19:28:06Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ The past continuous tense is used for an action which was in progress at a point in the past. For example "he was going to Gauteng". In Setswana, this is formed by using an "auxiliary verb" (ne). Both the verb ne and the original verb take the object marker. === Past Continuous positive=== * ke ne ke ithuta Setswana = I was learning Setswana * o ne o ithuta Setswana = you were learning Setswana * o ne a ithuta Setswana = she was learning Setswana {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke ne ke nna kwa Kanye ngwaga e e fetileng || I was staying in Kanye last year |- | o ne o tshameka sentle thata || you were playing very well |- | Mosidi o ne a opela monate || Mosidi was singing nicely |- | re ne re ithuta go bala le go kwala || we were learning (how) to read and write |- | Bo-rra, a lo ne lo bua kaga dikgomo ? || Gentlemen, were you talking about cattle ? |- | Dikgomo di ne di nwa metsi kwa sedibeng || @@@ |- | Dipodi di ne di fula kwa thabeng || the goats were grazing at the mountain |} === Past Continuous negative=== An additional "sa" is placed just before the verb to make it negative, and the end of the verb is changed to -e * ke ne ke sa ithute Setswana = I wasn't learning Setswana * o ne o sa ithute Setswana = you weren't learning Setswana * o ne a sa ithute Setswana = she wasn't learning Setswana {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke ne ke sa nne kwa Kanye ngwaga e e fetileng || I wasn't staying in Kanye last year |- | o ne o sa tshameke sentle thata || you weren't playing very well |- | Mosidi o ne a sa opele monate || Mosidi wasn't singing nicely |- | re ne re sa ithute go bala le go kwala || we weren't learning (how) to read and write |- | Bo-rra, a lo ne lo sa bue kaga dikgomo ? || Gentlemen, weren't you talking about cattle ? |- | Dikgomo di ne di sa nwe metsi kwa sedibeng || @@@ |- | Dipodi di ne di sa fule kwa thabeng || the goats weren't grazing at the mountain |} === Past Continuous of "to be" (Copulative)=== This is formed using "le" for the verb in the positive * ke ne ke le kgosi = I was a chief * o ne o le kgosi = you were a chief In the negative, "se" is used * ke ne ke se kgosi = I wasn't a chief * o ne o se kgosi = you weren't a chief {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke ne ke le kgosi ngwaga e e fetileng || I was the chief last year |- | ke ne ke se kgosi ngwaga e e fetileng || I wasn't the chief last year |- | go ne go le tsidi maabane || it was cold yesterday |- | go ne go se tsidi maabane || it wasn't cold yesterday |} ===Exercise=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | gompieno ka 7.10 ke ne ke le mo tseleng go tla B.O.C || x |- | ke na ke le mokima ngwaga e e fetileng || x |- | Tumelo o ne a le kae maabane maitseboa ? || x |- | O ne a le kwa Mike's Kitchen || x |- | A go ne go le monate kwa Bull and Bush ? || x |- | Ee, go ne go le monate thata || x |- | A go ne go le Labotlhano maabane ? || x |- | Nnyaa, go ne go se Labotlhano || x |- | ke ne ke le nosi mo sekolong maabane || x |- | ke ne ke le nosi fa ke simolola ga apaya || x |} 82b65ca4f80c12b0e0a815af9625e4392553c57e 0 48 184 148 2007-05-31T19:28:54Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ Numbers are often spoken in English, particularly for larger numbers. === Numbers=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | 1 || -ngwe || first || ntlha |- | 2 || -bedi || second || bobedi |- | 3 || -raro || third || boraro |- | 4 || -nne || fourth || bone |- | 5 || -tlhano || fifth || botlhano |- | 6 || -rataro || sixth || borataro |- | 7 || -supa || seventh || bosupa |- | 8 || -robabobedi || eighth || borobabobedi |- | 9 || -robabongwe || ninth || borababongwe |- | 10 || -some/-lesome || tenth || bosome/bolesome |- | 15 || lesome le botlhano || - || - |- | 20 || masome a mabedi || - || - |- | many || ntsi || - || - |} === Examples=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | bana ba le bararo || 3 children |- | x || x |- | x || x |- | x || x |} === Days of the Week=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | letsatsi la bongwe || Mantaga || Monday |- | letsatsi la bobedi || Labobedi || Tuesday |- | letsatsi la boraro || Laboraro || Wednesday |- | letsatsi la bone || Labone || Thursday |- | letsatsi la botlhano || Labotlhano || Friday |- | letsatsi la borataro || Sateretaga / Matlhatso || Saturday |- | letsatsi la bosupa || Sontaga / Tshipi || Sunday |} 5ccd4e7e11688ea3a70aa24fe9d080ebd9478160 0 51 185 164 2007-05-31T19:30:24Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ Aim - use adjectives to describe things - the TALL man, the NEW car ===Soft Adjectives=== When using these adjectives, add the subject prefix to the start of the adjective. *-ntle (beautiful) mosadi montle, basadi bantle, le@@ lentle, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | -ntle || beautiful |- | -tona || big |- | -kima || fat |- | -sesane || slim |- | -nnye || small/young/little |- | -leele || long/tall |- | -khutshwane || short |- | -ntsi || many/plenty |- | -sweu || white |- | -ntsho || black |- | -tala || blue/green |- | -hibidu || red |} ===Strong/Hard Adjectives=== These adjectives stay the same whatever the noun is. *monate (nice/enjoyable) @@@ monate, ba@@ monate, le@@ monate, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monate || nice/enjoyable/tasty |- | maswe || ugly/bad |- | turu || expensive |- | chipi || cheap |- | thata || hard/strong/very much |- | motlhofo || weak/lightweight/simple |- | leswe || dirty |- | sekono || clean |- | bokete || hard/heavy |} ===Use in simple sentences=== *nna ke montle - I am beautiful *mosadi o montle - the woman is beautiful *Batswana ba bantsi mo Botswana - Batswana are many in Botswana *Batswana ga ba bantsi mo UK - Batswana are few (not many) in the UK *mosese o mohibidu - the dress is red (or "the red dress" see below) ===More complex sentences=== using the adjective in normal sentences requires use of the "adjectival concord", related to the [[relative]] construction see later. *mosadi yo montle o bidiwa Sara - the beautiful woman is called Sarah<br> here "yo" is the adjectival concord for noun mosadi === Adjectival Concords === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class || Example || Adjectival Concord || Soft Adjective || Subject Marker |- | Class 1 || Mosadi || yo || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba || ba-ntle || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 4 || mesese || e || me-ntle || e |- | Class 5 || legodu || le || le-ntle || le |- | Class 6 || makgowa || a || ma-ntle || a |- | Class 7 || Setswana || se || se-ntle || se |- | Class 8 || dimumu || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 9 || koloi || e || ntle || e |- | Class 10 || diphologolo || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 11 || lorole || lo || lo-ntle || lo |- | Class 12 || dikgong || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 14 || borotha || bo || bo-ntle || bo |- | Class 15 || go ithuta || go || go-ntle || go |} Note the adjectival concord is the same as the subject prefix except for class 1 o -> yo and subject prefix di -> tse ===Comprehension Exercise=== Leina la me ke Sara. Ke fana ka Boardman. Ke tswa kwa California mo Amerika. Ke na le dingwaga di le 23. Batsadi ba me ba nna kwa California. Rre ke ngaka ya meno, mme ene ga a bereke o tlhokomela lelapa. Re bararo, ke na le bo-kgaitsadiake ba babedi, yo motona le yo monnye. Nkgonne o bereka mo restaurenteng, o itse go apaya thata. O tlhola a re apeela pizza, tlhapi le dikheiki. Leina la gagwe ke Paul. O na le dingwaga di le 25. Paul o nyetse. Mosadi wa gagwe o bidiwa Kim. Ba ne le ngwana a le mongwe fela, ke mosetsana.<br> Nnake o bidiwa Rob, o na le dingwaga tse 19. O santse a tsena sekolo kwa University ya California. O dira ngwaga wa bobedi.<br> Rotlhe re rata Rob thata ka gore re akanya gore ke mosimane yo monnye, gape o botlhale thata. Ke akanya gore ngwaga e, Rob o tlaa nketela. Fa a tla, re tlaa ya kwa Chobe go bone diphologolo. Kwa Chobe go monate ka gore go na le diphologolo, dinonyane le metsi a mantsi.<br> Nkoko le ntatemogolo ba tlhokafetse. Ke na le rakgadi le malome. Rakgadi o bereka mo shopong. Go a na bana, o nna a le nosi. Fa ke fetsi tiro ya me mono, ke tlaa nna le rakgadi kwa Pensylvania. Malome ene o na le bana ba le babedi. Bo-Ntsalake ba tsena mo High School, ke basetsana botlhe. Ke a ba rata, gape ke eletsa gore le bone ba nketele fa dikolo tsa bone di tswalwa.<br> ''Jaanong araba dipotso tse: (now answer these questions:)'' <br> #Leina la mokwadi ke mang? #Dingwaga tsa gagwe di kae? #O tsaletswe kae? #Rragwe o dira eng? #Leina la mogolowe ke mang? #Rob ke mang? #Rob ke ngwana wa bokae mo lapeng? #Botlhe ba rata Rob ka goreng? #Rob o dira ngwaga wa bokae kwa University? #Kwa Chobe go monate kagoreng? #Sara o ikaelela go dira eng fa a fetsa tiro ya gagwe mono? ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | fana || surname / here |- | dingwaga || years |- | batsadi || parents |- | ngaka ya meno || dentist (doctor of teeth) |- | tlhokomela || to nurse/look after |- | lelapa || home / compound |- | -raro || three |- | kgaitsadiaka || my brother/sister |- | tlhola || to spend the day |- | apeela || to cook for |- | tlhapi || fish |- | dikheiki || cakes |- | nyetse || has married (past tense) |- | fela || only / nonetheless |- | santse || has rained lightly (past tense) ???? |- | rotlhe || all of us |- | akanya || to think |- | gore || that/so that |- | botlhale || intelligent/clever |- | nketela || visit me |- | diphologolo || animals |- | diononyane || birds |- | -ntsi || many/too much |- | tlhokafetse || has become scarce/has died |- | rakgadi || aunt (father's sister) |- | malome || uncle (mather's brother) |- | a le nosi || alone |- | fetsa || finish/complete |- | botlhe || all of them ?? |- | eletsa || wish for/desire |- | dikolo || schools |- | tswalwa || being closed/shut |} [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] 8a3f4104724f54344919e872c8f395f4b590fb05 210 185 2008-07-31T18:23:04Z Jacob 2 /* Vocabulary */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ Aim - use adjectives to describe things - the TALL man, the NEW car ===Soft Adjectives=== When using these adjectives, add the subject prefix to the start of the adjective. *-ntle (beautiful) mosadi montle, basadi bantle, le@@ lentle, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | -ntle || beautiful |- | -tona || big |- | -kima || fat |- | -sesane || slim |- | -nnye || small/young/little |- | -leele || long/tall |- | -khutshwane || short |- | -ntsi || many/plenty |- | -sweu || white |- | -ntsho || black |- | -tala || blue/green |- | -hibidu || red |} ===Strong/Hard Adjectives=== These adjectives stay the same whatever the noun is. *monate (nice/enjoyable) @@@ monate, ba@@ monate, le@@ monate, etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | monate || nice/enjoyable/tasty |- | maswe || ugly/bad |- | turu || expensive |- | chipi || cheap |- | thata || hard/strong/very much |- | motlhofo || weak/lightweight/simple |- | leswe || dirty |- | sekono || clean |- | bokete || hard/heavy |} ===Use in simple sentences=== *nna ke montle - I am beautiful *mosadi o montle - the woman is beautiful *Batswana ba bantsi mo Botswana - Batswana are many in Botswana *Batswana ga ba bantsi mo UK - Batswana are few (not many) in the UK *mosese o mohibidu - the dress is red (or "the red dress" see below) ===More complex sentences=== using the adjective in normal sentences requires use of the "adjectival concord", related to the [[relative]] construction see later. *mosadi yo montle o bidiwa Sara - the beautiful woman is called Sarah<br> here "yo" is the adjectival concord for noun mosadi === Adjectival Concords === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Class || Example || Adjectival Concord || Soft Adjective || Subject Marker |- | Class 1 || Mosadi || yo || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 2 || Batho || ba || ba-ntle || ba |- | Class 3 || Molomo || o || mo-ntle || o |- | Class 4 || mesese || e || me-ntle || e |- | Class 5 || legodu || le || le-ntle || le |- | Class 6 || makgowa || a || ma-ntle || a |- | Class 7 || Setswana || se || se-ntle || se |- | Class 8 || dimumu || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 9 || koloi || e || ntle || e |- | Class 10 || diphologolo || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 11 || lorole || lo || lo-ntle || lo |- | Class 12 || dikgong || tse || di-ntle || di |- | Class 14 || borotha || bo || bo-ntle || bo |- | Class 15 || go ithuta || go || go-ntle || go |} Note the adjectival concord is the same as the subject prefix except for class 1 o -> yo and subject prefix di -> tse ===Comprehension Exercise=== Leina la me ke Sara. Ke fana ka Boardman. Ke tswa kwa California mo Amerika. Ke na le dingwaga di le 23. Batsadi ba me ba nna kwa California. Rre ke ngaka ya meno, mme ene ga a bereke o tlhokomela lelapa. Re bararo, ke na le bo-kgaitsadiake ba babedi, yo motona le yo monnye. Nkgonne o bereka mo restaurenteng, o itse go apaya thata. O tlhola a re apeela pizza, tlhapi le dikheiki. Leina la gagwe ke Paul. O na le dingwaga di le 25. Paul o nyetse. Mosadi wa gagwe o bidiwa Kim. Ba ne le ngwana a le mongwe fela, ke mosetsana.<br> Nnake o bidiwa Rob, o na le dingwaga tse 19. O santse a tsena sekolo kwa University ya California. O dira ngwaga wa bobedi.<br> Rotlhe re rata Rob thata ka gore re akanya gore ke mosimane yo monnye, gape o botlhale thata. Ke akanya gore ngwaga e, Rob o tlaa nketela. Fa a tla, re tlaa ya kwa Chobe go bone diphologolo. Kwa Chobe go monate ka gore go na le diphologolo, dinonyane le metsi a mantsi.<br> Nkoko le ntatemogolo ba tlhokafetse. Ke na le rakgadi le malome. Rakgadi o bereka mo shopong. Go a na bana, o nna a le nosi. Fa ke fetsi tiro ya me mono, ke tlaa nna le rakgadi kwa Pensylvania. Malome ene o na le bana ba le babedi. Bo-Ntsalake ba tsena mo High School, ke basetsana botlhe. Ke a ba rata, gape ke eletsa gore le bone ba nketele fa dikolo tsa bone di tswalwa.<br> ''Jaanong araba dipotso tse: (now answer these questions:)'' <br> #Leina la mokwadi ke mang? #Dingwaga tsa gagwe di kae? #O tsaletswe kae? #Rragwe o dira eng? #Leina la mogolowe ke mang? #Rob ke mang? #Rob ke ngwana wa bokae mo lapeng? #Botlhe ba rata Rob ka goreng? #Rob o dira ngwaga wa bokae kwa University? #Kwa Chobe go monate kagoreng? #Sara o ikaelela go dira eng fa a fetsa tiro ya gagwe mono? ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | fana || surname / here |- | dingwaga || years |- | batsadi || parents |- | ngaka ya meno || dentist (doctor of teeth) |- | tlhokomela || to nurse/look after |- | lelapa || home / compound |- | -raro || three |- | kgaitsadiaka || my brother/sister |- | tlhola || to spend the day |- | apeela || to cook for |- | tlhapi || fish |- | dikheiki || cakes |- | nyetse || has married (past tense) |- | fela || only / nonetheless |- | santse || still (also has rained lightly - past tense) |- | rotlhe || all of us |- | akanya || to think |- | gore || that/so that |- | botlhale || intelligent/clever |- | nketela || visit me |- | diphologolo || animals |- | diononyane || birds |- | -ntsi || many/too much |- | tlhokafetse || has become scarce/has died |- | rakgadi || aunt (father's sister) |- | malome || uncle (mather's brother) |- | a le nosi || alone |- | fetsa || finish/complete |- | botlhe || all of them |- | eletsa || wish for/desire |- | dikolo || schools |- | tswalwa || being closed/shut |} [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] cbcf114cfd36d081632d8464dd49ccaae96d4e39 2 54 188 2007-05-31T19:33:18Z Jacob 2 New page: Jacob lives in Gaborone and is learning Setswana. He is fluent in Kiswahili. wikitext text/x-wiki Jacob lives in Gaborone and is learning Setswana. He is fluent in Kiswahili. 3465f735ac8ad6db0cdfda30de640e4ffb48eca6 0 2 189 149 2007-05-31T19:34:28Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ ==Bua Setswana Course== This course is aimed at beginners who want to learn to speak Setswana. The course aims to help students achieve a basic mastery of Setswana to allow them to communicate their basic needs and serve as a foundation on which to build their language skills. The course is based on information from Nthati Phetlhu (Gaborone, Botswana) Before starting, students should refer to the notes on [[Pronunciation]] It is strongly recommended that the student learns by speaking with Batswana speakers at the earliest opportunity. ==Lessons== #[[greetings]], useful phrases #[[introducing yourself]] #[[verbs - present tense]] including verbs "to have" and "to be" #[[location]] including nouns ending in –ng #[[simple sentences and linking words]] #[[noun classes]] #[[verbs - past tense]] #[[times of day]] #[[verb objects and conjunctives]] (joining words) #[[possessives]] #[[verbs - future tense]] #[[verbs - past continuous tense]] #[[numbers]] , days of the week #[[human body]] , tribes #[[adjectives]] #[[comparatives]] #[[shopping]] #[[adverbs]] #[[relative construct]] #[[kinship terms]] #[[demonstratives]] #[[imperatives]] #[[getting around]] #[[climate]] ==Reference/Revision Material== *[[Noun class summary table]] *[[Verb tenses summary]] *[[work related vocabulary]] ==External Teaching Material== *Booklet "First Steps in Spoken Setswana" published by Pula Press 1978 *CD "Learn Setswana" from [http://www.eurotalk.com Eurotalk] This is really just a lot of vocabulary much of which has little relevance to life in Botswana. However you can at least listen to Setswana speakers pronouncing the words. ==Dictionaries== *Setswana-English-Setswana Dictionary (Macmillan Botswana) ISBN 99912-77-77-3 Compiled by Z I Matumo in 1993, based on previous dictionaries by Missionaires. The dictionary is 647 pages long and recommended for serious Setswana learners. *Shuters Compact Setswana Dictionary (Shuter & Shooter) ISBN 0-7960-0639-3 Includes both singular and plural forms of nouns (eg "motho" and "batho") to assist learners. For "South African" Setswana rather than "Botswana" Setswana. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] 99209e78a0e14dd5f4daa1591f2b9656e883c1a5 190 189 2007-06-02T11:03:31Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ ==Bua Setswana Course== This course is aimed at beginners who want to learn to speak Setswana. The course aims to help students achieve a basic mastery of Setswana to allow them to communicate their basic needs and serve as a foundation on which to build their language skills. The course is based on information from Nthati Phetlhu (Gaborone, Botswana) Before starting, students should refer to the notes on [[Pronunciation]] It is strongly recommended that the student learns by speaking with Batswana speakers at the earliest opportunity. ==Lessons== #[[greetings]], useful phrases #[[introducing yourself]] #[[verbs - present tense]] including verbs "to have" and "to be" #[[location]] including nouns ending in –ng #[[simple sentences and linking words]] #[[noun classes]] #[[verbs - past tense]] #[[times of day]] #[[verb objects and conjunctives]] (joining words) #[[possessives]] #[[verbs - future tense]] #[[verbs - past continuous tense]] #[[numbers]] , days of the week #[[human body]] , tribes #[[adjectives]] #[[comparatives]] #[[shopping]] #[[adverbs]] #[[relative construct]] #[[kinship terms]] #[[demonstratives]] #[[imperatives]] #[[getting around]] #[[climate]] ==Reference/Revision Material== *[[Noun class summary table]] *[[Verb tenses summary]] *[[work related vocabulary]] ==External Teaching Material== *Booklet "First Steps in Spoken Setswana" published by Pula Press 1978 * "Understanding Everyday Setswana" A vocabulary & reference book - Pam Wilken Published 1994 Maskew Miller Longman [http://www.mml.co.za] ISBN 0-636-01871-75-770 Ninety four pages of vocabulary and phrases sorted in sections (eg animals, clothing, emergency situations etc). No grammar. *CD "Learn Setswana" from [http://www.eurotalk.com Eurotalk] This is really just a lot of vocabulary much of which has little relevance to life in Botswana. However you can at least listen to Setswana speakers pronouncing the words. *"Tswana for Beginners" JW Snyman, JC le Roux, M le Roux ISBN 0-86981-699-3 Published UNISA University of South Africa Pretoria 1991. 315 pages, with useful help on grammar. ==Dictionaries== *Setswana-English-Setswana Dictionary (Macmillan Botswana) ISBN 99912-77-77-3 Compiled by Z I Matumo in 1993, based on previous dictionaries by Missionaires. The dictionary is 647 pages long and recommended for serious Setswana learners. *Shuters Compact Setswana Dictionary (Shuter & Shooter) ISBN 0-7960-0639-3 Includes both singular and plural forms of nouns (eg "motho" and "batho") to assist learners. For "South African" Setswana rather than "Botswana" Setswana. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] c259b4f0d4a8f1fbd45fb033b83e1716fdc91461 191 190 2007-06-02T11:06:37Z Jacob 2 /* External Teaching Material */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ ==Bua Setswana Course== This course is aimed at beginners who want to learn to speak Setswana. The course aims to help students achieve a basic mastery of Setswana to allow them to communicate their basic needs and serve as a foundation on which to build their language skills. The course is based on information from Nthati Phetlhu (Gaborone, Botswana) Before starting, students should refer to the notes on [[Pronunciation]] It is strongly recommended that the student learns by speaking with Batswana speakers at the earliest opportunity. ==Lessons== #[[greetings]], useful phrases #[[introducing yourself]] #[[verbs - present tense]] including verbs "to have" and "to be" #[[location]] including nouns ending in –ng #[[simple sentences and linking words]] #[[noun classes]] #[[verbs - past tense]] #[[times of day]] #[[verb objects and conjunctives]] (joining words) #[[possessives]] #[[verbs - future tense]] #[[verbs - past continuous tense]] #[[numbers]] , days of the week #[[human body]] , tribes #[[adjectives]] #[[comparatives]] #[[shopping]] #[[adverbs]] #[[relative construct]] #[[kinship terms]] #[[demonstratives]] #[[imperatives]] #[[getting around]] #[[climate]] ==Reference/Revision Material== *[[Noun class summary table]] *[[Verb tenses summary]] *[[work related vocabulary]] ==External Teaching Material== *Booklet "First Steps in Spoken Setswana" published by Pula Press 1978 * "Understanding Everyday Setswana" A vocabulary & reference book - Pam Wilken Published 1994 Maskew Miller Longman [http://www.mml.co.za] ISBN 0-636-01871-7 or ISBN 978-0-636-01871-6 Ninety four pages of vocabulary and phrases sorted in sections (eg animals, clothing, emergency situations etc). No grammar. *CD "Learn Setswana" from [http://www.eurotalk.com Eurotalk] This is really just a lot of vocabulary much of which has little relevance to life in Botswana. However you can at least listen to Setswana speakers pronouncing the words. *"Tswana for Beginners" JW Snyman, JC le Roux, M le Roux ISBN 0-86981-699-3 Published UNISA University of South Africa Pretoria 1991. 315 pages, with useful help on grammar. ==Dictionaries== *Setswana-English-Setswana Dictionary (Macmillan Botswana) ISBN 99912-77-77-3 Compiled by Z I Matumo in 1993, based on previous dictionaries by Missionaires. The dictionary is 647 pages long and recommended for serious Setswana learners. *Shuters Compact Setswana Dictionary (Shuter & Shooter) ISBN 0-7960-0639-3 Includes both singular and plural forms of nouns (eg "motho" and "batho") to assist learners. For "South African" Setswana rather than "Botswana" Setswana. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] 204ce0eb0a6f0bfde294990a5e6261e82fb34932 192 191 2007-06-02T11:10:45Z Jacob 2 /* Dictionaries */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ ==Bua Setswana Course== This course is aimed at beginners who want to learn to speak Setswana. The course aims to help students achieve a basic mastery of Setswana to allow them to communicate their basic needs and serve as a foundation on which to build their language skills. The course is based on information from Nthati Phetlhu (Gaborone, Botswana) Before starting, students should refer to the notes on [[Pronunciation]] It is strongly recommended that the student learns by speaking with Batswana speakers at the earliest opportunity. ==Lessons== #[[greetings]], useful phrases #[[introducing yourself]] #[[verbs - present tense]] including verbs "to have" and "to be" #[[location]] including nouns ending in –ng #[[simple sentences and linking words]] #[[noun classes]] #[[verbs - past tense]] #[[times of day]] #[[verb objects and conjunctives]] (joining words) #[[possessives]] #[[verbs - future tense]] #[[verbs - past continuous tense]] #[[numbers]] , days of the week #[[human body]] , tribes #[[adjectives]] #[[comparatives]] #[[shopping]] #[[adverbs]] #[[relative construct]] #[[kinship terms]] #[[demonstratives]] #[[imperatives]] #[[getting around]] #[[climate]] ==Reference/Revision Material== *[[Noun class summary table]] *[[Verb tenses summary]] *[[work related vocabulary]] ==External Teaching Material== *Booklet "First Steps in Spoken Setswana" published by Pula Press 1978 * "Understanding Everyday Setswana" A vocabulary & reference book - Pam Wilken Published 1994 Maskew Miller Longman [http://www.mml.co.za] ISBN 0-636-01871-7 or ISBN 978-0-636-01871-6 Ninety four pages of vocabulary and phrases sorted in sections (eg animals, clothing, emergency situations etc). No grammar. *CD "Learn Setswana" from [http://www.eurotalk.com Eurotalk] This is really just a lot of vocabulary much of which has little relevance to life in Botswana. However you can at least listen to Setswana speakers pronouncing the words. *"Tswana for Beginners" JW Snyman, JC le Roux, M le Roux ISBN 0-86981-699-3 Published UNISA University of South Africa Pretoria 1991. 315 pages, with useful help on grammar. ==Dictionaries== *Setswana-English-Setswana Dictionary (Macmillan Botswana) ISBN 99912-77-77-3 Compiled by Z I Matumo in 1993, based on previous dictionaries by Missionaires. The dictionary is 647 pages long and recommended for serious Setswana learners. *Thanodi ya Setswana - Longman ISBN 9991250549 or 9789991250540 - haven't seen this one *Shuters Compact Setswana Dictionary (Shuter & Shooter) ISBN 0-7960-0639-3 Includes both singular and plural forms of nouns (eg "motho" and "batho") to assist learners. For "South African" Setswana rather than "Botswana" Setswana. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] ea39ab3f8264630e4884d193aa83eb3108c17062 193 192 2007-06-02T11:12:47Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ ==Bua Setswana Course== This course is aimed at beginners who want to learn to speak Setswana. The course aims to help students achieve a basic mastery of Setswana to allow them to communicate their basic needs and serve as a foundation on which to build their language skills. The course is based on information from Nthati Phetlhu (Gaborone, Botswana) Before starting, students should refer to the notes on [[Pronunciation]] It is strongly recommended that the student learns by speaking with Batswana speakers at the earliest opportunity. ==Lessons== #[[greetings]], useful phrases #[[introducing yourself]] #[[verbs - present tense]] including verbs "to have" and "to be" #[[location]] including nouns ending in –ng #[[simple sentences and linking words]] #[[noun classes]] #[[verbs - past tense]] #[[times of day]] #[[verb objects and conjunctives]] (joining words) #[[possessives]] #[[verbs - future tense]] #[[verbs - past continuous tense]] #[[numbers]] , days of the week #[[human body]] , tribes #[[adjectives]] #[[comparatives]] #[[shopping]] #[[adverbs]] #[[relative construct]] #[[kinship terms]] #[[demonstratives]] #[[imperatives]] #[[getting around]] #[[climate]] ==Reference/Revision Material== *[[Noun class summary table]] *[[Verb tenses summary]] *[[work related vocabulary]] ==External Teaching Material== *Booklet "First Steps in Spoken Setswana" published by Pula Press 1978 * "Understanding Everyday Setswana" A vocabulary & reference book - Pam Wilken Published 1994 Maskew Miller Longman [http://www.mml.co.za] ISBN 0-636-01871-7 or ISBN 978-0-636-01871-6 Ninety four pages of vocabulary and phrases sorted in sections (eg animals, clothing, emergency situations etc). No grammar. *CD "Learn Setswana" from [http://www.eurotalk.com Eurotalk] This is really just a lot of vocabulary much of which has little relevance to life in Botswana. However you can at least listen to Setswana speakers pronouncing the words. *"Tswana for Beginners" JW Snyman, JC le Roux, M le Roux ISBN 0-86981-699-3 Published UNISA University of South Africa Pretoria 1991. 315 pages, with useful help on grammar. ==Dictionaries== *Setswana-English-Setswana Dictionary (Macmillan Botswana) ISBN 99912-77-77-3 Compiled by Z I Matumo in 1993, based on previous dictionaries by Missionaires. The dictionary is 647 pages long and recommended for serious Setswana learners. *Thanodi ya Setswana - Longman ISBN 9991250549 or 9789991250540 - haven't seen this one but its listed [http://www.mml.co.za/dictionaries_african.htm#setswana here] *Shuters Compact Setswana Dictionary (Shuter & Shooter) ISBN 0-7960-0639-3 Includes both singular and plural forms of nouns (eg "motho" and "batho") to assist learners. For "South African" Setswana rather than "Botswana" Setswana. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] 4ca71234d45fe3d773265cb3fcc1b7bfdadff338 194 193 2007-06-02T11:18:12Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ ==Bua Setswana Course== This course is aimed at beginners who want to learn to speak Setswana. The course aims to help students achieve a basic mastery of Setswana to allow them to communicate their basic needs and serve as a foundation on which to build their language skills. The course is based on information from Nthati Phetlhu (Gaborone, Botswana) Before starting, students should refer to the notes on [[Pronunciation]] It is strongly recommended that the student learns by speaking with Batswana speakers at the earliest opportunity. ==Lessons== #[[greetings]], useful phrases #[[introducing yourself]] #[[verbs - present tense]] including verbs "to have" and "to be" #[[location]] including nouns ending in –ng #[[simple sentences and linking words]] #[[noun classes]] #[[verbs - past tense]] #[[times of day]] #[[verb objects and conjunctives]] (joining words) #[[possessives]] #[[verbs - future tense]] #[[verbs - past continuous tense]] #[[numbers]] , days of the week #[[human body]] , tribes #[[adjectives]] #[[comparatives]] #[[shopping]] #[[adverbs]] #[[relative construct]] #[[kinship terms]] #[[demonstratives]] #[[imperatives]] #[[getting around]] #[[climate]] ==Reference/Revision Material== *[[Noun class summary table]] *[[Verb tenses summary]] *[[work related vocabulary]] ==External Teaching Material== *Booklet "First Steps in Spoken Setswana" published by Pula Press 1978 * "Understanding Everyday Setswana" A vocabulary & reference book - Pam Wilken Published 1994 Maskew Miller Longman [http://www.mml.co.za] ISBN 0-636-01871-7 or ISBN 978-0-636-01871-6 Ninety four pages of vocabulary and phrases sorted in sections (eg animals, clothing, emergency situations etc). No grammar. *CD "Learn Setswana" from [http://www.eurotalk.com Eurotalk] This is really just a lot of vocabulary much of which has little relevance to life in Botswana. However you can at least listen to Setswana speakers pronouncing the words. *"Tswana for Beginners" JW Snyman, JC le Roux, M le Roux ISBN 0-86981-699-3 Published UNISA University of South Africa Pretoria 1991. 315 pages, with useful help on grammar. ==Dictionaries== *Setswana-English-Setswana Dictionary (Macmillan Botswana) ISBN 99912-77-77-3 Compiled by Z I Matumo in 1993, based on previous dictionaries by Missionaires. The dictionary is 647 pages long and recommended for serious Setswana learners. *Thanodi ya Setswana - Longman ISBN 9991250549 or 9789991250540 - haven't seen this one but its listed [http://www.mml.co.za/dictionaries_african.htm#setswana here] *Shuters Compact Setswana Dictionary (Shuter & Shooter) ISBN 0-7960-0639-3 Includes both singular and plural forms of nouns (eg "motho" and "batho") to assist learners. For "South African" Setswana rather than "Botswana" Setswana. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] ==Other References== *The Sound System of Setswana - Dept of African Languages and Literature - University of Botswana Published 1999 by Lightbooks, Gaborone. ISBN 99912-71-21-X *Structure of a Setswana Sentence f7d4d9e4210ce076f1bf79ad1508def566e481f5 211 194 2009-03-20T18:50:11Z Admin 1 Protected "[[Course]]" [edit=sysop:move=sysop] wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ ==Bua Setswana Course== This course is aimed at beginners who want to learn to speak Setswana. The course aims to help students achieve a basic mastery of Setswana to allow them to communicate their basic needs and serve as a foundation on which to build their language skills. The course is based on information from Nthati Phetlhu (Gaborone, Botswana) Before starting, students should refer to the notes on [[Pronunciation]] It is strongly recommended that the student learns by speaking with Batswana speakers at the earliest opportunity. ==Lessons== #[[greetings]], useful phrases #[[introducing yourself]] #[[verbs - present tense]] including verbs "to have" and "to be" #[[location]] including nouns ending in –ng #[[simple sentences and linking words]] #[[noun classes]] #[[verbs - past tense]] #[[times of day]] #[[verb objects and conjunctives]] (joining words) #[[possessives]] #[[verbs - future tense]] #[[verbs - past continuous tense]] #[[numbers]] , days of the week #[[human body]] , tribes #[[adjectives]] #[[comparatives]] #[[shopping]] #[[adverbs]] #[[relative construct]] #[[kinship terms]] #[[demonstratives]] #[[imperatives]] #[[getting around]] #[[climate]] ==Reference/Revision Material== *[[Noun class summary table]] *[[Verb tenses summary]] *[[work related vocabulary]] ==External Teaching Material== *Booklet "First Steps in Spoken Setswana" published by Pula Press 1978 * "Understanding Everyday Setswana" A vocabulary & reference book - Pam Wilken Published 1994 Maskew Miller Longman [http://www.mml.co.za] ISBN 0-636-01871-7 or ISBN 978-0-636-01871-6 Ninety four pages of vocabulary and phrases sorted in sections (eg animals, clothing, emergency situations etc). No grammar. *CD "Learn Setswana" from [http://www.eurotalk.com Eurotalk] This is really just a lot of vocabulary much of which has little relevance to life in Botswana. However you can at least listen to Setswana speakers pronouncing the words. *"Tswana for Beginners" JW Snyman, JC le Roux, M le Roux ISBN 0-86981-699-3 Published UNISA University of South Africa Pretoria 1991. 315 pages, with useful help on grammar. ==Dictionaries== *Setswana-English-Setswana Dictionary (Macmillan Botswana) ISBN 99912-77-77-3 Compiled by Z I Matumo in 1993, based on previous dictionaries by Missionaires. The dictionary is 647 pages long and recommended for serious Setswana learners. *Thanodi ya Setswana - Longman ISBN 9991250549 or 9789991250540 - haven't seen this one but its listed [http://www.mml.co.za/dictionaries_african.htm#setswana here] *Shuters Compact Setswana Dictionary (Shuter & Shooter) ISBN 0-7960-0639-3 Includes both singular and plural forms of nouns (eg "motho" and "batho") to assist learners. For "South African" Setswana rather than "Botswana" Setswana. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] ==Other References== *The Sound System of Setswana - Dept of African Languages and Literature - University of Botswana Published 1999 by Lightbooks, Gaborone. ISBN 99912-71-21-X *Structure of a Setswana Sentence f7d4d9e4210ce076f1bf79ad1508def566e481f5 0 5 195 15 2007-06-02T16:33:14Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki In Setswana, the vowels are pronounced as in the following English words: *'a' as in 'c'''a'''r' *'e' as in 'l'''e'''t' *'i' as in 'm'''ee'''t' *'o' as in 'g'''o'''' *'u' as in 'sch'''oo'''l' There are also a few combinations of consonants which are pronounced very differently from English: *'g' = an 'h' sound deep in your throat, like the end of "lo'''ch'''" *'kg' = k + an 'h' sound deep in your throat *'kh' = k + some air *'ph' = p + some air *'th' = t + some air (NOT like English "th") *'ny' = think of isolating the 'ny' in 'canyon' *'tl' = think of isolating the 'tl' in 'Atlanta' *'tlh' = 'tl' + some air *'ts' - think of isolating the 'ts' in 'itself' *'tsh' = 'ts' + some air *'nts' = n + 'ts' sound *'&#154;' = sh 1e3213de820184ad4675afeafbd2312e54976c28 198 195 2007-06-03T06:44:20Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki In Setswana, the vowels are pronounced as in the following English words: *'a' as in 'c'''a'''r' *'e' as in 'l'''e'''t' *'i' as in 'm'''ee'''t' *'o' as in 'g'''o'''' *'u' as in 'sch'''oo'''l' There are also a few combinations of consonants which are pronounced very differently from English: *'g' = an 'h' sound deep in your throat, like the end of "lo'''ch'''" *'kg' = k + an 'h' sound deep in your throat *'kh' = k + some air *'ph' = p + some air *'th' = t + some air (NOT like English "th") *'ny' = think of isolating the 'ny' in 'canyon' *'tl' = think of isolating the 'tl' in 'Atlanta' *'tlh' = 'tl' + some air *'ts' - think of isolating the 'ts' in 'itself' *'tsh' = 'ts' + some air *'nts' = n + 'ts' sound *'&#154;' = sh ===Accents in written Setswana=== You will occasionaly see accents (eg &acirc;) in written Setswana. &#154; is regularly used, but the others are not. In Heinmann "Setswana ya Mophato" by Emang Butale, Mpho Mmopi, Dimakatso Mahlanza ISBN 0-7962-0156-0 circumflex accents are used on &ocirc; &ecirc; to indicate @???@ Because use of accents makes it difficult to search for words, in this wiki, no accents other than &#154; should be used (unless a non accented form is also given). test &ocirc;t&ecirc;st ad91c5d6ce4e92a0d11545476881c766584bfaa5 199 198 2007-06-03T06:47:04Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki In Setswana, the vowels are pronounced as in the following English words: *'a' as in 'c'''a'''r' *'e' as in 'l'''e'''t' *'i' as in 'm'''ee'''t' *'o' as in 'g'''o'''' *'u' as in 'sch'''oo'''l' There are also a few combinations of consonants which are pronounced very differently from English: *'g' = an 'h' sound deep in your throat, like the end of "lo'''ch'''" *'kg' = k + an 'h' sound deep in your throat *'kh' = k + some air *'ph' = p + some air *'th' = t + some air (NOT like English "th") *'ny' = think of isolating the 'ny' in 'canyon' *'tl' = think of isolating the 'tl' in 'Atlanta' *'tlh' = 'tl' + some air *'ts' - think of isolating the 'ts' in 'itself' *'tsh' = 'ts' + some air *'nts' = n + 'ts' sound *'&#154;' = sh ===Accents in written Setswana=== You will occasionaly see accents (eg &ecirc;) in written Setswana. &#154; is regularly used, but the others are not. In Heinmann "Setswana ya Mophato" by Emang Butale, Mpho Mmopi, Dimakatso Mahlanza ISBN 0-7962-0156-0 circumflex accents are used on &ocirc; &ecirc; to indicate @???@ Because use of accents makes it difficult to search for words, (eg searching for "yone" will not produce a result for "y&ocirc;n&ecirc;") in this wiki, no accents other than &#154; should be used (unless a non accented form is also given). 6193e359eef3a733ed59846a637fd7d605229d21 200 199 2007-06-03T06:58:38Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki In Setswana, the vowels are pronounced as in the following English words: *'a' as in 'c'''a'''r' *'e' as in 'l'''e'''t' *'i' as in 'm'''ee'''t' *'o' as in 'g'''o'''' *'u' as in 'sch'''oo'''l' There are also a few combinations of consonants which are pronounced very differently from English: *'g' = an 'h' sound deep in your throat, like the end of "lo'''ch'''" *'kg' = k + an 'h' sound deep in your throat *'kh' = k + some air *'ph' = p + some air *'th' = t + some air (NOT like English "th") *'ny' = think of isolating the 'ny' in 'canyon' *'tl' = think of isolating the 'tl' in 'Atlanta' *'tlh' = 'tl' + some air *'ts' - think of isolating the 'ts' in 'itself' *'tsh' = 'ts' + some air *'nts' = n + 'ts' sound *'&#154;' = sh ===Accents in written Setswana=== You will occasionaly see accents (eg &ecirc;) in written Setswana. &#154; is regularly used, but the others are not. In some dictionaries and learning texts (such as Heinmann "Setswana ya Mophato" by Emang Butale, Mpho Mmopi, Dimakatso Mahlanza ISBN 0-7962-0156-0) circumflex accents are used on &ocirc; &ecirc; to indicate low toned o and e (????) Because use of accents makes it difficult to search for words, (eg searching for "yone" will not produce a result for "y&ocirc;n&ecirc;") in this wiki, no accents other than &#154; should be used (unless a non accented form is also given). However, both forms are used in the dictionary. === Vowel Sounds=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Front<br>unrounded || || || || || || || Back<br>rounded |- | ''High'' || i || || || || || || u |- | ''Mid'' || || e|| || || || o|| |- | || || || &ecirc;|| || &ocirc;|| || |- | ''Low'' || || || || a|| || || |} 0c63a41659964439bdc9363bcb585a8c52e616ee 213 200 2009-03-20T18:50:38Z Admin 1 Protected "[[Pronunciation]]" [edit=sysop:move=sysop] wikitext text/x-wiki In Setswana, the vowels are pronounced as in the following English words: *'a' as in 'c'''a'''r' *'e' as in 'l'''e'''t' *'i' as in 'm'''ee'''t' *'o' as in 'g'''o'''' *'u' as in 'sch'''oo'''l' There are also a few combinations of consonants which are pronounced very differently from English: *'g' = an 'h' sound deep in your throat, like the end of "lo'''ch'''" *'kg' = k + an 'h' sound deep in your throat *'kh' = k + some air *'ph' = p + some air *'th' = t + some air (NOT like English "th") *'ny' = think of isolating the 'ny' in 'canyon' *'tl' = think of isolating the 'tl' in 'Atlanta' *'tlh' = 'tl' + some air *'ts' - think of isolating the 'ts' in 'itself' *'tsh' = 'ts' + some air *'nts' = n + 'ts' sound *'&#154;' = sh ===Accents in written Setswana=== You will occasionaly see accents (eg &ecirc;) in written Setswana. &#154; is regularly used, but the others are not. In some dictionaries and learning texts (such as Heinmann "Setswana ya Mophato" by Emang Butale, Mpho Mmopi, Dimakatso Mahlanza ISBN 0-7962-0156-0) circumflex accents are used on &ocirc; &ecirc; to indicate low toned o and e (????) Because use of accents makes it difficult to search for words, (eg searching for "yone" will not produce a result for "y&ocirc;n&ecirc;") in this wiki, no accents other than &#154; should be used (unless a non accented form is also given). However, both forms are used in the dictionary. === Vowel Sounds=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Front<br>unrounded || || || || || || || Back<br>rounded |- | ''High'' || i || || || || || || u |- | ''Mid'' || || e|| || || || o|| |- | || || || &ecirc;|| || &ocirc;|| || |- | ''Low'' || || || || a|| || || |} 0c63a41659964439bdc9363bcb585a8c52e616ee 0 1 196 26 2007-06-02T16:36:19Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <big>'''Bua Setswana !'''</big> This is a WikiPedia for people learning Setswana (primarily aimed at Botswana). It is hoped in the long term that as the WikiPedia grows it will also become a useful resource for Setswana speakers. Please fell free to register and add information, provided you are sure that it is correct. ==Basic Setswana== * [[Pronunciation]] * [[Greetings]] * [[Simple phrases]] ==Learn Setswana== * [[Course]] of 10 sequential lessons for beginners which covers the following * [[Verbs]] * [[Noun classes]] * [[Adjectives]] * [[Possessives]] and other grammatical bits and pieces * [[Vocabulary]] ==Intermediate Setswana== * [[tbc]] ==External Links== * [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Setswana WikiPedia page on Setswana] * [http://tn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page WikiPedia in Tswana] ===Software=== * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1610/54/ Spell checker for OpenOffice.org and Mozilla], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/17/32/ OpenOffice.org], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1611/54/ Mozilla Firefox web-browser], and [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1612/54/ Mozilla Thunderbird email program] in Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/ Translate.org.za] Project to translate Free and Open Source Software into all the official languages of South Africa including Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/24/41/ Keyboard with extra Tswana characters] ===WikiPedia Links=== Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [http://mail.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] 8b55dfe24568a7c0b1686939de393a8bde160f44 212 196 2009-03-20T18:50:24Z Admin 1 Protected "[[Main Page]]" [edit=sysop:move=sysop] wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <big>'''Bua Setswana !'''</big> This is a WikiPedia for people learning Setswana (primarily aimed at Botswana). It is hoped in the long term that as the WikiPedia grows it will also become a useful resource for Setswana speakers. Please fell free to register and add information, provided you are sure that it is correct. ==Basic Setswana== * [[Pronunciation]] * [[Greetings]] * [[Simple phrases]] ==Learn Setswana== * [[Course]] of 10 sequential lessons for beginners which covers the following * [[Verbs]] * [[Noun classes]] * [[Adjectives]] * [[Possessives]] and other grammatical bits and pieces * [[Vocabulary]] ==Intermediate Setswana== * [[tbc]] ==External Links== * [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Setswana WikiPedia page on Setswana] * [http://tn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page WikiPedia in Tswana] ===Software=== * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1610/54/ Spell checker for OpenOffice.org and Mozilla], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/17/32/ OpenOffice.org], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1611/54/ Mozilla Firefox web-browser], and [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1612/54/ Mozilla Thunderbird email program] in Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/ Translate.org.za] Project to translate Free and Open Source Software into all the official languages of South Africa including Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/24/41/ Keyboard with extra Tswana characters] ===WikiPedia Links=== Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [http://mail.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] 8b55dfe24568a7c0b1686939de393a8bde160f44 221 212 2011-04-30T18:32:14Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <big>'''Bua Setswana !'''</big> This is a WikiPedia for people learning Setswana (primarily aimed at Botswana). It is hoped in the long term that as the WikiPedia grows it will also become a useful resource for Setswana speakers. Please fell free to register and add information, provided you are sure that it is correct. The site was getting so much spam (despite RECAPCHA and other anti-spam tools) I've had to lock it down. Please contact me at: mail(AT)setswana(DOT)info if you want to become an editor or contribute ! ==Basic Setswana== * [[Pronunciation]] * [[Greetings]] * [[Simple phrases]] ==Learn Setswana== * [[Course]] of 10 sequential lessons for beginners which covers the following * [[Verbs]] * [[Noun classes]] * [[Adjectives]] * [[Possessives]] and other grammatical bits and pieces * [[Vocabulary]] ==Intermediate Setswana== * [[tbc]] ==External Links== * [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Setswana WikiPedia page on Setswana] * [http://tn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page WikiPedia in Tswana] ===Software=== * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1610/54/ Spell checker for OpenOffice.org and Mozilla], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/17/32/ OpenOffice.org], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1611/54/ Mozilla Firefox web-browser], and [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1612/54/ Mozilla Thunderbird email program] in Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/ Translate.org.za] Project to translate Free and Open Source Software into all the official languages of South Africa including Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/24/41/ Keyboard with extra Tswana characters] ===WikiPedia Links=== Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [http://mail.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] 6537853e2b60480203a9852ed8c1b2d84460e7f1 0 13 202 59 2007-07-20T17:35:56Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - to talk about the past. The perfect tense is most commonly used for events in the past, including events which may not have yet finished happening. Verbs in the perfect tense change their ending. *The commonest past tense ending is -ile {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ''present'' || ''perfect'' || ''meaning'' |- | b'''ua''' || b'''uile''' || speak |- | re'''ka''' || re'''kile''' || buy |- | ithu'''ta''' || ithu'''tile''' || learn |- | ko'''pa''' || ko'''pile''' || ask for |- | t'''la''' || t'''lile'''/tsile || come |- | ap'''aya''' || ap'''eile''' || cook |- | kwa'''la''' || kwa'''dile''' || write |} *Another common endings is -tse {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ''present'' || ''perfect'' || ''meaning'' |- | rob'''ala''' || rob'''etse''' || |- | ts'''isa''' || ts'''itse''' || |- | be'''tsa''' || be'''ditse''' || beat |- | aka'''nya''' || aka'''ntse''' || think |} *but some verbs are irregular and must be learnt {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ''present'' || ''perfect'' || ''meaning'' |- | ja || jele || eat/eaten |- | nwa || nole || drink/drunk |- | itse || itsile || know/knew |- | ya || ile || go/went |- | gana || ganne || |- | kopana || kopanye || |- | apara || apere || |} ===Examples=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke feditse || I have finished / I finished |- | ke itumetse || I am happy (I have become happy) |- | re ile ko Gauteng || We went to Jo'burg |- | o jele eng? || what did you eat ? |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ''present'' || ''perfect'' || ''meaning'' |- | ja || jele || eat/eaten |- | nwa || nole || drink/drunk |- | itse || itsile || know/knew |- | ya || ile || go/went |- | tlhapa || tlhapile || wash (clothes) |- | apaya || apeile || cook |- | kwala || kwadile || write |- | bua || buile || speak |- | ithuta || ithutile || learn |- | bala || badile || read |- | tsamaya || tsamaile || leave |- | tsisa || tsisitse || bring |- | isa || isitse || take (eg someone to school) |- | reka || rekile || buy |- | betsa || beditse || beat |- | kopa || kopile || ask for |- | batla || batlile || want/look for |- | akanya || akantse || think |- | tla || tlile/tsile || come |} a2b5b2793f91d81288ea6e48db41b31993499610 208 202 2008-07-31T09:20:34Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - to talk about the past. The perfect tense is most commonly used for events in the past, including events which may not have yet finished happening. Verbs in the perfect tense change their ending. *The commonest past tense ending is -a is replaced by -ile {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ''present'' || ''perfect'' || ''meaning'' |- | b'''ua''' || b'''uile''' || speak |- | re'''ka''' || re'''kile''' || buy |- | ithu'''ta''' || ithu'''tile''' || learn |- | ko'''pa''' || ko'''pile''' || ask for |- | t'''la''' || t'''lile'''/tsile || come |} Some irregular forms exist: {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ''present'' || ''perfect'' || ''meaning'' |- | apaya || apeile || cook |- | kwala || kwadile || write |- | ja || jele || eat/eaten |- | nwa || nole || drink/drunk |- | itse || itsile || know/knew |- | ya || ile || go/went |} *Another common endings is -tse {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ''present'' || ''perfect'' || ''meaning'' |- | rob'''ala''' || rob'''etse''' || |- | ts'''isa''' || ts'''itse''' || |- | be'''tsa''' || be'''ditse''' || beat |- | aka'''nya''' || aka'''ntse''' || think |} *but some verbs are irregular and must be learnt {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ''present'' || ''perfect'' || ''meaning'' |- | gana || ganne || |- | kopana || kopanye || |- | apara || apere || |} ===Examples=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke feditse || I have finished / I finished |- | ke itumetse || I am happy (I have become happy) |- | re ile ko Gauteng || We went to Jo'burg |- | o jele eng? || what did you eat ? |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ''present'' || ''perfect'' || ''meaning'' |- | ja || jele || eat/eaten |- | nwa || nole || drink/drunk |- | itse || itsile || know/knew |- | ya || ile || go/went |- | tlhapa || tlhapile || wash (clothes) |- | apaya || apeile || cook |- | kwala || kwadile || write |- | bua || buile || speak |- | ithuta || ithutile || learn |- | bala || badile || read |- | tsamaya || tsamaile || leave |- | tsisa || tsisitse || bring |- | isa || isitse || take (eg someone to school) |- | reka || rekile || buy |- | betsa || beditse || beat |- | kopa || kopile || ask for |- | batla || batlile || want/look for |- | akanya || akantse || think |- | tla || tlile/tsile || come |} c8873fe7d01ceff67417bb5982f047cda6995fdd 209 208 2008-07-31T09:22:10Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Aim - to talk about the past. The perfect tense is most commonly used for events in the past, including events which may not have yet finished happening. Verbs in the perfect tense change their ending. *The commonest past tense ending is -a is replaced by -ile {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ''present'' || ''perfect'' || ''meaning'' |- | bu'''a''' || bu'''ile''' || speak |- | rek'''a''' || rek'''ile''' || buy |- | ithut'''a''' || ithut'''ile''' || learn |- | kop'''a''' || kop'''ile''' || ask for |- | tl'''a''' || tl'''ile'''/tsile || come |} Some irregular forms exist: {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ''present'' || ''perfect'' || ''meaning'' |- | apaya || apeile || cook |- | kwala || kwadile || write |- | ja || jele || eat/eaten |- | nwa || nole || drink/drunk |- | itse || itsile || know/knew |- | ya || ile || go/went |} *Another common endings is -tse {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ''present'' || ''perfect'' || ''meaning'' |- | rob'''ala''' || rob'''etse''' || |- | ts'''isa''' || ts'''itse''' || |- | be'''tsa''' || be'''ditse''' || beat |- | aka'''nya''' || aka'''ntse''' || think |} *but some verbs are irregular and must be learnt {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ''present'' || ''perfect'' || ''meaning'' |- | gana || ganne || |- | kopana || kopanye || |- | apara || apere || |} ===Examples=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke feditse || I have finished / I finished |- | ke itumetse || I am happy (I have become happy) |- | re ile ko Gauteng || We went to Jo'burg |- | o jele eng? || what did you eat ? |} ===Vocabulary - Verbs=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ''present'' || ''perfect'' || ''meaning'' |- | ja || jele || eat/eaten |- | nwa || nole || drink/drunk |- | itse || itsile || know/knew |- | ya || ile || go/went |- | tlhapa || tlhapile || wash (clothes) |- | apaya || apeile || cook |- | kwala || kwadile || write |- | bua || buile || speak |- | ithuta || ithutile || learn |- | bala || badile || read |- | tsamaya || tsamaile || leave |- | tsisa || tsisitse || bring |- | isa || isitse || take (eg someone to school) |- | reka || rekile || buy |- | betsa || beditse || beat |- | kopa || kopile || ask for |- | batla || batlile || want/look for |- | akanya || akantse || think |- | tla || tlile/tsile || come |} 14ad1e371c793d0352442e24ab052c0221c0fcf0 0 12 218 53 2009-03-20T18:52:30Z Admin 1 Protected "[[Simple sentences and linking words]]" [edit=sysop:move=sysop] wikitext text/x-wiki ===And=== Use "le" for "and" only in a list of nouns: {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | John le Sarah ba tswa ko UK || John and Sarah come from the UK |- | Ke ja koko, phaletshe le merogo || I am eating chicken, mealie meal and vegetables |} When linking phrases "gape" (again) or "mme" (but/however) or similar should be used. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | John le Sarah ba tswa ko UK gape ba nna ko Block 6 || John and Sarah come from the UK and/also they stay in Block 6 |- | Ke ja koko mme ga ke je nama ya kolobe || I eat chicken, but I don't eat pork (meat of pig) |} ===ka=== fa, ka gore, ... LESSON 5b notes ===infinitive=== When using two verbs in a sentence, as in English the second will be in the infinitive form. In Setswana this is "go -" {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke batla go ya kwa Gaborone || I want to go to Gaborone |- | ke rata go ithutha Setswana || I like learning (to learn) Setswana |} cc1eccaf9ce1bfe2af892b291d5e965ba2675d62 8 15 222 62 2011-05-05T18:07:43Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki * navigation ** mainpage|mainpage ** Course|Setswana Course ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help f1c284a16018edbb0c72429bf9301f851258540c 6 59 223 2011-05-07T14:45:12Z Admin 1 A o tlhotse? wikitext text/x-wiki A o tlhotse? 1a7a617c85fcf1bd94fd16b4386d3e4c6b35af69 6 60 224 2011-05-07T14:46:03Z Admin 1 A o tsogile ? wikitext text/x-wiki A o tsogile ? 4f4d52a5a1a15b9c1f308bcde29fd22535318fd1 6 61 225 2011-05-07T14:46:33Z Admin 1 Dumela Mma wikitext text/x-wiki Dumela Mma 573dd93e5f62951107a6188b18625971dc87bf38 6 62 226 2011-05-07T14:46:51Z Admin 1 Dumela Rra wikitext text/x-wiki Dumela Rra 56d069d7afa65b5f2b91bdb610788b486b07d604 6 63 227 2011-05-07T14:47:20Z Admin 1 Ee (yes) wikitext text/x-wiki Ee (yes) becc1f9b29c740e758607578272aacad22eb185b 6 64 228 2011-05-07T14:47:41Z Admin 1 Go siame wikitext text/x-wiki Go siame 89ad6474467275fb4a4ee33725e3fb30a27e9ca1 6 65 229 2011-05-07T14:48:05Z Admin 1 Ke itumetse wikitext text/x-wiki Ke itumetse 6dd4e417393e1dfefc134010c9263b4bf3f6198e 6 66 230 2011-05-07T14:48:32Z Admin 1 Ke teng wikitext text/x-wiki Ke teng 5c9de41afe2009ff0ccfd7b600cf479730e35245 6 67 231 2011-05-07T14:49:14Z Admin 1 Ke ultwa Setswana wikitext text/x-wiki Ke ultwa Setswana e687c8edffb991e9b297c171ee920ebe8bbe4b11 6 68 232 2011-05-07T14:49:42Z Admin 1 Leina la gago ke mang? wikitext text/x-wiki Leina la gago ke mang? 7cbff03bc2e06181719f208d1b72f47c2baaee73 6 69 233 2011-05-07T14:50:12Z Admin 1 Leina la me ke wikitext text/x-wiki Leina la me ke 13457d163121ede1377e3a492ee1818178c77ee9 6 70 234 2011-05-07T14:50:39Z Admin 1 Nako ke mang? wikitext text/x-wiki Nako ke mang? e0dbbeaf523822240f46300ca235354ba84a4189 6 71 235 2011-05-07T14:51:02Z Admin 1 Nnyaa (no) wikitext text/x-wiki Nnyaa (no) 9dd19e874daf7325ba3befa2c0589893c903bd1a 6 72 236 2011-05-07T14:51:27Z Admin 1 Sala sentle wikitext text/x-wiki Sala sentle b5628e8cfcd1feca40f4a7b9f1fb1691c6970ec3 6 73 237 2011-05-07T14:51:51Z Admin 1 Tsamaya sentle wikitext text/x-wiki Tsamaya sentle 549e7a448bfb1c29b113a60ad8831097e0171810 6 74 238 2011-05-07T14:52:14Z Admin 1 Tswee tswee wikitext text/x-wiki Tswee tswee 3a743a89b07f56808ee2d8ec6999082adb131f6f 0 4 239 220 2011-05-07T14:53:10Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra [[Media:Dumela_rra.ogg]] || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 3176e1bc17af06005ab612f068f711f148ef9af2 240 239 2011-05-07T14:54:03Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. [[Media:Dumela_rra.ogg]] === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 2871948e2a2d78b3e8d30372c0ef8f845af272d0 241 240 2011-05-07T14:55:26Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. [[File:Dumela_rra.ogg]] === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 7d55713096895dd1ff8556850bda15c7e9651be5 242 241 2011-05-07T14:55:52Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg]] === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 9c2f8eefa976be507b0ae377bafa051aeceeab41 243 242 2011-05-07T14:56:22Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. [[Media:Dumela_Rra.ogg]] === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 9d5157c9e1f08738b565df5ca3b894e9e363e2bb 244 243 2011-05-07T15:05:44Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. [[Media:Dumela_Rra.ogg]] <ogg>Dumela_Rra.ogg</ogg> === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 8500db712b1101e5832a775a9755b96da61d4328 245 244 2011-05-07T15:07:25Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. [[Media:Dumela_Rra.ogg]] {{Listen|filename=Dumela_Rra.ogg|title=Title of this file|description=The description of this file|format=[[Ogg]]}} === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} edd6e04376b6712825a4c587ba60e79171d69b7f 246 245 2011-05-07T15:20:22Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg]] === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir |- | B || Dumela mma, o kae? || Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 7c04a1cf6c3f46943a212fc9a82243b77babb1aa 247 246 2011-05-07T15:23:15Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg]] |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"] |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela mma || Hello Madam || [[File:Dumela_Mma.ogg]] |- | B || Dumela rra, o kae? || Hello sir, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 5ecb86d448993d492c40e62c69b80492b2d556fc 248 247 2011-05-07T15:26:00Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg]] |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"]|| |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ?|| |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine || |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela mma || Hello Madam || [[File:Dumela_Mma.ogg]] |- | B || Dumela rra, o kae? || Hello sir, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine || [[File:keteng.ogg]] |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] || [[File:salasentle.ogg]] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] || [[File:tsamayasentle.ogg]] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 168f0f8a4a48a2c41d866cb989742609b65c25c8 249 248 2011-05-07T15:27:32Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"]|| |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ?|| |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine || |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela mma || Hello Madam || [[File:Dumela_Mma.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Dumela rra, o kae? || Hello sir, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine || [[File:keteng.ogg|noicon]] |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] || [[File:salasentle.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] || [[File:tsamayasentle.ogg|noicon]] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} c08e66004f7bc985aadd25b7eed5cdaa0e59a246 250 249 2011-05-07T18:00:23Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings. If the audio button's don't work try the [[Audio Help]] page. === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"]|| |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ?|| |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine || |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela mma || Hello Madam || [[File:Dumela_Mma.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Dumela rra, o kae? || Hello sir, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine || [[File:keteng.ogg|noicon]] |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] || [[File:salasentle.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] || [[File:tsamayasentle.ogg|noicon]] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} f4ee17acaea3666709c5baf75d683c978d382a29 0 75 251 2011-05-07T18:05:24Z Admin 1 Created page with "Audio files are saved in ogg format as preferred by Media Wiki. They should play fine with mozilla firefox and google chrome browsers. For Internet Explorer, you may have to ins..." wikitext text/x-wiki Audio files are saved in ogg format as preferred by Media Wiki. They should play fine with mozilla firefox and google chrome browsers. For Internet Explorer, you may have to install a codec for ogg files a follows: * close all instances of Windows Media Player * download codec from [http://www.vorbis.com vorbis.com], its less that 1 megabyte * install the codec * Open Windows Media Player * Click Tools - Options - File Types * Find and select the ogg file types here, that you want to play in IE from webpages. * Click Apply * Click OK * Close all instances of Internet Explorer and reopen. f6a2ff10f1c483519f001b90e197175f64bbf1f9 253 251 2011-05-07T18:27:39Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Audio files are saved in ogg format as preferred by Media Wiki. They should play fine with mozilla firefox and google chrome browsers. For Internet Explorer, you may have to install a codec for ogg files a follows: * close all instances of Windows Media Player * download codec (directshow filters) from [http://www.xiph.org/dshow/ xiph.org or vorbis.com], its about 2.5 megabyte * install the codec * Associate .ogg files with your favourite player, for example * Open Windows Media Player * Click Tools - Options - File Types * Find and select the ogg file types here, that you want to play in IE from webpages. * Click Apply * Click OK * Close all instances of Internet Explorer and reopen. However, in my experience with Internet Explorer you still have to download the files and then play them :( Best to try a better browser. 15230bfef763e67c2460ee4bd6c6604757872c59 254 253 2011-05-07T18:30:49Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Audio files are saved in ogg format as preferred by Media Wiki. They should play fine with mozilla firefox and google chrome browsers. For Internet Explorer, you may have to install a codec for ogg files a follows: * close all instances of Windows Media Player * download codec (directshow filters) from [http://www.xiph.org/dshow/ xiph.org or vorbis.com], its about 2.5 megabyte * install the codec * Associate .ogg files with your favourite player, for example * Open Windows Media Player * Click Tools - Options - File Types * Find and select the ogg file types here, that you want to play in IE from webpages. * Click Apply * Click OK * Close all instances of Internet Explorer and reopen. However, in my experience with Internet Explorer you still have to download the files and then play them :( Best to try a better browser. See [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Commons:Media_help Wikimedia Commons Help] for more advice 050b29668e4c51f1d683e0876af6e801f91c993b 255 254 2011-05-07T18:50:09Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Audio files are saved in ogg format as preferred by Media Wiki. They should play fine with mozilla firefox, google chrome and opera browsers. For Internet Explorer, you may have to install a codec for ogg files a follows: * close all instances of Windows Media Player * download codec (directshow filters) from [http://www.xiph.org/dshow/ xiph.org or vorbis.com], its about 2.5 megabyte * install the codec * Associate .ogg files with your favourite player, for example * Open Windows Media Player * Click Tools - Options - File Types * Find and select the ogg file types here * Download an .ogg file (eg from here) and check you can hear it when you double click the file * Close all instances of Internet Explorer and reopen. * When you click on the Play button, an error message should appear asking if you trust the Activex control - say yes * If it is still not working, click on the "More" under the image, and select whichever player appears in the list However, my experience with this in Internet Explorer is not great :( Best to try a better browser. See [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Commons:Media_help Wikimedia Commons Help] for more advice e846760de5952be81377c49a342c89d25435d166 256 255 2011-05-07T19:10:16Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Audio files are saved in ogg format as preferred by Media Wiki. They should play fine with mozilla firefox, google chrome and opera browsers. However, for Internet Explorer, you will have to install a codec for ogg files if you don't have one already. Option 1 - To use VLC player * download VLC player from [http://www.videolan.org/vlc/ videolan.org], about 20 MBytes * install * make sure associated with .ogg files Option 2 - To use windows media player * close all instances of Windows Media Player * download codec (directshow filters) from [http://www.xiph.org/dshow/ xiph.org or vorbis.com], its about 2.5 MBytes * install the codec * make sure windows media player is associated with .ogg files Test the player * Download an .ogg file (eg from [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Sound here]) and check you can hear it when you double click the file Finally in Internet Explorer * Open Internet Explorer and go to a wiki page with audio. * When you click on the Play button, an error message should appear asking if you trust the Activex control - say yes * If it is still not working, click on the "More" under the image, and select whichever player appears in the list However, my experience with this in Internet Explorer is not great :( Best to try a better browser. See [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Commons:Media_help Wikimedia Commons Help] for more advice 8bb8ae4911dc3cf647d05d31554c3eb8a6cd1216 12 42 252 207 2011-05-07T18:06:38Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki getelo {{PD Help Page}} ;Reading :[[Help:Navigation|Navigation]] :[[Help:Searching|Searching]] :[[Help:Tracking changes|Tracking changes]] ;Audio :[[Audio Help]] ;Editing :[[Help:Editing pages|Editing pages]] :[[Help:Starting a new page|Starting a new page]] :[[Help:Formatting|Formatting]] :[[Help:Links|Links]] :[[Help:Categories|Categories]] ;Advanced Editing :[[Help:Images|Images]] :[[Help:Tables|Tables]] :[[Help:Templates|Templates]] :[[Help:Variables|Variables]] :[[Help:Managing files|Managing files]] ;Customizing :[[Help:Preferences|Preferences]] :[[Help:Skins|Skins]] ;Administration :[[Help:Interwiki linking|Interwiki linking]] :[[Help:Cleanup|Cleanup]] :[[Help:Managing user rights|Managing user rights]] :[[Help:Managing pages|Managing pages]] :[[Help:Namespaces|Namespaces]] :[[Help:Copying|Copying 'Help']] {{Languages|Help:Contents}} [[Category:Help| ]] cb48720963c6fc1fd217be1a4c67558faea94528 0 5 257 213 2011-05-21T16:47:41Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki In Setswana, the vowels are pronounced as in the following English words: *'a' as in 'c'''a'''r' *'e' as in 'l'''e'''t' *'i' as in 'm'''ee'''t' *'o' as in 'g'''o'''' *'u' as in 'sch'''oo'''l' There are also a few combinations of consonants which are pronounced very differently from English: *'g' = an 'h' sound deep in your throat, like the end of "lo'''ch'''" *'kg' = k + an 'h' sound deep in your throat *'kh' = k + some air *'ph' = p + some air *'th' = t + some air (NOT like English "th") *'ny' = think of isolating the 'ny' in 'canyon' *'tl' = think of isolating the 'tl' in 'Atlanta' *'tlh' = 'tl' + some air *'ts' - think of isolating the 'ts' in 'itself' *'tsh' = 'ts' + some air *'nts' = n + 'ts' sound *'&#154;' = sh === Examples=== Check [[audio help]] if the audio doesn't work with your browser {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | kereke || church || test1 |- | terekere || tractor || test1 |- | tsela || road || test1 |- | go bona || to see/get || test1 |- | phologolo || animal || test1 |- | diphala || impalas || test1 |- | thata || very much/hard/difficult/brave || test1 |- | tlhapa || wash || test1 |- | tsala || friend || test1 |- | ga ka || test1 || test1 |- | sekgoa || English || test1 |- | mma || woman/mother || test1 |- | ntlo || house || test1 |- | ngaka || doctor || test1 |- |} ===Accents in written Setswana=== You will occasionaly see accents (eg &ecirc;) in written Setswana. &#154; is regularly used, but the others are not. In some dictionaries and learning texts (such as Heinmann "Setswana ya Mophato" by Emang Butale, Mpho Mmopi, Dimakatso Mahlanza ISBN 0-7962-0156-0) circumflex accents are used on &ocirc; &ecirc; to indicate low toned o and e (????) Because use of accents makes it difficult to search for words, (eg searching for "yone" will not produce a result for "y&ocirc;n&ecirc;") in this wiki, no accents other than &#154; should be used (unless a non accented form is also given). However, both forms are used in the dictionary. === Vowel Sounds=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Front<br>unrounded || || || || || || || Back<br>rounded |- | ''High'' || i || || || || || || u |- | ''Mid'' || || e|| || || || o|| |- | || || || &ecirc;|| || &ocirc;|| || |- | ''Low'' || || || || a|| || || |} 547668cd3dfeab683a725b31c71a1a9a720f5a5b 258 257 2011-05-21T16:48:54Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki In Setswana, the vowels are pronounced as in the following English words: *'a' as in 'c'''a'''r' *'e' as in 'l'''e'''t' *'i' as in 'm'''ee'''t' *'o' as in 'g'''o'''' *'u' as in 'sch'''oo'''l' There are also a few combinations of consonants which are pronounced very differently from English: *'g' = an 'h' sound deep in your throat, like the end of "lo'''ch'''" *'kg' = k + an 'h' sound deep in your throat *'kh' = k + some air *'ph' = p + some air *'th' = t + some air (NOT like English "th") *'ny' = think of isolating the 'ny' in 'canyon' *'tl' = think of isolating the 'tl' in 'Atlanta' *'tlh' = 'tl' + some air *'ts' - think of isolating the 'ts' in 'itself' *'tsh' = 'ts' + some air *'nts' = n + 'ts' sound *'&#154;' = sh === Examples=== Check [[Audio Help]] if the audio doesn't work with your browser {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | kereke || church || test1 |- | terekere || tractor || test1 |- | tsela || road || test1 |- | go bona || to see/get || test1 |- | phologolo || animal || test1 |- | diphala || impalas || test1 |- | thata || very much/hard/difficult/brave || test1 |- | tlhapa || wash || test1 |- | tsala || friend || test1 |- | ga ka || test1 || test1 |- | sekgoa || English || test1 |- | mma || woman/mother || test1 |- | ntlo || house || test1 |- | ngaka || doctor || test1 |- |} ===Accents in written Setswana=== You will occasionaly see accents (eg &ecirc;) in written Setswana. &#154; is regularly used, but the others are not. In some dictionaries and learning texts (such as Heinmann "Setswana ya Mophato" by Emang Butale, Mpho Mmopi, Dimakatso Mahlanza ISBN 0-7962-0156-0) circumflex accents are used on &ocirc; &ecirc; to indicate low toned o and e (????) Because use of accents makes it difficult to search for words, (eg searching for "yone" will not produce a result for "y&ocirc;n&ecirc;") in this wiki, no accents other than &#154; should be used (unless a non accented form is also given). However, both forms are used in the dictionary. === Vowel Sounds=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Front<br>unrounded || || || || || || || Back<br>rounded |- | ''High'' || i || || || || || || u |- | ''Mid'' || || e|| || || || o|| |- | || || || &ecirc;|| || &ocirc;|| || |- | ''Low'' || || || || a|| || || |} 60b01c6e3a022b5bfad1e95cfa4918dac6a30375 259 258 2011-05-21T16:51:47Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki In Setswana, the vowels are pronounced as in the following English words: *'a' as in 'c'''a'''r' *'e' as in 'l'''e'''t' *'i' as in 'm'''ee'''t' *'o' as in 'g'''o'''' *'u' as in 'sch'''oo'''l' There are also a few combinations of consonants which are pronounced very differently from English: *'g' = an 'h' sound deep in your throat, like the end of "lo'''ch'''" *'kg' = k + an 'h' sound deep in your throat *'kh' = k + some air *'ph' = p + some air *'th' = t + some air (NOT like English "th") *'ny' = think of isolating the 'ny' in 'canyon' *'tl' = think of isolating the 'tl' in 'Atlanta' *'tlh' = 'tl' + some air *'ts' - think of isolating the 'ts' in 'itself' *'tsh' = 'ts' + some air *'nts' = n + 'ts' sound *'&#154;' = sh === Examples=== Check [[Audio Help]] if the audio doesn't work with your browser {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | kereke || church || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | terekere || tractor || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | tsela || road || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | go bona || to see/get || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | phologolo || animal || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | diphala || impalas || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | thata || very much/hard/difficult/brave || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | tlhapa || wash || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | tsala || friend || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | ga ka || test1 || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | sekgoa || English || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | mma || woman/mother || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | ntlo || house || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | ngaka || doctor || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- |} ===Accents in written Setswana=== You will occasionaly see accents (eg &ecirc;) in written Setswana. &#154; is regularly used, but the others are not. In some dictionaries and learning texts (such as Heinmann "Setswana ya Mophato" by Emang Butale, Mpho Mmopi, Dimakatso Mahlanza ISBN 0-7962-0156-0) circumflex accents are used on &ocirc; &ecirc; to indicate low toned o and e (????) Because use of accents makes it difficult to search for words, (eg searching for "yone" will not produce a result for "y&ocirc;n&ecirc;") in this wiki, no accents other than &#154; should be used (unless a non accented form is also given). However, both forms are used in the dictionary. === Vowel Sounds=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Front<br>unrounded || || || || || || || Back<br>rounded |- | ''High'' || i || || || || || || u |- | ''Mid'' || || e|| || || || o|| |- | || || || &ecirc;|| || &ocirc;|| || |- | ''Low'' || || || || a|| || || |} 283f84c22902af4c932b719dc83a561e8f0d1cca 0 8 260 31 2011-05-21T17:03:21Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Some simple phrases for short term visitors etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Ee || yes || [[File:ee.ogg|noicon]] |- | Nnyaa || no || [[File:nnyaa.ogg|noicon]] |- | Bua gape || please repeat (say again) || |- | Bua ka bonya! || speak slowly! || |- | O bua ka bonako || you speak fast || |- | Ke bua Setswana go le gonnye || I speak a little Setswana || |- | Nna fatshe/setilo ke se || Sit down/here is a seat || |- | A re ye || let's go || |- | Wa reng? || what's up (what do you say?) || |- | Ga ke na madi || I have no money || |- | O batla mang? || Who do you want? || |- | Intshwarele || Forgive me || |- | Tswee-tswee || Please || [[File:tsweetswee.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke kopa thuso/Nthuse || I ask for help/Help me || |- | Go siame || OK || |- | Ke itumetse/Ke a leboga || I am happy/thank you || |- | Ga ke tlhaloganye || I don't understand || |- | Ke fidetse || I am finished || |- | Ga ke itse || I don't know || |- | Go molelo || Its hot || |- | Go tsididi || Its cold || |- | Go pula || Its raining || |- | Ke lebetse || I've forgotten || |- | Ke tshwerwe ke mala || I am sick || |- | Ke nale mathata || I have a problem || |- | Ga ke na mathata || I don't have a problem || |- | Ke ithuta Setswana || I am learning Setswana || |- | Mang? || who? || |- | Leng? || xx || |- | Kae? || where? || |- | Bokae? || xx || |- | Mokae? || xx || |- | Jang? || how? || |- | Eng? || which/what? || |} As an alternative 17dc2cf9a9639417dc872d7f2acccf2e4d4dc6f9 261 260 2011-05-21T18:16:40Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Some simple phrases for short term visitors etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Ee || yes || [[File:ee.ogg|noicon]] |- | Nnyaa || no || [[File:nnyaa.ogg|noicon]] |- | Bua gape || please repeat (say again) || |- | Bua ka bonya! || speak slowly! || |- | O bua ka bonako || you speak fast || |- | Ke bua Setswana go le gonnye || I speak a little Setswana || |- | Nna fatshe/setilo ke se || Sit down/here is a seat || |- | A re ye || let's go || |- | Wa reng? || what's up (what do you say?) || |- | Ga ke na madi || I have no money || |- | O batla mang? || Who do you want? || |- | Intshwarele || Forgive me || |- | Tswee-tswee || Please || [[File:tsweetswee.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke kopa thuso/Nthuse || I ask for help/Help me || |- | Go siame || OK || |- | Ke itumetse/Ke a leboga || I am happy/thank you || |- | Ga ke tlhaloganye || I don't understand || |- | Ke feditse || I am finished || |- | Ga ke itse || I don't know || |- | Go molelo || Its hot || |- | Go tsididi || Its cold || |- | Go pula || Its raining || |- | Ke lebetse || I've forgotten || |- | Ke tshwerwe ke mala || I am sick || |- | Ke nale mathata || I have a problem || |- | Ga ke na mathata || I don't have a problem || |- | Ke ithuta Setswana || I am learning Setswana || |- | Mang? || who? || |- | Leng? || when? || |- | Kae? || where? || |- | Bokae? || how much? || |- | Mokae? || what nationality? || |- | Jang? || how? || |- | Eng? || what? || |- | Efe? || which? || |} As an alternative 979b7958995f6c1b9c143be784cd34736cb63ea9 6 76 262 2011-05-21T19:44:12Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 77 263 2011-05-21T19:44:32Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 78 264 2011-05-21T19:44:56Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 79 265 2011-05-21T19:45:13Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 80 266 2011-05-21T19:45:31Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 81 267 2011-05-21T19:45:50Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 82 268 2011-05-21T19:46:10Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 83 269 2011-05-21T19:46:33Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 84 270 2011-05-21T19:46:51Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 85 271 2011-05-21T19:47:18Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 86 272 2011-05-21T19:47:41Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 87 273 2011-05-21T19:48:17Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 88 274 2011-05-21T19:48:51Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 89 275 2011-05-21T19:49:50Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 90 276 2011-05-21T19:51:40Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 91 277 2011-05-21T19:52:18Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 92 278 2011-05-21T19:53:21Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 93 279 2011-05-21T19:54:46Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 94 280 2011-05-21T19:55:45Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 95 281 2011-05-22T06:33:35Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 96 282 2011-05-22T06:34:04Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 97 283 2011-05-22T06:34:24Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 98 284 2011-05-22T06:34:49Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 99 285 2011-05-22T06:35:28Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 100 286 2011-05-22T06:35:59Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 101 287 2011-05-22T06:36:19Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 102 288 2011-05-22T06:36:43Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 103 289 2011-05-22T06:37:10Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 104 290 2011-05-22T06:37:33Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 105 291 2011-05-22T06:38:00Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 106 292 2011-05-22T06:38:26Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 107 293 2011-05-22T06:38:58Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 108 294 2011-05-22T06:39:21Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 109 295 2011-05-22T06:39:50Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 110 296 2011-05-22T06:40:19Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 111 297 2011-05-22T06:40:41Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 112 298 2011-05-22T06:40:58Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 113 299 2011-05-22T06:43:04Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 114 300 2011-05-22T06:43:24Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 115 301 2011-05-22T06:43:52Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 116 302 2011-05-22T06:44:16Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 117 303 2011-05-22T06:44:34Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 118 304 2011-05-22T06:44:51Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 119 305 2011-05-22T06:45:11Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 120 306 2011-05-22T06:45:31Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 121 307 2011-05-22T06:45:52Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 122 308 2011-05-22T06:46:09Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 123 309 2011-05-22T06:46:28Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 124 310 2011-05-22T06:46:46Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 125 311 2011-05-22T06:47:05Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 126 312 2011-05-22T06:47:23Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 127 313 2011-05-22T06:47:42Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 319 313 2011-05-24T17:40:15Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Wa reng.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 128 314 2011-05-22T06:48:02Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 318 314 2011-05-24T17:39:35Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Wa reng2.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 5 315 259 2011-05-22T06:52:14Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki In Setswana, the vowels are pronounced as in the following English words: *'a' as in 'c'''a'''r' *'e' as in 'l'''e'''t' *'i' as in 'm'''ee'''t' *'o' as in 'g'''o'''' *'u' as in 'sch'''oo'''l' There are also a few combinations of consonants which are pronounced very differently from English: *'g' = an 'h' sound deep in your throat, like the end of "lo'''ch'''" *'kg' = k + an 'h' sound deep in your throat *'kh' = k + some air *'ph' = p + some air *'th' = t + some air (NOT like English "th") *'ny' = think of isolating the 'ny' in 'canyon' *'tl' = think of isolating the 'tl' in 'Atlanta' *'tlh' = 'tl' + some air *'ts' - think of isolating the 'ts' in 'itself' *'tsh' = 'ts' + some air *'nts' = n + 'ts' sound *'&#154;' = sh === Examples=== Check [[Audio Help]] if the audio doesn't work with your browser {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | kereke || church || [[File:Kereke.ogg|noicon]] |- | terekere || tractor || [[File:Terekere.ogg|noicon]] |- | tsela || road || [[File:Tsela.ogg|noicon]] |- | go bona || to see/get || [[File:Go_bona.ogg|noicon]] |- | phologolo || animal || [[File:Phologolo.ogg|noicon]] |- | diphala || impalas || [[File:Diphala.ogg|noicon]] |- | thata || very much/hard/difficult/brave || [[File:Thata.ogg|noicon]] |- | tlhapa || wash || [[File:Tlhapa.ogg|noicon]] |- | tsala || friend || [[File:Tsala.ogg|noicon]] |- | gape || again/also/too || [[File:Gape.ogg|noicon]] |- | sekgoa || English || [[File:Sekgoa.ogg|noicon]] |- | mma || woman/mother || [[File:Mma.ogg|noicon]] |- | ntlo || house || [[File:Ntloo.ogg|noicon]] |- | ngaka || doctor || [[File:Ngaka.ogg|noicon]] |- |} ===Accents in written Setswana=== You will occasionaly see accents (eg &ecirc;) in written Setswana. &#154; is regularly used, but the others are not. In some dictionaries and learning texts (such as Heinmann "Setswana ya Mophato" by Emang Butale, Mpho Mmopi, Dimakatso Mahlanza ISBN 0-7962-0156-0) circumflex accents are used on &ocirc; &ecirc; to indicate low toned o and e (????) Because use of accents makes it difficult to search for words, (eg searching for "yone" will not produce a result for "y&ocirc;n&ecirc;") in this wiki, no accents other than &#154; should be used (unless a non accented form is also given). However, both forms are used in the dictionary. === Vowel Sounds=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Front<br>unrounded || || || || || || || Back<br>rounded |- | ''High'' || i || || || || || || u |- | ''Mid'' || || e|| || || || o|| |- | || || || &ecirc;|| || &ocirc;|| || |- | ''Low'' || || || || a|| || || |} 1f36f094a03ecff6a6b8d8bb6a02a49510bc0be5 0 8 316 261 2011-05-22T07:04:13Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Some simple phrases for short term visitors etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Ee || yes || [[File:ee.ogg|noicon]] |- | Nnyaa || no || [[File:nnyaa.ogg|noicon]] |- | Bua gape || please repeat (say again) || [[File:Bua_gape.ogg|noicon]] |- | Bua ka bonya! || speak slowly! || [[File:Bua_ka_bonya.ogg|noicon]] |- | O bua ka bonako || you speak fast || [[File:O_bua_ka_bonako.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke bua Setswana go le gonnye || I speak a little Setswana || [[File:Ke_bua_setswana.ogg|noicon]] |- | Nna fatshe/setilo ke se || Sit down/here is a seat || [[File:Nna_fatshe.ogg|noicon]] |- | A re ye || let's go || [[File:A_re_ye.ogg|noicon]] |- | Wa reng? || what's up (what do you say?) || [[File:Wa_reng.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ga ke na madi || I have no money || [[File:Ga_ke_na_madi.ogg|noicon]] |- | O batla mang? || Who do you want? || [[File:O_batla_mang.ogg|noicon]] |- | Intshwarele || Forgive me || [[File:Intshwarele.ogg|noicon]] |- | Tswee-tswee || Please || [[File:Tswee_tswee.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke kopa thuso/Nthuse || I ask for help/Help me || [[File:Ke_kopa_thuso.ogg|noicon]] |- | Go siame || OK || [[File:Go_siame2.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke itumetse/Ke a leboga || I am happy/thank you || [[File:Ke_itumetse.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ga ke tlhaloganye || I don't understand || [[File:Ga_ke_tlhaloganye.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke feditse || I am finished || [[File:Ke_feditse.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ga ke itse || I don't know || [[File:Ga_ke_itse.ogg|noicon]] |- | Go molelo || Its hot || [[File:Go_molelo.ogg|noicon]] |- | Go tsididi || Its cold || [[File:Go_tsididi.ogg|noicon]] |- | Go pula || Its raining || [[File:Go_pula.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke lebetse || I've forgotten || [[File:Ke_lebetse.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke tshwerwe ke mala || I am sick || [[File:Ke_tshwerwe_ke_mala.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke nale mathata || I have a problem || [[File:Ke_nale_mathata.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ga ke na mathata || I don't have a problem || [[File:Ga_ke_na_mathata.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke ithuta Setswana || I am learning Setswana || [[File:Ke_ithuta.ogg|noicon]] |- | Mang? || who? || [[File:Mang.ogg|noicon]] |- | Leng? || when? || [[File:Leng.ogg|noicon]] |- | Kae? || where? || [[File:Kae.ogg|noicon]] |- | Bokae? || how much? || [[File:Bo_kae.ogg|noicon]] |- | Mokae? || what nationality? || [[File:Mo_kae.ogg|noicon]] |- | Jang? || how? || [[File:Jang.ogg|noicon]] |- | Eng? || what? || [[File:Eng.ogg|noicon]] |- | Efe? || which? || [[File:Efe.ogg|noicon]] |} 133cee6130592874171b658fa1c43a8b63d8af16 0 4 317 250 2011-05-22T07:10:13Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings. If the audio button's don't work try the [[Audio Help]] page. === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"]|| |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ?|| |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine || |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela mma || Hello Madam || [[File:Dumela_Mma.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Dumela rra, o kae? || Hello sir, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] || |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? || |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine || [[File:keteng.ogg|noicon]] |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] || [[File:Wa_reng2.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] || [[File:Ga_ke_re_sepe.ogg|noicon]] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] || [[File:salasentle.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] || [[File:tsamayasentle.ogg|noicon]] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam || [[File:Boroko_mma.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir || [[File:Robala_sentle.ogg|noicon]] |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other || [[File:Re_tla_bonana.ogg|noicon]] |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} b3b241a917527d13c313a3e5f68f9bc43162cea9 6 74 320 238 2011-05-24T17:40:57Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Tsweetswee.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki Tswee tswee 3a743a89b07f56808ee2d8ec6999082adb131f6f 6 73 321 237 2011-05-24T17:41:31Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Tsamayasentle.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki Tsamaya sentle 549e7a448bfb1c29b113a60ad8831097e0171810 6 72 322 236 2011-05-24T17:41:58Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Salasentle.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki Sala sentle b5628e8cfcd1feca40f4a7b9f1fb1691c6970ec3 6 71 323 235 2011-05-24T17:42:26Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Nnyaa.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki Nnyaa (no) 9dd19e874daf7325ba3befa2c0589893c903bd1a 6 70 324 234 2011-05-24T17:43:07Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Nakokemang.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki Nako ke mang? e0dbbeaf523822240f46300ca235354ba84a4189 6 69 325 233 2011-05-24T17:43:34Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Leinalameke.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki Leina la me ke 13457d163121ede1377e3a492ee1818178c77ee9 6 68 326 232 2011-05-24T17:44:01Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Leinalagagokemang.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki Leina la gago ke mang? 7cbff03bc2e06181719f208d1b72f47c2baaee73 6 67 327 231 2011-05-24T17:44:34Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Keutlwasetswana.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki Ke ultwa Setswana e687c8edffb991e9b297c171ee920ebe8bbe4b11 6 66 328 230 2011-05-24T17:45:04Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Keteng.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki Ke teng 5c9de41afe2009ff0ccfd7b600cf479730e35245 6 65 329 229 2011-05-24T17:45:40Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Keitumetse.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki Ke itumetse 6dd4e417393e1dfefc134010c9263b4bf3f6198e 6 64 330 228 2011-05-24T17:46:11Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Go siame.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki Go siame 89ad6474467275fb4a4ee33725e3fb30a27e9ca1 6 63 331 227 2011-05-24T17:46:37Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Ee.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki Ee (yes) becc1f9b29c740e758607578272aacad22eb185b 6 62 332 226 2011-05-24T17:47:24Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Dumela Rra.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki Dumela Rra 56d069d7afa65b5f2b91bdb610788b486b07d604 6 61 333 225 2011-05-24T17:48:06Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Dumela Mma.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki Dumela Mma 573dd93e5f62951107a6188b18625971dc87bf38 6 60 334 224 2011-05-24T17:48:43Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Aotsogile.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki A o tsogile ? 4f4d52a5a1a15b9c1f308bcde29fd22535318fd1 6 59 335 223 2011-05-24T17:49:11Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Aotlhotse.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki A o tlhotse? 1a7a617c85fcf1bd94fd16b4386d3e4c6b35af69 6 117 336 303 2011-05-24T17:52:30Z Admin 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Phologolo.ogg]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 1 337 221 2011-05-24T17:59:49Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <big>'''Bua Setswana !'''</big> This is a WikiPedia for people learning Setswana (primarily aimed at Botswana). It is hoped in the long term that as the WikiPedia grows it will also become a useful resource for Setswana speakers. Please fell free to register and add information, provided you are sure that it is correct. The site was getting so much spam (despite RECAPCHA and other anti-spam tools) I've had to lock it down. Please contact me at: mail(AT)setswana(DOT)info if you want to become an editor or contribute ! ==Basic Setswana== * [[Pronunciation]] * [[Greetings]] * [[Simple phrases]] ==Learn Setswana== * [[Course]] of 10 sequential lessons for beginners which covers the following * [[Verbs]] * [[Noun classes]] * [[Adjectives]] * [[Possessives]] and other grammatical bits and pieces * [[Vocabulary]] ==Intermediate Setswana== * [[tbc]] ==External Links== * [http://multimedia.peacecorps.gov/multimedia/audio/languagelessons/botswana/Bw_Setswana_Language_Lessons.pdf Peace Corp Setswana Lessons] * [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Setswana WikiPedia page on Setswana] * [http://tn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page WikiPedia in Tswana] ===Software=== * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1610/54/ Spell checker for OpenOffice.org and Mozilla], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/17/32/ OpenOffice.org], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1611/54/ Mozilla Firefox web-browser], and [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1612/54/ Mozilla Thunderbird email program] in Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/ Translate.org.za] Project to translate Free and Open Source Software into all the official languages of South Africa including Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/24/41/ Keyboard with extra Tswana characters] ===WikiPedia Links=== Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [http://mail.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] f2794a0427e40e704b762944268739ee8b5f2222 345 337 2016-02-12T20:04:49Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <big>'''Bua Setswana !'''</big> This is a WikiPedia for people learning Setswana (primarily aimed at Botswana). It is hoped in the long term that as the WikiPedia grows it will also become a useful resource for Setswana speakers. Please fell free to register and add information, provided you are sure that it is correct. The site was getting so much spam (despite RECAPCHA and other anti-spam tools) I've had to lock it down. Please contact me at: mail(AT)setswana(DOT)info if you want to become an editor or contribute ! ==Basic Setswana== * [[Pronunciation]] * [[Greetings]] * [[Simple phrases]] ==Learn Setswana== * [[Course]] of 10 sequential lessons for beginners which covers the following * [[Verbs]] * [[Noun classes]] * [[Adjectives]] * [[Possessives]] and other grammatical bits and pieces * [[Vocabulary]] ==Intermediate Setswana== * [[tbc]] ==Setswana Tutors== In Gaborone Botswana * Nthati Phetlhu * Goitsemodimo Mafasola +267 7401 5691 email: mafasola<AT>gmail<DOT>com ==External Links== * [http://multimedia.peacecorps.gov/multimedia/audio/languagelessons/botswana/Bw_Setswana_Language_Lessons.pdf Peace Corp Setswana Lessons] * [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Setswana WikiPedia page on Setswana] * [http://tn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page WikiPedia in Tswana] ===Software=== * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1610/54/ Spell checker for OpenOffice.org and Mozilla], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/17/32/ OpenOffice.org], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1611/54/ Mozilla Firefox web-browser], and [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1612/54/ Mozilla Thunderbird email program] in Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/ Translate.org.za] Project to translate Free and Open Source Software into all the official languages of South Africa including Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/24/41/ Keyboard with extra Tswana characters] ===WikiPedia Links=== Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [http://mail.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] 66e81fa59115f1f078b0a199717ba6a85d682206 346 345 2016-02-12T21:15:30Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <big>'''Bua Setswana !'''</big> This is a WikiPedia for people learning Setswana (primarily aimed at Botswana). It is hoped in the long term that as the WikiPedia grows it will also become a useful resource for Setswana speakers. Please fell free to register and add information, provided you are sure that it is correct. The site was getting so much spam (despite RECAPCHA and other anti-spam tools) I've had to lock it down. Please contact me at: mail(AT)setswana(DOT)info if you want to become an editor or contribute ! ==Basic Setswana== * [[Pronunciation]] * [[Greetings]] * [[Simple phrases]] ==Learn Setswana== * [[Course]] of 10 sequential lessons for beginners which covers the following * [[Verbs]] * [[Noun classes]] * [[Adjectives]] * [[Possessives]] and other grammatical bits and pieces * [[Vocabulary]] ==Intermediate Setswana== * [[tbc]] ==External Videos== See the excellent videos prepared by Peace Corps * [https://learningsetswana.wordpress.com https://learningsetswana.wordpress.com] ==Setswana Tutors== In Gaborone Botswana * Nthati Phetlhu * Goitsemodimo Mafasola +267 7401 5691 email: mafasola<AT>gmail<DOT>com ==External Links== * [http://multimedia.peacecorps.gov/multimedia/audio/languagelessons/botswana/Bw_Setswana_Language_Lessons.pdf Peace Corp Setswana Lessons] * [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Setswana WikiPedia page on Setswana] * [http://tn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page WikiPedia in Tswana] ===Software=== * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1610/54/ Spell checker for OpenOffice.org and Mozilla], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/17/32/ OpenOffice.org], [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1611/54/ Mozilla Firefox web-browser], and [http://translate.org.za/content/view/1612/54/ Mozilla Thunderbird email program] in Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/ Translate.org.za] Project to translate Free and Open Source Software into all the official languages of South Africa including Tswana * [http://translate.org.za/content/view/24/41/ Keyboard with extra Tswana characters] ===WikiPedia Links=== Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [http://mail.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. [[User:Jacob|Jacob]] dcc89e5ce61820be40c0247f256cc4c1d78b9a27 0 8 338 316 2011-05-26T17:50:37Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Some simple phrases for short term visitors etc {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | Ee || yes || [[File:ee.ogg|noicon]] |- | Nnyaa || no || [[File:nnyaa.ogg|noicon]] |- | Bua gape || please repeat (say again) || [[File:Bua_gape.ogg|noicon]] |- | Bua ka bonya! || speak slowly! || [[File:Bua_ka_bonya.ogg|noicon]] |- | O bua ka bonako || you speak fast || [[File:O_bua_ka_bonako.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke bua Setswana go le gonnye || I speak a little Setswana || [[File:Ke_bua_setswana.ogg|noicon]] |- | Nna fatshe/setilo ke se || Sit down/here is a seat || [[File:Nna_fatshe.ogg|noicon]] |- | A re ye || let's go || [[File:A_re_ye.ogg|noicon]] |- | Wa reng? || what's up (what do you say?) || [[File:Wa_reng.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ga ke na madi || I have no money || [[File:Ga_ke_na_madi.ogg|noicon]] |- | O batla mang? || Who do you want? || [[File:O_batla_mang.ogg|noicon]] |- | Intshwarele || Forgive me || [[File:Intshwarele.ogg|noicon]] |- | Tswee-tswee || Please || [[File:Tswee_tswee.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke kopa thuso/Nthuse || I ask for help/Help me || [[File:Ke_kopa_thuso.ogg|noicon]] |- | Go siame || OK || [[File:Go_siame2.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke itumetse/Ke a leboga || I am happy/thank you || [[File:Ke_itumetse.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ga ke tlhaloganye || I don't understand || [[File:Ga_ke_tlhaloganye.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke feditse || I am finished || [[File:Ke_feditse.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke lapile || I am tired || |- | Ga ke itse || I don't know || [[File:Ga_ke_itse.ogg|noicon]] |- | Go molelo || Its hot || [[File:Go_molelo.ogg|noicon]] |- | Go tsididi || Its cold || [[File:Go_tsididi.ogg|noicon]] |- | Go pula || Its raining || [[File:Go_pula.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke lebetse || I've forgotten || [[File:Ke_lebetse.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke tshwerwe ke mala || I am sick || [[File:Ke_tshwerwe_ke_mala.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke nale mathata || I have a problem || [[File:Ke_nale_mathata.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ga ke na mathata || I don't have a problem || [[File:Ga_ke_na_mathata.ogg|noicon]] |- | Ke ithuta Setswana || I am learning Setswana || [[File:Ke_ithuta.ogg|noicon]] |- | Mang? || who? || [[File:Mang.ogg|noicon]] |- | Leng? || when? || [[File:Leng.ogg|noicon]] |- | Kae? || where? || [[File:Kae.ogg|noicon]] |- | Bokae? || how much? || [[File:Bo_kae.ogg|noicon]] |- | Mokae? || what nationality? || [[File:Mo_kae.ogg|noicon]] |- | Jang? || how? || [[File:Jang.ogg|noicon]] |- | Eng? || what? || [[File:Eng.ogg|noicon]] |- | Efe? || which? || [[File:Efe.ogg|noicon]] |} 9484b97daf9be33a92d9b8ac1af9cd4116da6524 0 4 339 317 2011-07-20T18:41:10Z Admin 1 Unprotected "[[Greetings]]" wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings. If the audio button's don't work try the [[Audio Help]] page. === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"]|| |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ?|| |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine || |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela mma || Hello Madam || [[File:Dumela_Mma.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Dumela rra, o kae? || Hello sir, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] || |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? || |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine || [[File:keteng.ogg|noicon]] |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] || [[File:Wa_reng2.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] || [[File:Ga_ke_re_sepe.ogg|noicon]] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] || [[File:salasentle.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] || [[File:tsamayasentle.ogg|noicon]] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam || [[File:Boroko_mma.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir || [[File:Robala_sentle.ogg|noicon]] |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other || [[File:Re_tla_bonana.ogg|noicon]] |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} b3b241a917527d13c313a3e5f68f9bc43162cea9 341 339 2015-12-18T18:33:13Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings. If the audio button's don't work try the [[Audio Help]] page. === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg]] |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"]|| |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ?|| |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine || |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela mma || Hello Madam || [[File:Dumela_Mma.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Dumela rra, o kae? || Hello sir, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] || |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? || |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine || [[File:keteng.ogg|noicon]] |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] || [[File:Wa_reng2.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] || [[File:Ga_ke_re_sepe.ogg|noicon]] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || (Go siame rra) sala sentle|| (OK sir) Goodbye [literally "stay well"] || [[File:salasentle.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || (Go siame mma) tsamaya sentle || (OK madam) Goodbye [literally "leave well"] || [[File:tsamayasentle.ogg|noicon]] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam || [[File:Boroko_mma.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir || [[File:Robala_sentle.ogg|noicon]] |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other || [[File:Re_tla_bonana.ogg|noicon]] |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 44348b5ee2691232f86bf33d5c40db610469d30f 342 341 2015-12-18T22:07:08Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings. If the audio button's don't work try the [[Audio Help]] page. === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg]] |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"]|| |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ?|| |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine || |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela mma || Hello Madam || [[File:Dumela_Mma.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Dumela rra, o kae? || Hello sir, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] || |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? || |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine || [[File:keteng.ogg|noicon]] |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] || [[File:Wa_reng2.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] || [[File:Ga_ke_re_sepe.ogg|noicon]] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go siame rra, sala sentle|| Goodbye/OK sir, "stay well"] || [[File:salasentle.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Go siame mma, tsamaya sentle || Goodbye/OK madam, "leave well"] || [[File:tsamayasentle.ogg|noicon]] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam || [[File:Boroko_mma.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir || [[File:Robala_sentle.ogg|noicon]] |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other || [[File:Re_tla_bonana.ogg|noicon]] |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 80f007640f0c9bedc9111e0cc88748b98b6f3433 343 342 2015-12-18T22:09:33Z Jacob 2 /* Goodbye */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings. If the audio button's don't work try the [[Audio Help]] page. === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg]] |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"]|| |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ?|| |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine || |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela mma || Hello Madam || [[File:Dumela_Mma.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Dumela rra, o kae? || Hello sir, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] || |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? || |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine || [[File:keteng.ogg|noicon]] |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] || [[File:Wa_reng2.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] || [[File:Ga_ke_re_sepe.ogg|noicon]] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go siame rra, sala sentle|| Goodbye/OK sir, "stay well" || [[File:salasentle.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Go siame mma, tsamaya sentle || Goodbye/OK madam, "leave well" || [[File:tsamayasentle.ogg|noicon]] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam || [[File:Boroko_mma.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir || [[File:Robala_sentle.ogg|noicon]] |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other || [[File:Re_tla_bonana.ogg|noicon]] |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || its OK/fine |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 830164e5103229a73f6ee692a1b47941f29fd8e1 344 343 2015-12-19T11:36:45Z Jacob 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ This lesson teaches you to greet and understand greetings. If the audio button's don't work try the [[Audio Help]] page. === Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela rra || Hello Sir || [[File:Dumela_Rra.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Dumela mma, o tsogile jang ?|| Hello madam, how are you ? [literally "how did you wake up"]|| |- | A || Ke tsogile sentle, wena o tsogile jang ? || I am fine, how are you ?|| |- | B || Ke tsogile sentle || I am fine || |} As an alternative to "tsogile" (woke up) in the afternoon "tlhotse" (spent the day), and in the early morning "robetse" (slept) can be used. === Less Formal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumela mma || Hello Madam || [[File:Dumela_Mma.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Dumela rra, o kae? || Hello sir, how are you ? [literally "where are you"] || |- | A || Ke teng, wena o kae ? || I am fine, how are you ? || |- | B || Ke teng || I am fine || [[File:keteng.ogg|noicon]] |} === Less Formal Greeting (plural)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Dumelang, le kae? / lo kae?|| Hello, how are you ? (plural) |- | B || Re teng || We are fine |} === Informal Greeting (singular)=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go jwang ?|| How is it ? |- | B || Go sharpu || OK |} - {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Wa reng ?|| What's up ? [literally "what do you say"] || [[File:Wa_reng2.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Ga ke re sepe (or Go sharpu) || OK [literally "I don't say anything"] || [[File:Ga_ke_re_sepe.ogg|noicon]] |} === Entering a House === {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Ko ko!|| Knock knock! |- | B || Tsena || Come in |} === Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Go siame rra, sala sentle|| Goodbye/OK sir, "stay well" || [[File:salasentle.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Go siame mma, tsamaya sentle || Goodbye/OK madam, "leave well" || [[File:tsamayasentle.ogg|noicon]] |} === Informal Goodbye=== {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | A || Boroko mma || Goodnight madam || [[File:Boroko_mma.ogg|noicon]] |- | B || Robala sentle rra || Sleep well sir || [[File:Robala_sentle.ogg|noicon]] |- | - || Re tlaa bonana || We will see each other || [[File:Re_tla_bonana.ogg|noicon]] |} ===Vocabulary=== {| style="color:black;background-color:#ffcc99;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" | dumela || dumelang || Hello/Good Morning/Afternoon |- | tsoga || tsogile || wake/woke up |- | tlhola || tlhotse || spend/spent the day |- | robala || robetse || sleep/slept |- | sala || - || stay |- | tsamaya || - || leave/go |- | bonana || - || see each other |- | botoka || - || better |- | go siame || - || OK/fine/goodbye |- | sharpu || - || OK (slang) |- | jang ? || - || how |- | kae ? || - || where |- | boroko || - || good night |- | ko-ko || - || knock-knock |- | teng || - || there/around/available |- | sentle || - || well/good |} 47c09f9c778aab83143ccf05a8f1f347cc3b27d6 0 12 340 218 2011-07-20T18:41:43Z Admin 1 Changed protection level for "[[Simple sentences and linking words]]" ([edit=autoconfirmed] (indefinite) [move=autoconfirmed] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki ===And=== Use "le" for "and" only in a list of nouns: {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | John le Sarah ba tswa ko UK || John and Sarah come from the UK |- | Ke ja koko, phaletshe le merogo || I am eating chicken, mealie meal and vegetables |} When linking phrases "gape" (again) or "mme" (but/however) or similar should be used. {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | John le Sarah ba tswa ko UK gape ba nna ko Block 6 || John and Sarah come from the UK and/also they stay in Block 6 |- | Ke ja koko mme ga ke je nama ya kolobe || I eat chicken, but I don't eat pork (meat of pig) |} ===ka=== fa, ka gore, ... LESSON 5b notes ===infinitive=== When using two verbs in a sentence, as in English the second will be in the infinitive form. In Setswana this is "go -" {| style="color:green;background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" | ke batla go ya kwa Gaborone || I want to go to Gaborone |- | ke rata go ithutha Setswana || I like learning (to learn) Setswana |} cc1eccaf9ce1bfe2af892b291d5e965ba2675d62